"W.  GiBson 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 

in  2007  with  funding  from 

Microsoft  Corporation 


http://www.archive.org/details/campingforboysOOgibsrich 


The  Heart  of  the  Camp 


Photograph  by 
Joseph  Legg. 


Have  you  smelled  wood  smoke  at  Iwilighl? 

Have  you  heard  the  birch  log  burning? 
Are  you  quick  to  read  the  noises  of  the  night  ? 
You  must  follow  with  the  others,  for  the  young  men's  feci  arc  turning 
To  the  camps  of  proved  desire  and  known  delight. 

From  Kipling's  "Feet  of  the  Young  Men. " 


CAMPING 


FOR   BOYS 


H.  W.  GIBSON 


ASSOCIATION  PRESS 

New  York. 
19H 


^^' 


^u^ 


fe 


Copyright,  191 1,  by  the 
International  Committee  of  Young  Men's  Christian  Associations 


/ 


TO 
THE  THOUSAND  AND  MORE  BOYS  WHO 

HAVE  BEEN  MY  CAMP  MATES  IN 
CAMPS  SHAND,  DURRELL  AND  BECKET 


26068? 


CONTENTS 

PAGE 

Foreword 5 

General   Bibliography 6 

I.    The  Purpose  of  Camping 7 

II.    Leadership 13 

Bibliography  (See  General  Bibliography)   .  6 

III.  Location  and  Sanitation 25 

Bibliography 36 

IV.  Camp  Equipment 38 

V.    Personal  Check  List  or  Inventory 58 

VI.     Organization,  Administration  and  Discipline       .  66 

VII.    The  Day's  Program ,  75 

Bibliography 85 

VIII.    Moral  and  Eeligious  Life 87 

Bibliography 102 

IX.    Food 104 

X.     The  Camp  Fire 123 

Bibliography 133 

XI.    Tramps,  Hikes  and  Overnight  Trips  ....  135 

XII.    Cooking  on  Hikes 147 

Bibliography 153 

XIII.  Health  and  Hygiene 155 

Bibliography 167 

XIV.  Simple  Eemedies 168 

XV.    First  Aid 175 

XVI.    Personal  Hygiene 201 

XVII.    Athletics,   Campus   Games,  Aquatics  and   Water 

Sports 209 

Bibliography 229 

XVIII.    Nature  Study 231 

Bibliography 238 

XIX.    Forecasting  the  Weather 240 

Bibliography 245 

XX.    Rainy  Day  Games 247 

Bibliography 255 

XXI.     Educational  Activities 257 

Bibliography 278 

XXII.     Honor  Emblems  and  Awards 279 

XXIII.     Packing   Up 289 

Index 293 


FOREWOED. 

The  author  has  conducted  boys'  camps  for 
twenty-three  years,  so  that  he  is  not  without  expe- 
rience in  the  subject.  To  share  with  others  this  ex- 
perience has  been  his  aim  in  writing  the  book.  The 
various  chapters  have  been  worked  out  from  a  prac- 
tical viewpoint,  the  desire  being  to  make  a  hand- 
book of  suggestions  for  those  in  charge  of  camps  for 
boys  and  for  boys  who  go  camping,  rather  than  a 
theoretical  treatise  upon  the  general  subject. 

Thanks  are  due  to  E.  M.  Robinson,  Dr.  Elias  G. 
Brown,  Charles  R.  Scott,  Irving  G.  MacColl,  J.  A. 
Van  Dis,  Taylor  Statten,  W.  H.  Wones,  H.  C.  Beck- 
man,  W.  H.  Burger,  H.  M.  Burr,  A.  B.  Wegener, 
A.  D.  Murray,  and  H.  M.  Allen,  for  valuable  sug- 
gestions and  ideas  incorporated  in  many  chapters. 

Grateful  acknowledgment  is  made  to  the  follow- 
ing publishers  for  permission  to  quote  from  the 
books  mentioned  in  the  bibliography — Charles 
Scribner's  Sons,  Harper  Brothers,  Outing  Pub- 
lishing Company,  Baker  &  Taylor  Company,  Loth- 
rop,  Lee  &  Shepard  Company,  Penn  Publishing 
Company,  Doubleday,  Page  &  Company,  Hinds, 
Noble  &  Eldredge,  Ginn  &  Company,  Sunday  School 
Times  Company,  G.  P.  Putnam's  Sons,  Little, 
Brown  &  Company,  Moffat,  Yard  &  Company, 
Houghton,    Mifidin    Company,    Sturgis    &    Walton, 


*?  .«?  A*-*" 


6  FOEEWORD 

Funk  &  Wagnall's  Company,  The  Manual  Arts 
Press,  Frederick  Warne  &  Company,  Review  and 
Herald  Publishing  Company,  Health-Education 
League,  Pacific  Press  Publishing  Company. 

Every  leader,  before  going  to  camp,  should  read 
some  book  upon  boy  life,  in  order,  not  only  that  he 
may  refresh  his  memory  regarding  his  own  boy- 
hood days,  but  that  he  may  also  the  more  intelli- 
gently fit  himself  for  the  responsibility  of  leadership. 
The  following  books,  or  similar  ones,  may  be  found 
in  any  well-equipped  library. 

If  this  book  will  help  some  man  to  be  of  greater 
service  to  boys,  as  well  as  to  inspire  boys  to  live  the 
noble  life  which  God's  great  out-of-doors  teaches, 
the  author  will  feel  amply  repaid  for  his  labor. 

Boston,  Mass.,  April,  1911. 

BIBLIOGRAPHY. 

Boy-Life  and  Self-Government — Fiske.    Association  Press,  $1.00. 

Boy-Training — Symposium.     Association  Press,  $1.00. 

Youth — Hall.    Appleton  and  Company,  $1.50. 

Winning  the  Boy — Merrill.     Revell  and  Company,  $0.75. 

The  Boy  ProbZem— Forbush.     Pilgrim  Press,  $1.00. 

Up  Through  Childhood — Hubbell.     Putnam  and  Company,  $1.25. 

Growth  and  Education — Tyler.    Houghton,  Mifflin  Company,  $1.50. 

Suggestive  Articles  on  "Camping"  in  "Association  Boys": 
A  Course  in  Camping — Edgar  M.  Robinson.     Feb.,  1902. 
The  Sanitary  Care  of  a  Boys'  Camp — Elias  G.  Brown,  M.D.    April  and  June, 

1902. 
Seventeen  Seasons  in  One  Boys*  Camp — G.  G.  Peck.     April,  1902. 
Association  Boys'  Camps — Edgar  M.  Robinson.     June,  1902. 
Following   Up  Camp — Editorial.     October,  1902. 
What  Men  Think  of  Camp — Edgar  M.  Robinson.     June,  1903. 
Fun  Making  at  Camp^C.  B.  Horton.     June,  1903. 
Educational  Possibilities  at  Camp — F.  P.  Speare.     June,   1903. 
Bible  Study  at  Camp — Raymond  P.  Kaighn.     June,  1903. 
Simple  Remedies  at  Camp — Elias  G.  Brown,  M.D.     June,  1903. 
Tuxis  System—K.  L.  Smith.     April,  1904. 
Life  at  Camp  Dudley — Raymond  P.  Kaighn.     June,  1905. 
Life-Saving  Crew — F.  H.  T.  Ritchie.     June,  1905. 
Summer  Camps — Frank  Streightoff.     June,  1905. 
Wawayanda  Camp — Chas.  R.  Scott.    June,  1907. 
Objectives  in  Camps  for  Boya — Walter  M.  Wood.    June,  1907. 


CHAPTER  I 
THE  PURPOSE  OF  CAMPING 

VACATION  TIME— NEED  OF  OUTDOOR  LIFE— PUR- 
POSE OF  CAMPING— ^^  TOO  MUCH  HOUSE  ^'— A 
QUERY— APOSTLES  OF  OUTDOOR  LIFE— HEED- 
ING NATURE'S  CALL— CHARACTER  BUILDING- 
CAMP  MOTTOES—* '  ROUGH-HOUSE ' '  CAMPS- 
BOY   SCOUTS— INFLUENCE    OF   CAMP   LIFE 

It  is  great  fun  to  live  in  the  glorious  open  air,  fragrant 
with  the  smell  of  the  woods  and  flowers;  it  is  fun  to  swim 
and  fish  and  hike  it  over  the  hills;  it  is  fun  to  sit  about  the 
open  fire  and  spin  yarns,  or  watch  in  silence  the  glowing  em- 
bers; but  the  greatest  fun  of  all  is  to  win  the  love  and  con- 
fidence of  some  boy  who  has  been  a  trouble  to  himself  and 
everybody  else,  and  help  him  to  become  a  man. — H.  M.  Burr, 

The  summer  time  is  a  period  of  moral  deteriora- 
tion with  most  boys.  Free  from  restraint  of  school 
and  many  times  of  home,  boys  wander  during  the 
vacation  time  into  paths  of  wrongdoing  largely  be- 
cause of  a  lack  of  directed  play  life  and  a  natural 
outlet  for  the  expenditure  of  their  surplus  energy. 
The  vacation  problem  therefore  becomes  a  serious 
one  for  both  the  boy  and  his  parent.  Camping  offers 
a  solution. 

^^A  boy  in  the  process  of  growing  needs  the  out- 
doors.    He  needs  room  and  range.     He  needs  the 

7 


8  CAMPING    FOR    BOYS 

tonic  of  the  hills,  the  woods  and  streams.  He  needs 
to  walk  under  the  great  sky,  and  com- 
The  Need  mune  with  the  stars.  He  needs  to  place 
himself  where  nature  can  speak  to  him. 
He  ought  to  get  close  to  the  soil.  He  ought  to  be 
toughened  by  sun  and  wind,  rain  and  cold.  Noth- 
ing can  take  the  place,  for  the  boy,  of  stout  phy- 
sique, robust  health,  good  blood,  firm  muscles, 
sound  nerves,  for  these  are  the  conditions  of  char- 
acter and  efficiency.  The  early  teens  are  the  most 
important  years  for  the  boy  physically.  .  .  . 
Through  the  ages  of  thirteen  and  fifteen  the  more 
he  can  be  in  the  open,  free  from  social  engagements 
and  from  continuous  labor  or  study,  the  better.  He 
should  fish,  swim,  row  and  sail,  roam  the  woods  and 
the  waters,  get  plenty  of  vigorous  action,  have  in- 
teresting, healthful  things  to  think  about." — Prof, 
C,  W.  Votaw, 

This  is  the  real  purpose  of  camping — **  something 
to  do,  something  to  think  about,  something  to  en- 
joy in  the  woods,  with  a  view  always  to  character- 
building'' — this  is  the  way  Ernest 
The  Purpose  Thompson-Seton,  that  master  wood- 
craftsman,  puts  it.  Character  build- 
ing! What  a  great  objective!  It  challenges  the 
best  that  is  in  a  man  or  boy.  Camping  is  an  experi- 
ence, not  an  institution.  It  is  an  experience  which 
every  live,  full-blooded,  growing  boy  longs  for,  and 
happy  the  day  of  his  realization.  At  the  first  sign 
of  spring,  back  yards  blossom  forth  with  tents  of 
endless  variety.  To  sleep  out,  to  cook  food,  to 
search   for   nature's   fascinating   secrets,    to    make 


THE   PURPOSE    OF   CAMPING  9 

things — all  are  but  the  expression  of  that  in- 
stinct for  freedom  of  living  in  the  great  out-of- 
doors  which  God  created  within  him.  ^^Too  much 
house/'  says  Jacob  Riis;  ^^Civilization  has  been 
making  of  the  world  a  hothouse.  Man's  in- 
stinct of  self-preservation  rebels;  hence  the  ap- 
peal for  the  return  to  the  simple  life  that  is  grow- 
ing loud."  Boys  need  to  get  away  from  the  school- 
room and  books,  and  may  1  say 
Too  Much  House  the  martyrdom  of  examinations, 
high  marks,  promotions  and  ex- 
hibitions!  Medical  examinations  of  school  children 
reveal  some  startling  facts.  Why  should  boys  suf- 
fer from  nerves?  Are  we  sacrificing  bodily  vigor 
for  abnormal  intellectual  growth?  Have  we  been 
fighting  against  instead  of  cooperating  with  nature? 

The  tide  is  turning,  however^  and  the  people  are 
living  more  and  more  in  the  open.  Apostles  of  out- 
door life  like  Henry  D.  Thoreau,  John  Burroughs, 
William  Hamilton  Gibson,  Howard  Henderson,  Er- 
nest Thompson-Seton,  Frank  Beard,  Horace  Kep- 
hart,  Edward  Breck,  Charles  Stedman  Hanks,  Stew- 
art Edward  White,  ''Nessmuck,"  W.  C.  Gray,  and 
a  host  of  others,  have,  through  their  writings,  ar- 
rested the  thought  of  busy  people  long  enough  to 
have  them  see  the  error  of  their  ways  and  are  bring- 
ing them  to  repentance. 

Camps  for  boys  are  springing  up  like  mushrooms. 
Literally  thousands  of  boys  who  have  heretofore 
wasted  the  glorious  summer  time  loafing  on  the  city 
streets,  or  as  disastrously  at  summer  hotels  or 
amusement  places,  are  now  living  during  the  vaca- 


10  CAMPING    FOE    BOYS 

tion  time  under  nature's  canopy  of  blue  with  only 
enough  covering  for  protection  from  rain  and  wind, 
and  absorbing  through  the  pores  of  their  body  that 
vitality  which  only  pure  air,  sunshine,  long  hours  of 
sleep,  wholesome  food,  and  reasonable  discipline 
can  supply. 

In  reading  over  scores  of  booklets  and  prospec- 
tuses of  camps  for  boys,  one  is  impressed  with  their 
unanimity  of  purpose — that  of 
Character  Building  character  building.  These  are 
a  few  quotations  taken  from 
a  variety  of  camp  booklets : 

'*The  object  of  the  camp  is  healthful  recreation 
without  temptation. '^  ^'A  camp  where  boys  live 
close  to  nature,  give  themselves  up  to  play,  acquire 
skill  in  sports,  eat  plenty  of  wholesome  food,  and 
sleep  long  hours  .  .  .  and  are  taught  high 
ideals  for  their  own  lives.  *'  *^To  give  boys  a  de- 
lightful summer  outing  under  favorable  conditions, 
and  to  give  them  every  opportunity  to  become  fa- 
miliar with  camp  life  in  all  its  phases.  We  believe 
this  contributes  much  to  the  upbuilding  of  a  boy's 
character  and  enables  him  to  get  out  of  life  much 
enjoyment  that  would  not  otherwise  be  possible." 
''A  place  where  older  boys,  boys  of  the  restless  age, 
may  live  a  happy,  care-free,  outdoor  life,  free  from 
the  artificialities  and  pernicious  influences  of  the 
larger  cities";  a  place  where  ^'all  the  cravings  of  a 
real  boy  are  satisfied";  a  place  ^' where  constant 
association  with  agreeable  companions  and  the  in- 
fluence  of  well-bred   college   men   in   a   clean  and 


THE    PURPOSE    OF    CAMPING  11 

healthy  moral  atmosphere  make  for  noble  manhood ; 
a  place  where  athletic  sports  harden  the  muscles, 
tan  the  skin,  broaden  the  shoulders,  brighten  the 
eye,  and  send  each  lad  back  to  his  school  work  in 
the  fall  ^as  brown  as  a  berry  and  as  hard  as  nails.'  " 
"A  camp  of  ideals,  not  a  summer  hotel  nor  a  sup- 
planter  of  the  home.  The  principal  reason  for  its 
existence  is  the  providing  of  a  safe  place  for  par- 
ents to  send  their  boys  during  the  summer  vacation, 
where,  under  the  leadership  of  Christian  men,  they 
may  be  developed  physically,  mentally,  socially,  and 
morally. ' ' 

AVhether  the  camp  is  conducted  under  church, 
settlement,  Young  Men's  Christian  Association,  or 
private  ausprices,  the  prime  purpose  of  its  existence 
should  be  that  of  character  building. 

^^  Because  of  natural,  physical,  social,  educational, 
moral,  and  religious  conditions,  the  boy  is  taught 
those  underlying  principles  which  determine  char- 
acter. The  harder  things  a  boy  does  or  endures,  the 
stronger  man  he  will  become;  the  more  unselfish 
and  noble  things  he  does,  the  better  man  he  will 
become." 

The  day  of  the  extreme  ^* rough-house"  camp  has 
passed.  Boys  have  discovered  that  real  fun  does 
not  mean  hurting  or  discom- 
No  Rough-house  f orting  others,  but  consists  in 

making  others  happy.  The 
boy  who  gets  the  most  out  of  camp  is  the  boy  who 
puts  the  most  into  camp. 

Many  camps  build  their  program  of  camp  activ- 


12  CAMPING    FOR    BOYS 

ities  around  a  motto  such  as  ''Each  for  All,  and  All 
for  Each,"  ''Help  the  Other  Fellow,'' 
Mottoes  "Do  Your  Best,"  "Nothing  Without  La- 
bor," "A  Gentleman  Always,"  and  "I 
Can  and  I  "Will." 

Endurance,  self-control,  self-reliance,  and  unsel- 
fishness are  taught  the  "Boy  Scouts"  through  what 
is  called  the  "Scout  Law."  (1)  A  Scout's  honor  is 
to  be  trusted;  (2)  Be  loyal;  (3)  Do  a 
Scout  Law  good  turn  to  somebody  every  day; 
(4)  Be  a  friend  to  all;  (5)  Be  courte- 
ous; (6)  Be  a  friend  to  animals;  (7)  Be  obedient; 
(8)  Be  cheerful;  (9)  Be  thrifty.  All  these  are  val- 
uable, because  they  contribute  to  the  making  of 
character. 

In  the  conduct  of  a  boys'  camp  there  must  be  a 
definite  clear-cut  purpose  if  satisfactory  results  are 
to  be  obtained.  A  go-as-you-please  or  do-as-you- 
please  camp  will  soon  become  a  place  of  harm  and 
moral  deterioration. 

Camping  should  give  to  the  boy  that  self-reliance 
which  is  so  essential  in  the  making  of  a  life,  that 
faith  in  others  which  is  the  foundation  of  society, 
that  spirit  of  altruism  which  will  make  him  want  to 
be  of  service  in  helping  other  fellows,  that  con- 
sciousness of  God  as  evidenced  in  His 
Results  handiwork  which  will  give  him  a  basis  of 
morality,  enduring  and  reasonable,  and  a 
spirit  of  reverence  for  things  sacred  and  eternal. 
He  ought  to  have  a  better  appreciation  of  his  home 
after  a  season  away  from  what  should  be  to  him 
the  sweetest  place  on  earth. 


CHAPTER  II 
LEADERSHIP 

THE  DIRECTOR— ASSISTANT  LEADERS— THE  TERM 
LEADER— HOW  TO  GET  LEADERS— VARIETY  OF 
TALENT— SUGGESTIONS  TO  LEADERS— OPPOR- 
TUNITY OF  LEADERSHIP 

The  success  or  failure  of  a  boys'  camp  depends 
upon  leadership  rather  than  upon  equipment.  Boys 
are  influenced  by  example  rather  than  by  precept. 
A  boys'  camp  is  largely  built  around  a  strong  per- 
sonality. Solve  the  problem  of  leadership,  and  you 
solve  the  greatest  problem  of  camping. 

No  matter  how  large  or  how  small  the  camp,  there 
must  be  one  who  is  in  absolute  control.  He  may  be 
known  as  the  director,  superintendent,  or  leader. 
His  word  is  final.  He  should  be  a  man  of  executive 
ability  and  good  common  sense.  He  should  have  a 
keen  appreciation  of  justice.  A  desire  to  be  the 
friend  and  counsellor  of  every  boy 
The  Director  must  always  govern  his  action.  He 
will  always  have  the  interest  and 
welfare  of  every  individual  boy  at  heart,  realizing 
that  parents  have  literally  turned  over  to  his  care 
and  keeping,  for  the  time  being,  the  bodies  and  souls 
of  their  boys.  To  be  respected  should  be  his  aim. 
Too  often  the  desire  to  be  popular  leads  to  failure. 

13 


14  CAMPING   FOR   BOYS 

Aim  to  secure  as  assistant  leaders  or  counsellors 

young  men  of  unquestioned  character  and 

Leaders     moral  leadership,  college  men  if  possible, 

men  of  culture  and  refinement,  who  are 

good  athletes,  and  who  understand  boy  life. 

^'They  should  be  strong  and  sympathetic,  com- 
panionable men.  Too  much  care  cannot  be  exer- 
cised in  choosing  assistants.  Beware  of  effeminate 
men,  men  who  are  morbid  in  sex  matters.  An  alert 
leader  can  spot  a  'crooked'  man  by  his  actions,  his 
glances,  and  by  his  choice  of  favorites.  Deal  with 
a  man  of  this  type  firmly,  promptly,  and  quietly. 
Let  him  suddenly  be  *  called  home  by  circumstances 
which  he  could  not  control.'  "  The  leader  must  have 
the  loyalty  of  his  assistants.  They  should  receive 
their  rank  from  the  leader,  and  this  rank  should  be 
recognized  by  the  entire  camp.  The  highest  rank- 
ing leader  present  at  any  time  should  have  author- 
ity over  the  party. 

In  a  boys'  camp  I  prefer  the  term  ''leader"  to 
that  of  "counsellor."  It  is  more  natural  for  a  boy 
to  follow  a  leader  than  to  listen  to  wise  counsellors. 

"Come   on,  fellows,  let's "  meets  with  hearty 

response.  "Boys,  do  this,"  is  an  entirely  different 
thing.  Leaders  should  hold  frequent  councils  re- 
garding the  life  of  the  camp  and  share  in  deter- 
mining its  policy. 

The  most  fruitful  source  of  supply  of  leaders 
should  be  the  colleges  and  preparatory  schools.  No 
vacation  can  be  so  profitably  spent  as  that  given 
over  to  the  leadership  of  boy  life.  Here  is  a  form 
of  altruistic  service  which  should  appeal  to  pur- 


LEADERSHIP  15 

poseful  college  men.  Older  high  school  boys  who 
have  been  campers  make  excellent  leaders  of 
younger  boys.  A  leader  should  always  receive  some 
remuneration  for  his  services,  either  carfare  and 
board  or  a  fixed  sum  of  money  definitely  agreed 
upon  beforehand.  The  pay  should  never  be  so  large 
that  he  will  look  upon  his  position  as  a  *^job.'' 
Never  cover  service  with  the  blinding  attractive- 
ness of  money.  The  chief  purpose  of  pay  should  be 
to  help  deepen  the  sense  of  responsibility,  and 
prevent  laxness  and  indifference,  as  well  as  to  gain 
the  services  of  those  who  must  earn  something. 

Do  not  take  a  man  as  leader  simply  because  he 
has  certificates  of  recommendation.  Know  him 
personally.  Find  out  what  he  is  capable  of  doing. 
The  following  blank  I  use  in  securing  information: 

Leader  *s  Information  Blank,   Camps  Durrell  and  BecTcet 

Name     

Address College  or 

school   Class  of 

Do  you  sing? What  part  (tenor  or  bass)  ? 

Do  you  swim? Do  you  play  baseball? 

What  position?    Do  you  play  an  instrument? 

What?    Will    you   bring   it    (unless   piano)    and 

music   to    camp  ? Have    you   won    any    athletic    or 

aquatic  events  ? What  ? 

Will  you  bring  your  school  or  college  pennant  with  you  ? 

Have  you  ever  taken  part  in  minstrel  show,  dramatics,  or  any 

kind  of  entertainment ;  if  so,  what  ? 

What  is  your  hobby  ? 

(If  tennis,  baseball,  swimming,  nature  study,  hiking,  photog- 
raphy, athletics,  etc.,  whatever  it  is,  kindly  tell  about  it  in 
order  to  help  in  planning  the  camp  activities.) 


a, 


^ 


^ 

e 


•^ 
^ 


I6 


LEADEESHIP  17 

Leaders  should  not  be  chosen  in  order  to  secure  a 
baseball  team,  or  an  athletic  team.  Select  men  of 
diverse  gifts.  One  should  know  something  about 
nature  study,  another  about  manual  training,  anoth- 
er a  good  story-teller,  another  a  good  athlete  or 
baseball  player,  another  a  good  swimmer,  another 
a  musician,  etc.  Always  remember,  however,  that 
the  chief  qualification  should  be  moral  worth. 

Before  camp  opens  it  is  a  wise  plan  to  send  each 
leader  a  letter  explaining  in  detail  the  purpose  and 
program  of  the  camp.  A  letter  like  the  following 
is  sent  to  the  leaders  of  Camps  Durrell  and  Becket. 

Suggestions  to  Camp  Leaders. 
Read  and  Re-Read. 

The  success  of  a  boys'  camp  depends  upon  the 
hearty  cooperation  of  each  leader  with  the  superin- 
tendent. The  boys  will  imitate  you.  A  smile  is 
always  better  than  a  frown.  ''Kicking"  in  the  pres- 
ence of  boys  breeds  discontent.  Loyalty  to  the 
cam^p  and  its  management  is  absolutely  necessary  if 
there  is  to  be  harmony  in  the  camp  life.  Your  per- 
sonal life  will  either  be  a  blessing  or  a  hindrance  to 
the  boys  in  your  tent.  Study  each  boy 
Personal  in  your  tent.  Win  his  confidence.  De- 
termine to  do  your  best  in  being  a  genu- 
ine friend  of  each  boy.  Remember  in  prayer  daily 
each  boy  and  your  fellow  leaders.  Emphasize  the 
camp  motto,  ''Each  for  all,  and  all  for  each." 
Study  the  "tests"  on  pages  8  and  9  of  the  booklets, 
and  be  helpful  to  the  boys  in  your  tent  who  are 


18  CAMPING    FOR    BOYS 

ambitious  to  improve  and  win  the  honor  emblems. 

Neatness    and    cleanliness    must    be    the 

Tents     watchword  of  each  tent.    Sweets  draw  ants. 

Decayed    material    breeds    disease.      Insist 

upon  the  observance  of  sanitary  rules. 

It  is  unwise  to  have  all  the  boys  from  one  town 
or  city  in  one  tent.  The  tendency  is  to  form  clans, 
which  destroy  camp  spirit. 

Get  the  fellows  together  the  first  thing  and  choose 
a  tent  name  and  tent  yells. 

Appoint  a  boy  who  will  be  responsible  for  the 
boys  and  the  tent  when  you  are  not  present. 

Too  much  attention  cannot  be  given  to  the  matter 
of  ventilation.  When  it  rains,  use  a  forked  stick 
to  hold  the  flaps  open  in  the  form  of  a  diamond.  In 
clear  weather,  tie  one  flap  back  at  each  end  (flap 
toward  the  feet),  allowing  a  free  draft  of  air  at  all 
times.  On  rainy  days  encourage  the  boys  to  spend 
their  time  in  the  pavillion.  Whenever  possible,  in- 
sist upon  tent  and  blankets  being  thoroughly  aired 
each  morning. 

Three  inspectors  will  be  appointed  for  each  day; 
fifteen  minutes'  notice  will  be  given  and  boys  will 
not  be  allowed  in  or  around  their  tents  during  the 
period  of  inspection.  Leaders  may  suggest  but  not 
participate  in  arranging  the  tent. 

The  Honor  Banner  is  to  be  given  to  the  tent 
showing  the  best  condition  and  held  as  long  as 
marks  are  highest. 

The  U.  S.  V.  L.  S.  C.  crews  in  boats  will  patrol 
whenever  the  boys  are  in  swimming,  and  the  lead- 
er of  swimming  must  give  the  signal  before  boys 


LEADERSHIP  19 

go  into  the  water.     Boys  who  cannot 
Swimming     swim   should   be   encouraged   to   learn. 
The  morning  dip   must  be  a  dip  and 
not  a  swim. 

No  boats  are  to  be  taken  unless  an  order  has  been 
issued  by  the  tent  leader  (or  by  the  super- 
Boats     intendent).     The  man  at  the  wharf  always 
has  power  to  veto  orders  at  his  discretion. 
It  is  the  leader's  part  to  see  that  the  order  of  the 
day  is  carried  out  and  on  time,  in- 
Order  of  Day    eluding  the  setting  up  drill.     (See 
Camp      Booklet.)        '' Follow      the 
leader"  is  an  old  game  which  is  still  influencing 
boys. 

Three  tents  and  their  leaders  are  responsible  for 

the  work  at  camp,  and  will  be  expected  to 

Work     report  to  the  assistant  superintendent  after 

breakfast  for  assignment  of  work.     These 

tents  are  changed  each  day,  so  that  the  boys  and 

leaders  come  on  duty  only  one  day  in  seven. 

Each  tent  is  under  its  respective  leader  in  doing 
the  following  work: 

Tent  1.  Sanitary  work,  such  as  policing  the  cam- 
pus, emptying  garbage  cans,  sweep- 
ing the  pavillion,  disinfecting,  etc. 
Tent  2.  Preparing  vegetables  for  the  cook,  dry- 
ing dishes,  pots,  pans,  cleaning  up  the 
kitchen,  piazza,  etc. 
Tent  3.  Cleaning  the  boats,  supplying  wood  for 
the  kitchen,  putting  ice  in  the  refrig- 
erator, etc. 


20  CAMPING    FOR    BOYS 

The  next  day  Tents  4,  5,  and  6  will  come  on  duty, 
and  so  on  until  each  tent  has  been  on  duty  during 
the  week. 

Leaders  for  the  day  will  call  the  squad  together 
after  breakfast  and  explain  the  day's  plans.  En- 
courage the  boys  to  do  this  work  cheerfully.  Lead, 
do  not  drive  the  boys  when  working.  Not  more 
than  three  hours  should  be  consumed  in  camp  work. 

Bring  rule  books  on  athletics.  Study  up  group 
games.  Bring  any  old  clothes  for  costumes;  tam- 
bourines and  bones  for  minstrel  show,  grease  paint, 
and  burnt  cork — in  fact,  anything  that  you  think 
will  add  to  the  fun  of  the 
Sports  and  Pastimes  camp.  Good  stories  and 
jokes  are  always  in  demand. 
Bring  something  interesting  to  read  to  your  boys  on 
rainy  days.  Think  out  some  stunt  to  do  at  the  so- 
cial gatherings.  If  you  play  an  instrument,  be  sure 
to  bring  it  along  with  you. 

Encourage  the  boys  to  turn  their  money 
Bank     and  railroad  tickets  over  to  the  camp  banker 
instead  of  depositing  them  with  you. 

Meetings  of  the  leaders  will  be  held  at  the  call 
of  the  superintendent.  Matters  talked  over  at  the 
council  meeting  should  not  be  talked  over  with  the 
boys.  All  matters  of  discipline  or 
Camp  Council  anything  that  deals  with  the  wel- 
fare of  the  camp  should  be  brought 
up  at  this  meeting.  Printed  report  blanks  will  be 
given  to  each  leader  to  be  filled  out  and  handed  to 
the  assistant  superintendent  each  Thursday  morn- 
ing.   Do  not  show  these  reports  to  the  boys. 


LEADERSHIP  21 

Each  leader  will  be  expected  to  read  to  the  boys 
in  his  tent  a  chapter  from  the  Bible  and  have 
prayers  before  ^Haps"  each  night,  also  to  take  his 
turn  in  leading  the  morning  devotions 
Bible  Study  at  breakfast  table.  Groups  of  boys 
will  meet  for  occasional  Bible  study 
at  sunset  under  various  leaders.  Each  session  will 
continue  twenty  minutes — no  longer.  Sunday  morn- 
ing service  will  be  somewhat  formal  in  character, 
with  an  address.  The  sunset  vesper  service  will  be 
informal. 

Praying  that  the  camp  may  prove  a  place  where 
leaders  and  boys  may  grow  in  the  best  things  of 
life  and  anticipating  an  outing  of  pleasure  and  profit 
to  you,  I  am  Your  friend. 


In  securing  men  for  leadership,  impress  upon 
them  the  many  opportunities  for  the  investment  of 
their  lives  in  the  kind  of  work  that 
Opportunities  builds  character.  In  reading  over 
a  small  folder,  written  by  George 
II.  Hogeman  of  Orange,  N.  J.,  I  was  so  impressed 
with  his  excellent  presentation  of  this  theme  of 
opportunities  of  leadership  that  the  following  is 
quoted  in  preference  to  anything  I  could  write  upon 
the  subject: 

''The  opportunity  of  the  boys'  camp  leader  is, 
first,  to  engage  in  the  service  that  counts  most 
largely  in  securing  the  future  welfare  of  those  who 
will  soon  be  called  upon  to  carry  on  the  work  that 
we  are  now  engaged  in.     Most  people  are  so  busy 


22  CAMPING    FOE    BOYS 

with  their  own  present  enjoyment  and  future  suc- 
cess that  they  pay  little  heed  to  the  future  of 
others.  They  may  give  some  thought  to  the  present 
need  of  those  around  them  because  it  more  or  less 
directly  affects  themselves,  but  the  work  of  char- 
acter building  in  boys'  camps  is  one  that  shows  its 
best  results  in  the  years  to  come  rather  than  in  the 
immediate  present. 

*^In  the  second  place,  the  opportunity  comes  to 
the  camp  leader  to  know  boys  as  few  other  people 
know  them,  sometimes  even  better  than  their  own 
parents  know  them.  When  you  live,  eat,  sleep  with 
a  boy  in  the  open,  free  life  of  camp  for  a  month  or 
so,  you  come  in  contact  with  him  at  vastly  more 
points  than  you  do  in  the  more  restrained  home 
life,  and  you  see  sides  of  his  nature  that  are  seldom 
seen  at  other  times. 

^^  Finally,  the  opportunity  is  given  to  the  man  who 
spends  his  vacation  in  camp  to  make  the  time  really 
count  for  something  in  his  own  life  and  in  the  lives 
of  others.  To  how  many  does  vacation  really  mean 
a  relaxation,  a  letting  down  of  effort  along  one  line, 
without  the  substitution  of  anything  definite  in  its 
place !  But  he  must  be  a  dull  soul,  indeed,  who  can 
come  to  the  right  kind  of  boys'  camp  and  not  go 
away  with  his  muscles  harder,  his  eye  brighter,  his 
digestion  better,  and  his  spirit  more  awake  to  the 
things  that  pertain  to  the  Kingdom  of  God. 

'*Then  again  the  camp  leader  must  have  the  abil- 
ity to  forget  himself  in  others.  Nowhere  can  the 
real  play  spirit  be  entered  into  more  completely 
than  in  camp  life.    A  watchman  is  the  last  thing  he 


LEADEESHIP  23 

must  be.  That  spirit  of  unselfishness  which  forgets 
its  own  personal  pleasure  in  doing  the  most  for  the 
general  good,  is  the  ideal  camp  spirit.  As  Lowell 
puts  it  in  the  Vision  of  Sir  Launfal,  it  is 

Not  what  we  give,  but  what  we  share, 
For  the  gift  without  the  giver  is  bare. 

^  *  The  results  of  all  these  points  which  I  have  men- 
tioned are  some  very  positive  things.  One  is  the 
very  best  kind  of  a  vacation  that  it  is  possible  to 
have.  How  frequently  we  hear  in  response  to  the 
question  about  enjoying  a  vacation,  'Oh,  yes,  I  had 
a  good  enough  time,  but  I'll  never  go  back  there 
again.'  To  my  mind  that  indicates  either  that  the 
person  does  not  know  what  a  really  good  time  is, 
or  that  his  surroundings  made  a  good  time  impos- 
sible. 

'' Another  result  of  camp  is  the  real  friendships 
that  last  long  after  camping  days  are  over.  Of 
these  I  need  not  speak.  You  and  I  know  of  many 
such  and  what  they  mean  in  the  development  of 
Christian  character  in  the  lives  of  our  men  and 
boys.  And,  after  all,  there  is  the  greatest  result 
^  of  all,  the  sense  of  confidence  in  the  ultimate  out- 
come that  comes  with  having  a  share  in  the  work 
of  bringing  others  to  the  'measure  of  the  stature 
of  the  fullness  of  Christ. '  ' ' 

*  *  The  ideal  life  for  a  boy  is  not  in  the  city.  He  should  know 
of  animals,  rivers,  plants,  and  that  great  out-of-door  life  that 
lays  for  him  the  foundation  of  his  later  years.'' — G.  Stanley 
Hall 


PQ 


?i4 
S 


24 


CHAPTER  III 
LOCATION  AND  SANITATION 

DIETY  DIRT  VS.  CLEAN  DIRT— AVOID  SWAMPS— SE- 
LECTING A  SITE— LAYING  OUT  THE  CAMP 
GROUND  —  THE  LATRINES  —  GARBAGE  —  DISH 
WATER— WASTE  BARRELS— WATER  SUPPLY— AN 
INDIAN  METHOD— INDIVIDUAL  DRINKING  CUP- 
BOARD OF  HEALTH— MAXIMS 

Clean  camps  are  most  easily  kept  by  not  allowing  them  to 
become  dirty. 

'*  Cleanliness  is  next  to  Godliness.  Godliness 
means  a  right  relation  to  things  spiritual,  cleanli- 
ness a  right  relation  to  things  material.  An  old 
definition  says  that  ^Dirt  is  merely  misplaced  mat- 
ter.' Of  all  the  vehicles  of  disease,  the  most  im- 
portant perhaps  is  dirt.  The  word  dirt  in  its  strict 
sense  comes  from  the  Anglo-Saxon  *drit,'  or  excre- 
ment. 'Dirt,'  then,  is  not  earth  or  clean  sand — 
not  clean  dirt,  but  dirty  dirt,  that  is,  matter  soiled 
by  some  of  the  excreta  of  the  human  or  animal  body. 

Cleanliness  must  be  insisted  upon  in  a  boys' 
Dirt     camp — not  the  cleanliness  that  makes  a  boy 

squeamish  about  working  with  his  hands  upon 
some  necessary  job,  but  cleanliness  that  makes  him 
afraid  of  sharing  his  tooth  brush  or  table  utensils 
or  his  clothes.  Cleanliness  is  not  the  shunning  of 
good,  clean  dirt,  but  a  recognition  of  the  fact  that 

25 


26  CAMPING    FOR    BOYS 

to  pass  anything  from  one  mouth  to  another  is  a  pos- 
sible source  of  death  and  destruction.''^  ** Death  to 
dirt''  should  be  the  watchword  of  the  camp.  The 
camp  should  be  a  model  of  cleanliness.  Every  boy 
should  be  taught  the  value  of  good  sanitation  and 
encouraged  to  cooperate  in  making  proper  sanita- 
tion effective. 

The  location  chosen  for  a  camp  should  be  away 
from  swamps.  Avoid  swampy  and  low  places  as 
you  would  a  plague.  Damp  places  where  there  are 
mosquitos,  should  be  well  drained, 
Avoid  Swamps  and  open  to  an  abundance  of  sun- 
shine. Mosquitos  breed  only  in 
water,  but  a  very  little  water  is  sufficient  if  it  is 
dirty  and  stagnant.  Two  inches  of  water  standing 
in  an  old  tin  can  will  breed  an  innumerable  horde. 
These  ''diminutive  musicians"  are  not  only  a  nuis- 
ance, but  dangerous,  as  malaria  and  typhoid  spread- 
ers by  their  poisonous  stings. 

In  selecting  a  camp  site  bear  in  mind  these  things : 
(1)  A  sandy  sub-soil,  with  good  drainage.  Avoid 
very  sandy  soil;  sand  provides  but  little  hold  for 
tent  pegs,  and  there  is  grave  risk  of  damage  should 
there  come  a  gale.  (2)  An  open  campus,  surrounded 
by  hills  or  sheltering  trees,  and  facing  the  water. 
(3)  Plenty  of  good  drinking  water  and 
The  Site  water  for  swimming.  (4)  Base  from 
which  supplies  and  provisions  are  to  be 
drawn  should  be  within  convenient  distance,  not 
more  than  four  miles  away.  (5)  Camp  should  be 
away  from  civilization,  far  enough  to  be  free  from 

1  Dr.  Chas.  E.  A.  Winslow — "  Camp  Conference,"  p.  58. 


LOCATION   AND    SANITATION  27 

visitors  and  the  temptation  to  *^go  to  town"  on  the 
part  of  the  boys.  Nothing  demoralizes  a  boys'  camp 
so  quickly  as  proximity  to  a  summer  resort. 

Before  opening  the  camp  much  thought  and  care 
should  be  given  to  its  sanitary  arrangement.  First 
of  all,  the  dryest  section  of  the  camp  ground  should 
be  selected  for  the  erection  of  the  sleeping  tents. 
Locate  them  where  they  will  have  the  full  benefit  of 
the  sunshine.  Tents  erected  under  trees  are  liable 
to  mildew,  for  the  want  of  sunshine,  and  the  con- 
tents of  the  tent  will  soon  get  musty.  Next  in  im- 
portance to  the  location  of  '^quarters''  is  the  loca- 
tion of  the  kitchen.  This  should  be  near  the  dining 
tent,  so  that  the  serving  of  food  may  be  quick,  and 
yet  far  enough  away  to  insure  that  disagreeable 
odors  will  not  destroy  the  pleasure  of  eating.  If  it 
is  very  near  the  sleeping  tents  the  campers  will  be 

awakened  too  early  by  the  chopping 
Arrangement    of   wood   and   the  necessary   noises 

made  in  preparation  of  the  morning 
meal.  It  should  be  near  water.  This  is  very  essen- 
tial for  cooking  and  cleaning.  In  some  of  the  large 
camps  water  is  carried  to  the  kitchen  in  pipes  from 
near-by  springs  or  pumped  from  wells  of  pure  water. 
The  dining  quarters  naturally  should  be  located 
near  the  kitchen  so  that  food  may  be  served  warm. 
Provision  should  be  made  for  the  protection  of  the 
boys  from  cold,  wind,  rain,  and  dampness  while 
eating.  The  toilet  should  be  located  rather  far 
away  from  the  camp,  and  not  in  the  direction  from 
which  the  prevailing  wind  comes  toward  the  camp. 
Make  sure  that  it  is  on  the  line  of  opposite  drainage 


28  CAMPING    FOR    BOYS 

from  the  water  used  by  the  camp.  The  details  of 
laying  out  a  camp,  erection  of  tents,  etc.,  are  given 
in  another  chapter. 

Particular  precaution  should  be  exercised  in  loca- 
tion and  care  of  the  toilets  or  latrines,  even  in  a 
one-night  camp.  Neglect  of  this  will  mean  disease. 
When  on  a  one-night  camp,  dig  a  small  pit  which 
can  be  filled  in  again  after  use.  If  the  camp  is  to 
be  continued  for  a  week  or  longer,  dig  a  pit  or 
trench  about  two  or  three  feet  deep  and  about 
eighteen  inches  wide,  plant  posts  on  each  side  of  the 
trench,  and  eighteen  inches  above  the  ground  level. 
Nail  shaped  seating  on  these  posts.  The  number  of 
seats  will  be  determined  by  the  size  of  the  camping 
party.  It  is  desirable  to  erect  a  six-foot  canvas 
screen  with  an  opening  around  the  toilet.  Dry 
earth  should  be  sprinkled  freely  in  the  trench  each 
time  it  is  used.  Also  each  morning  sprinkle  plenty 
of  chloride  of  lime  or  some  good,  reliable  disinfect- 
ant in  the  trench.  Do  not  permit  the  throwing  of 
paper  about  the  toilet.  Have  a  box  in  which  paper 
is  to  be  kept.  Flies  should  be  excluded  by  boxing  up 
the  sides  of  the  seats  and  fastening  a  hinged  lid 
upon  the  seats  (see  illustration).  It  is  an  advan- 
tage to  admit  the  direct  sunlight  about  the  middle 
of  the  day  because  of  its  bactericidal  action  on  dis- 
ease germs.  In  a  permanent  camp  regular  wooden 
closets  should  be  built,  with  covered  roof  for  pro- 
tection from  rain  and  wind.  The  back  of 
Latrines  the  closet  should  be  arranged  either 
by  a  hinged  door  or  some  other  method 
so  that  the  contents  may  be  removed  as  often  as 


LOCATION    AND    SANITATION 


29 


once  a  week.  A  wooden  box  on  rollers  placed  be- 
neath the  seats  will  facilitate  removal.  The  seats 
should  be  scrubbed  with  hot  water,  sulpho-naphthol, 
or  soap,  daily.  ^'Springfield  Oval"  type  of  toilet 
paper  prevents  unnecessary  waste.  In  one  camp 
the  w^ater  from  a  near-by  brook  is  dammed  and  thus 
by  gravity  made  to  flow  by  a  system  of  modern 
plumbing  through  the  urinals  and  flush  closets.  This 


is  ideal.  Insist  upon  cleanliness.  The  cutting  of 
initials  and  names  upon  the  seats  and  woodwork 
should  be  considered  a  disgrace  as  well  as  a  misde- 
meanor. Taboo  the  taking  of  books  and  papers  to 
the  toilet  to  read.  It  should  be  an  imperative  rule 
that  no  other  place  be  used.  A  little  carelessness 
will  cause  disagreeable  as  well  as  dangerous  results. 
By  way  of  reiteration:  First,  rigid  prohibition  of 
the  pollution  of  the  surface  of  the  ground  by  the 
strictest  rules,  diligently  enforced.    Second,  the  pro- 


30  CAMPING    FOE    BOYS 

vision  of  toilets  or  latrines  of  adequate  size  with 
proper  precaution  to  prevent  the  dispersal  of  ex- 
creta by  wind,  flies,  or  other  agencies.  The  latrines 
should  be  located  a  distance  from  camp  but  not  so 
far  as  to  offer  temptation  to  pollution  of  the  ground. 
Third,  boys  should  be  educated  when  on  hikes  or 
tramps  in  the  old  Mosaic  Rule  laid  down  in  Deuter- 
onomy 23 :  12-14. 

Garbage,  consisting  chiefly  of  trimmings  of  meat 
and  vegetables  and  the  waste  from  the  table,  if 
stored  in  open  buckets  soon  becomes  offensive  and 
is  an  ideal  breeding  place  in  warm  weather  for  flies 
*'that  drink  of  cesspools,  dine  at  privy  vaults,  eat 
sputum  and  are  likely  to  be  the  most  familiar  guests 
at  the  dinner  table,  sampling  every  article  of  food 
upon  which  they  walk,  leaving  in  their  tracks  dis- 
ease-producing germs  which  have  adhered  to  their 
sticky  feet  where  they  have  previously  dined.''  De- 
clare war  upon  the  *'fly  who  won't  wipe  his  feet" 
by  keeping  the  garbage  in  a  covered 
Garbage  galvanized-iron  pail  and  dispose  of  it  be- 
fore decomposition  takes  place.  Wash 
and  dry  the  pail  after  emptying.  If  the  camp  is  lo- 
cated near  a  farm,  give  the  garbage  to  the  farmer. 
It  is  the  natural  food  of  swine  or  poultry.  Where 
this  is  not  possible,  the  garbage  should  be  buried 
every  day  in  the  earth  and  covered  with  three  or 
four  inches  of  dirt.  Another  and  better  plan,  es- 
pecially in  a  large  camp,  is  the  burning  of  the 
garbage  and  human  excreta  in  an  incinerator,  such 
as  the  McCall.  This  is  the  method  of  the  United 
States  ^rmy. 


LOCATION   AND    SANITATION  31 

Exercise  caution  in  throwing  aside  tin  cans.  The 
vegetable  matter  remaining  in  the  cans  soon  decays 
and  attracts  flies.  Have  a  place  where  these  cans 
may  be  buried  with  other  refuse  each  day.  Keep 
the  ground  surrounding  the  kitchen  free  from  all 
kinds  of  garbage  or  refuse. 

Do  not  throw  dirty  dish  water  promiscuously 
upon  the  ground.  Dig  a  trench  and  put  the  water 
in  this  trench.  Sprinkle  chloride  of  lime  or  a  disin- 
fectant upon  it  each  day.  In  a  permanent  camp  a 
waste  water  well  should  be  dug  and  lined  with 
stone.  The  drain  pipe  should  be  laid  from  the 
kitchen  to  the  well.  This  water  soon  disappears  in 
the  soil  and  does  not  become  a  nuisance.  Make  sure 
that  the  well  is  not  in  line  with  the  water  supply  of 
the  camp.  A  little  potash  or  some  washing  soda  dis- 
solved in  the  sink  will  help  to  keep  the  drain  clean. 

Place  barrels  in  different  parts  of  the  camp  for 
refuse  and  scraps.  A  coat  of  whitewash  or  white 
paint  will  make  them  conspicuous.  In  one  camp  the 
following  suggestive  bit  of  verse  was  painted  on  the 
waste  barrels: 

Bavenous  Barrel 

I  am  all  mouth  and  vacuum 

I  never  get  enough, 
So  cram  me  full  of  fruit  peels, 

Old  papers,  trash  and  stuff. 

Epicurean  Barrel 

O,  how  sorry  I  feel  for  a  boy 

Who  litters  clean  places  with  trash, 

Who  throws  away  papers  and  fruit  peels 
Which  form  my  favorite  hash. 


32  CAMPING   FOR   BOYS 

These  barrels  should  be  set  upon  two  strips  of 

wood    placed    parallel.      This   per- 

Waste  Barrels     mits   the   air   to   pass   beneath   the 

barrel  and  keeps  its  bottom  from 

decaying  by  contact  with  the  ground.     The  barrels 

should  be  emptied  daily  and  the  trash  burned. 

A  dirty,  carelessly  kept,  untidy  camp  will  make 
discipline  and  order  very  difficult  to  attain  and  the 
influence  will  soon  be  noticed  in  the  careless  per- 
sonal habits  of  the  boys.  There  is  an  educational 
and  moral  value  in  cleanliness  which  is  second  only 
to  that  of  good  health. 

Dr.  Charles  E.  A.  Winslow,  the  noted  biologist,  is 
authority  for  the  following  statement:^  ''The 
source  of  danger  in  water  is  always  human  or  ani- 
mal pollution.  Occasionally  we  find  water  which  is 
bad  to  drink  on  account  of  minerals  dissolved  on  its 
way  through  the  ground  or  on  account  of  passage 
through  lead  pipes,  but  the  danger  is  never  from 
ordinary  decomposing  vegetable  matter.  If  you 
have  to  choose  between  a  bright,  clear  stream  which 
may  be  polluted  at  some  point  above,  and  a  pond 
full  of  dead  leaves  and  peaty  matter,  but  which  you 
can  inspect  all  around  and  find  free  from  contam- 
ination, choose  the  pond.  Even  in  the  woods  it  is 
not  easy  to  find  surface  waters  that  are  surely  pro- 
tected, and  streams  particularly  are  dangerous 
sources  of  water  supply.  We  have  now  got  rid  of 
the  idea  that  running  water  purifies  itself.  It  is 
standing  water  which  purifies  itself,  if  anything, 
for  in  stagnation  there  is  much  more  chance  for  the 

^       *  "Camp  Conference,"  p.  61.      _. 


LOCATION    AND    SANITATION  33 

disease  germs  to  die  out.  Better  than  either  a  pond 
or  stream,  unless  you  can  carry  out  a  rather  careful 
exploration  of  their  surroundings,  is  ground  water 
from  a  well  or  spring;  though  that  again  is  not 

necessarily  safe.  If  the  well  is  in 
Water  Supply     good  sandy  soil  with  no  cracks  or 

fissures,  even  water  that  has  been 
polluted  may  be  well  purified  and  made  safe  to 
drink.  In  a  clayey  or  rocky  region,  on  the  other 
hand,  contaminating  material  may  travel  for  con- 
siderable distance  under  ground.  Even  if  your  well 
is  protected  below,  a  very  important  point  to  look 
after  is  the  pollution  from  the  surface.  I  believe 
more  cases  of  typhoid  fever  from  wells  are  due  to 
surface  pollution  than  to  the  character  of  the  water 
itself.  This  is  a  danger  which  can,  of  course,  be 
done  away  with  by  protection  of  the  well  from  sur- 
face drainage,  by  seeing  that  the  surface  wash  is 
not  allowed  to  drain  toward  it  and  that  it  is  pro- 
tected by  a  tight  covering  from  the  entrance  of  its 
own  waste  water.  If  good  water  cannot  be  secured 
in  any  of  these  ways,  the  water  must  be  puri- 
fied. It  has  been  said  that  what  we  desire  in  water 
supply  is  innocence  and  not  repentance ;  but  if  you 
cannot  get  pristine  innocence,  you  can,  at  least,  se- 
cure works  meet  for  repentance  and  make  the  water 
safe,  by  filtering  through  either  a  Pasteur  or  a 
Berkefeld  filter — either  of  those  filters  will  take  out 
bacteria,  while  no  other  filters  that  I  know  of  will — 
or  by  various  chemical  disinfectants,  not  any  of 
them  very  satisfactory — or,  best  of  all,  by  boiling, 
which  will  surely  destroy  all  disease  germs." 


34  CAMPING    FOE    BOYS 

Indians  had  a  way  of  purifying  water  from  a 
pond  or  swamp  by  digging  a  hole  about  one  foot 
across  and  down  about  six  inches  below  the  water 
level,  a  few  feet  from  the  pond.  After  it  had  filled 
with  water,  they  bailed  it  out  quickly,  repeating  the 
bailing  process  about  three  times.  After  the  third 
bailing  the  hole  would  fill  with  filtered  water. 
Try  it. 

Insist  upon  the  boys  bringing  to  camp  a  supply 
of  inexpensive  paper  cups  or  col- 
Drinking  Cups  lapsible  pocket  drinking  cups. 
Filthy  and  dangerous  diseases  are 
not  unfrequently  transmitted  by  the  use  of  a  com- 
mon drinking  cup. 

Paper  Drinking  Cup, 

Take  a  piece  of  clean  paper  about  6  inches  square 
and  fold  it  on  the  dotted  lines,  as  shown  in  Figure 
1,  so  as  to  make  a  triangle.  Do  not  use  paper  hav- 
ing anything  printed  on  it,  as  there  is  danger  of 
poison  from  the  ink.  The  other  folds  are  made  in 
the  dotted  lines,  as  shown  in  Figure  2.  Each  pointed 
end  of  the  triangle  is  turned  over  on  one  side,  as 
shown  in  Figure  3,  then  the  sheets  of  the  remaining 
points  are  separated  and  each  one  folded  down  on 
its  respective  side.  This  practical  idea  is  furnished 
by  R.  H.  Lufkin  in  Popular  Mechanics  for  February, 
1911. 

Boys  should  be  encouraged  to  cooperate  in  keep- 
ing the  camp  clean.  A  Board  of  Health  may  be 
organized,  to  be  composed  of  an  equal  number  of 
boys  and  camp  leaders  with  the  camp  physician,  or 


LOCATION   AND    SANITATION 


35 


Flo  I 


Fig  ^ 


Fic  a 


Rg  4 


S  P/^PETi  "DniNf^iNc  Cup. 


director  of  the  camp  as  chairman.  The  duties  of 
the  board  will  be  to  inspect 
Board  of  Health  daily  the  toilets,  sinks,  and  drains, 
the  water  supply,  the  garbage 
disposal  and  waste  barrels;  condemn  everything 
that  is  unsanitary,  and  correct  all  sanitary  disor- 
ders. The  board  will  also  arrange  for  a  series  of 
talks  upon  "Sanitation  and  Health,"  such  as 

Sunshine  and  Health  Johnnie  and  the  Microbes 

Dirt  and  Cleanliness  Fresh  Air 

Flies   and   Filth  Health — Its  Value  and  Its  Cost 


36  CAMPING    FOE    BOYS 

Have  the  boys  write  essays  upon  these  subjects 
and  give  credits  or  points  for  original  interpreta- 
tion, accuracy  of  report  of  talk  given,  and  observ- 
ance and  correction  of  sanitary  disorders. 

Maxims 

Clean  up  as  you  go. 

Sunshine  and  dryness  are  great  microbe  killers. 

It  is  better  to  keep  clean,  than  to  get  clean. 

Dirt,  dampness  and  disease  can  often  be  avoided  by  decency, 
dryness  and  determination. 

Uncleanness  is  at  the  root  of  many  of  the  evils  which  cause 
suffering  and  ill  health. 

Fire  is  the  best  disinfectant. 

Typhoid  fever  and  cholera  are  carried  by  dirty  habits,  by 
dirty  water  and  dirty  milk. 

BIBLIOGRAPHY. 

Camp  Sanitation — Review  and  Herald  Pub.  Assn.,  Washington,  D.  C,  6  cents. 
A  twelve-page  folder  of  useful  hints  on  what  to  do  and  what  not  to  do. 

Wastes  and  Their  Disposal — Henry  J.  Barnes,  M.D.  Health-Education  League, 
Boston,  Mass.,  4  cents.  An  authoritative  booklet  written  by  the  Pro- 
fessor of  Hygiene,  Tufts  Medical  School.  This  League  publishes  a  num- 
ber of  very  valuable  and  comprehensive  booklets  on  health  subjects. 

Good  Health — Francis  Gulich  Jewett.  Ginn  and  Co.,  40  cents.  Gives  detail 
instruction  in  matters  of  health  and  hygiene.  Prepared  especially  for 
younger  people. 

Health — B.  Franklin  Richards.  Pacific  Press  Pub.  Co.,  $1.00.  Written  in 
language  easily  understood  and  filled  with  sensible  suggestions. 


37 


CHAPTER  IV 
CAMP  EQUIPMENT 

ADVANCE  PARTY— PLAN  OF  CAMP  GROUNDS— A 
MEASURING  DEVICE— SETTING  UP  A  WALL 
TENT— GUYING  THE  TENT— TRENCHING— PEG 
WISDOM— INTERIOR  TENT  CONVENIENCES- 
HOW  TO  MAKE  A  TEPEE— TENT  WISDOM- 
SLEEPING  ON  THE  GROUND— A  ^^HIP  HOLE^^— 
HOW  TO  KEEP  WARM— MAKING  A  BED— DOUBLE- 
DECK  BUNKS— BLANKETS— PILLOWS— KITCHEN 
WARE— TABLE  WARE— TABLE  TOPS— A  ' '  HORSE ' ' 
IDEA— PERMANENT  BUILDINGS— SURVEYING- 
HOME-MADE   INSTRUMENTS— CAMP   SURVEY 

The  greatest  help  after  all  is  to  take  the  children  back 
to  the  garden  that  the  Lord  God  planted.  A  boy  must  learn 
to  sleep  under  the  open  sky  and  to  tramp  ten  miles  through 
the  rain  if  he  wants  to  be  strong.  He  must  learn  what  sort 
of  men  it  was  who  made  America,  and  he  must  not  get  into 
this  fuss  and  flurry  of  our  American  civilization  and  think 
that  patent  leather  shoes  and  white  kid  gloves  are  necessary 
for  the  salvation  of  his  life. — Edward  Everett  Hale. 

Selecting  a  camp  site  and  general  directions  for 
the  laying  out  of  the  camp  grounds  is  treated  very 
fully  in  the  chapter  on  Camp  Sanitation,  so  that 
this  chapter  will  be  devoted  to  methods  that  to  the 
experienced  camper  may  seem  trite,  but  which  the 
novice  will  appreciate. 

38 


CAMP   EQUIPMENT 


39 


O 


DD 


lAYlwG   OUT  R  CAM'P 

If  the  camp  is  a  large  one  it  is  usually  customary 
to  send  an  advance  party  several  days  ahead  to 
erect  the  tents  and  get  the  camp  in  readiness  for 

the  larger  party.  The  successful 
Advance  Party    management   of    a   camp    depends 

very  much  upon  placing  the  tents 
in  such  a  position  as  to  give  plenty  of  room  and  yet 
be  compact.  When  tents  are  scattered  the  difficulty 
of  control  is  increased.  The  following  is  a  sug- 
gestion for  the  laying  out  of  a  camp  which  provides 
for  room  and  control. 


40  CAMPING    FOE    BOYS 

The  following  hints  will  help  the  advance  party  to 
lay  out  the  camp  in  a  systematic  and  scientific  man- 
ner.    To  find  the  right  angle  of  the  camp  square, 

drive  a  peg  at  A,  another  3  feet 
Plan  of  Grounds     distant    at    B;    attach    a    5-foot 

cord  from  the  peg  at  B,  and  a  4- 
foot  cord  from  the  peg  at  A.  The  point  at  which 
the  two  cords  meet  at  C,  where  another  peg  may  be 
driven  in,  will  be  the  line  at  right  angles  to  B-A, 


5-:.' 


KlCMT  /»NCLE  or  C/>MP  SQUARE. 

The  illustrations  below  show  a  device  by  which  a 
camp,  baseball  grounds,  running  track,  tennis  court 
or  any  distance  may  be  quickly  and  accurately 
measured.  The  first  thing  to  do  is  to  get  an  inch 
board  and  cut  a  round  disc  (a)  about  12  inches  in 
diameter.  Cut  two  of  them  and  tack  them  together. 
The  diagram  ^'b''  is  easier  to 
Measuring  Device  cut  out  and  will  serve  the  pur- 
pose just  as  well.  When  the 
two  are  temporarily  tacked  together,  bore  a  hole 
through  the  centre  for  the  axle.  The  eight  spokes 
should  be  of  light  material  and  not  too  pointed  or 


CAMP    EQUIPMENT 


41 


they  will  sink  in  the  ground  and  prevent  accuracy. 
The  spokes  are  tacked  on  one  disc  as  shown  in  ^^c" 
and  then  the  other  disc  is  nailed  on  the  outside. 


picuRe 


fjcore  C 


A   Neasorinc  Device 

Paint  the  end  of  one  spoke  red,  so  that  you  can 
count  it  every  time  it  comes  around.  By  having  the 
points  that  touch  the  ground  exactly  9  inches  apart 
one  revolution  of  the  wheel  will  measure  six  feet. 
For  an  axle  use  a  small  piece  of  broom  handle,  and 


42  CAMPING    FOE    BOYS 

for  a  handle  use  a  long  light  pole.  By  varying  the 
length  of  the  spokes  you  can  make  the  wheel  meas- 
ure any  desired  distance. 

The  line  of  the  camp  having  been  laid  out,  the 
next  thing  is  the  erection  of  the  tents.  The  best  way  of 
setting  up  a  wall  tent  (either  the  12  x 
Wall  Tent  14  or  14  x  16  size),  the  type  used  in 
most  of  the  boys'  camps,  is  the  method 
used  by  the  army  and  described  in  Kephart's 
^^Book  of  Camping  and  Woodcraft.''  Four  boys  or 
men  proceed  as  follows:  Nos.  1  and  2  procure  can- 
vas, and  Nos.  3  and  4  the  poles. 

Nos.  3  and  4  lay  the  ridge  pole  on  the  ground,  in 
the  direction  that  the  tent  is  to  stand;  then  lay  the 
uprights  at  each  end  of  ridge-pole  and  at  right 
angles  to  it,  on  the  side  opposite  that  from  which 
the  wind  blows.  Then  drop  the  tent  pins  and 
hammers  at  their  respective  ends  of  the  tent ;  then 
drive  a  pin  at  each  end  of  the  ridge  to  mark  front 
and  rear.  Meanwhile  Nos.  1  and  2  unroll  the  tent 
and  spread  it  out  over  the  ridge-pole  and  on  both 
sides  of  it. 

Nos.  1  and  3  now  go  to  the  rear,  and  Nos.  2  and  4 
to  the  front,  and  slip  the  pins  of  the  uprights 
through  the  ridge-pole  and  tent.  If  a  fly  is  used, 
it  is  placed  in  position  over  the  tent,  and  the  loops 
of  the  long  guys  over  the  front  and  rear  pole  pins. 
No.  4  secures  center  (door)  loops  over  center  pin  in 
front,  and  No.  1  in  rear.  Each  goes  to  his  corner, 
No.  1  right  rear.  No.  2  right  front,  No.  3  left  rear, 
No.  4  left  front, 

All  draw   bottom  of  tent  taut   and  square,   the 


CAMP    EQUIPMENT 


43 


front  and  rear  at  right  angles  to  the  ridge,   and 
fasten  it  with  pins  through  the  corner  loops,  then 


S%TOH  Tepee. 


TCklT    NADS  or  A"Ft.V  " 


W^tt  Tent 


stepping  outward  two  paces  from  the  corner,  and  a 
pace  to  the  front  (Nos.  2  and  4)  or  rear  (Nos.  1  and 
3)    each   securely  sets   a   long  pin,   over  which  is 


44  CAMPIlSrG    FOE    BOYS 

passed  the  extended  corner  guy  rope.  Care  must  be 
taken  that  the  tent  is  properly  squared  and  pinned 
to  the  ground  at  the  door  and  four  corners  before 
raising  it. 

Nos.  1  and  3  now  go  to  the  rear,  and  Nos.  2  and 
4  to  the  front  pole,  and  raise  the  tent  to  a  con- 
venient height  from  the  ground,  when  Nos.  2  and  3 
enter  and  seize  their  respective  poles,  and  all  to- 
gether raise  the  tent  until  the  upright  poles  are 
vertical.  While  Nos.  2  and  3  support  the  poles, 
Nos.  1  and  4  tighten  the  corner  guys,  beginning  on 
the  windward  side.  The  tent  being  thus  tempo- 
rarily secured,  all  set  the  guy  pins  and  fasten  the 
guy  ropes,  Nos.  1  and  2  to  the  right,  Nos.  3  and  4 
left,  and  then  set  the  wall  pins. 

To  prevent  the  upright  poles  from  sinking  in  the 
ground  under  the  pressure  of  the  canvas,  place  a 
fiat  stone  or  piece  of  wood  under  the  pole. 

One  of  the  troubles  with  tents  is  their  remarkable 
proclivity  for  tightening  and  slackening  with  the 
varying  conditions  of  the  weather.  This  means  a 
constant  loosening  or  tightening  of  the  guy  ropes, 
and  the  longer  the  guy  ropes 
Guying  the  Tent  the  more  they  will  shrink  or 
stretch  according  as  they  are 
wet  or  dry.  This  may  be  overcome  to  some  extent 
by  using  very  heavy  corner  posts  securely  driven 
into  the  ground  and  spiking  a  pole  across  them,  and 
very  short  guy  ropes  fastening  to  this  pole.  (See  il- 
lustration.) A  shower,  or  even  ordinary  dew,  will 
cause  the   canvas  to  shrink,   therefore  be   sure  to 


CAMP    EQUIPMENT  45 

slacken  the  guys,  or  you  may  have  a  torn  tent  or 
broken  ridge  pole. 

Dig  a  trench  around  the  tent  and  do  it  before 

you  have  to.     If  you  have  ever  gotten 

Trenching     out  in  the  middle  of  the  night  when  the 

rain  was  coming  down  in  torrents,  to 

dig  a  ditch  or  trench,  you  will  appreciate  this  bit  of 

advice. 

Warn  the  boys  not  to  touch  the  roof  of  the  tent  on 
the  inside  when  it  is  raining,  for  it  will  surely  leak 
wherever  it  is  touched. 

There  is  a  right  and  a  wrong  way  of  driving 
stakes  into  the  ground.     Study  the  illustrations. 

In  taking  down  the  tent,  don't  pound  loose  the 

tent  pins  or  pegs,  but  with  a  looped 

Peg  Wisdom     rope  and  a  pull  in  the  direction  from 

which    they    are    driven    they    can 

easily  be  removed. 

After  pitching  your  tent,  put  everything  in  order. 
Run  a  stout  line,  either  of  rope  or  rustless  wire, 
between  the  two  upright  poles,  about  a  foot  below 
the  ridge  pole.  A  very  convenient  thing  to  throw 
clothes  over.  In  some  camps  they 
Conveniences  have  a  shelf  suspended  from  the 
ridge  pole,  divided  into  compart- 
ments, one  for  each  boy  in  the  tent.  Nails  driven 
in  the  upright  poles  afford  convenient  pegs  to  hang 
things  on.  Be  sure  the  nails  are  removed  before 
taking  down  the  tent  or  a  rip  in  the  canvas  will  be 
the  result. 

A  bundle  of  elder  leaves  in  a  tent  will  keep  away 


46  CAMPING    FOE    BOYS 

flies.  If  ants  show  a  desire  to  creep  into  your  tent, 
dust  cayenne  pepper  into  their  holes  and  they  will 
no  longer  trouble  you. 

When  there  is  no  wooden  floor  in  the  tent,  strew 
small  hemlock  twigs.  They  make  a  fine  carpet  and 
the  odor  is  both  pleasant  and  healthful. 

In  addition  to  the  different  styles  of  tents  shown 
in  the  page  of  illustrations,  the  following  descrip- 
tion of  how  to  make  a  ten-foot  teepee  is  given  by 
Charles  R.  Scott  in  his  Vacation  Diary: 

Sew  canvas  together  making  oblong  ABCD  20  by 
10  feet ;  with  E  as  centre  and  EA  as  a  radius,  draw 
half  circle  AFD.  From  remaining  canvas  cut  smoke 
flaps  LKCM  and  ONBP.  Sew  piece  of  canvas  at  C 
and  B  making  pocket  for  ends  of  smoke  poles.  Sew 
ML  to  HI  and  PO  to  GJ  on  one 
Making  a  Teepee  large  piece  of  canvas.  Sew  lash 
to  E  to  tie  teepee  to  pole.  Sew 
6  or  7-foot  lash  to  K  and  N  to  set  smoke  flaps  with. 
Make  holes  in  pairs  from  L  to  D  and  0  to  A  for 
lacing  pins.  Ten  poles  12  feet  long  are  needed. 
Make  tripod  of  nine  of  these  and  tie  teepee  at  E 
to  pole  two  feet  from  top  and  place  over  tripod. 

In  ^^ Recreation,"  April,  1911,  in  an  article  on 
''Tent  Making  Made  Easy,"  H.  J.  Holden  tells  how 
to  make  ten  different  tents  with  but  one  piece  of 
canvas. 

The  best  type  of  tent  to  use  in  a  permanent  camp 
is  a  wall  tent,  either  12  x  14  or  14  x  16,  which  will 
accommodate  from  four  to  six  fellows.  An  eight- 
ounce,  mildew-proofed  duck,  with  a  ten  or  twelve- 
ounce  duck  fly  will  give  excellent  wear.     Have  a 


CAMP   EQUIPMENT 


47 


RICMTV/AV  |:»ii  $««•»  So.w 


ooo»t:: 


A\ 


Kt  y  G    K   M  f 

Tl<C    TEN     FOOT  TEEPSC 


48  CAMPING    FOR    BOYS 

door  at  each  end  of  the  tent  and  the  door  ties  made 
of  cotton  cord  instead  of  tape. 
Tent  Wisdom  Double  pieces  of  canvas  should  be 
sewed  in  all  the  corners  and  places 
where  there  is  unusual  strain.  Manilla  rope  is  best 
for  guys,  and  metal  slides  are  preferable  to  wood. 
If  the  tents  are  made  to  order,  have  a  cotton  cord 
about  two  feet  long  sewed  in  each  seam  just  under 
the  eaves,  so  that  one  end  shall  hang  down  inside 
the  tent  and  the  other  outside.  The  walls  of  the 
tent  can  then  be  rolled  up  and  tied  so  that  the  tent 
will  be  thoroughly  aired.  Make  sure  that  the  end 
of  the  ridge  pole  and  of  the  upright  poles  have  iron 
bands  to  prevent  splitting  of  the  poles. 

For  a   short-term   camp,  pine   boughs  make   the 
best  kind  of  a  bed    (see   chapter   on  Tramps  and 
Hikes  for  description  of  bed).     Sometimes  a  rub- 
ber blanket   is   spread   upon   the    ground    and   the 
boys  roll  themselves  up  in  their 
Bed  on  Ground    blankets.     An   old   camper   gives 
the  following  suggestion  to  those 
who   desire    to    sleep   in   this   fashion:     ^^The    bed 
should   be   made   in  the    afternoon   while    the   sun 
is   shining.      To   make  the   bed,    clear   the    ground 
of  twigs  and   stones.     The  space  should  be  about 
6x3  feet.    A  shovelful  of  dirt  is  removed,  making 
a   shallow,    transverse    trench, 
A  ''Hip  Hole''     about  midway  of  the   bed.     This 
trench    is    the    ''hip    hole''    and 
the  making  of  it  properly  is  what  renders  the  bed 
comfortable.     In  making  the  bed  the  following  or- 
der   should    be    observed:    (1)  spread    the    rubber 


CAMP    EQUIPMENT  49 

blanket;  (2)  the  blanket  spread  so  that  one-half 
only  covers  the  prepared  couch;  (3)  then  spread 
the  woolen  blankets  so  that  the  ^'hip  hole''  is  in  the 
right  place;  (4)  add  the  pillow;  (5)  fold  the  blank- 
ets over  you  and  pin  them  with  big  safety  pins 
across  the  bottom  and  along  the  side.'' 

Stewart  Edward  White  in  ^'Camp  and  Trail" 
tells  how  to  keep  warm  when  sleeping  on  the 
ground:  ''Lie  flat  on  your  back.  Spread  the 
blanket  over  you.  Now  raise  your  legs  rigid  from 
the  hip,  the  blanket,  of  course, 
To  Keep  Warm  draping  over  them.  In  two  swift 
motions  tuck  first  one  edge 
under  your  legs  from  right  to  left,  then  the  second 
edge  under  from  left  to  right,  and  over  the  first 
edge.  Lower  your  legs,  wrap  up  your  shoulders 
and  go  to  sleep.  If  you  roll  over,  one  edge  will  un- 
wind but  the  other  will  tighten." 

A  bed  tick  614  feet  long  and  21/^  feet  wide,  to  be 
filled  with  grass,  leaves,  straw  or  any  available  stuff 
makes  a  comfortable  bed. 

A  comfortable  bed  used  at  Camp  Durrell,  is  made 
by  driving  four  posts  in  the  ground  and  nailing  a 
frame  work  of  saplings  on  these 
To  Make  a  Bed  posts.  Rope  is  then  interwoven 
from  side  to  side  in  somewhat  the 
fashion  of  the  old-time  cord  bed.  Pine  boughs  are 
then  placed  ''shingle"  fashion  in  the  cording,  mak- 
ing a  very  comfortable  bed. 

Many  of  the  long-term  camx)s,  however,  have 
cots  or  bunks  with  canvas  bottoms.  This  is  the  best 
way  to  sleep  for  boys  who  are  going  to  be  in  camp 


50  CAMPING    FOE    BOYS 

the  entire  summer.  The  following  type  of  double- 
deck  bunk  is  in  use  at  Camps  Adirondack,  Becket, 
AVawayanda  and  Dudley.  The  illustrations  give  a 
clear  idea  of  its  construction. 
Double-Deck  Bunks  Use  wood  as  free  from  knots 
as  possible.  Spruce  seems  to 
be  the  best  kind  as  it  is  both  light  in  weight  and 
very  durable.  The  top  section  upon  which  the  can- 
vas beds  are  tacked  is  bolted  to  the  uprights  which 
makes  a  bunk  easily  taken  apart.  Three  of  these 
uprights,  one  at  each  end  and  one  in  the  middle, 
will  make  a  bed  section  accommodating  four  boys, 
two  on  the  ''first  floor"  and  two  on  the  ''second 
floor."  In  this  manner  eight  boys  may  be  comfort- 
ably housed  in  a  12  X  14  or  14  x  16  foot  tent,  with 
room  for  baggage  in  the  center,  as  shown  in  the 
illustration. 

Always  remember  that  to  keep  warm  while  sleep- 
ing in  a  cot  or  bunk,  you  must  have  as  much  thick- 
ness of  blanket  under  you  as  above  you. 
Blankets  Usually  boys  will  pile  blankets  on  top  of 
them  and  have  only  one  blanket  under 
them  and  then  wonder  why  they  are  cold. 

A  pillow  may  be  made  out  of  a  bag  of  muslin  or 

dark  denim  and  stuffed  with  a  sweater  or 

Pillows     extra     clothing.       Much     better-^take     a 

small  pillow  with  you  with  removable  and 

washable    "case"   made   of   dark   green   or   brown 

denim. 

In  purchasing  kitchen  ware,  a  mistake  is  fre- 
quently made  by  getting  a  cheap  kind  of  ware  un- 
fitted for  the  hard  usage  of  camp  life.     The  kind 


CAMP   EQUIPMENT 


51 


-X. 

Si*"* 


—  ft* 

t"- 

1   ^• 

*• 

lio^fi 

»l>fV 

DvrK 

1  \ 

-.6'- 

> 

manufactured  for  hotels  and  restaurants  and  of 
sufficient  capacity,  is  more  expen- 
Kitchen  Wajre  sive,  but  will  out-wear  two  outfits 
of  the  cheaper  type  and  is  really 
more  economical  in  the  long  run.  In  the  buying 
do  not  omit  that  most  adaptable  and  convenient  of 
all  cooking  utensils  for  camp — a  wash  boiler.  Get 
one  that  is  copper-lined  and  made  of  the  heaviest 
tin. 

Campers  prefer   the   white   enamel  ware  on   ac- 


52  CAMPING    FOE    BOYS 

count  of  its  appearance  and  wear.  If  the  imported 
kind  is  purchased  it  will  last  for  at  least  three  long- 
term  seasons.  Avoid  tin  and  the  cheap  gray  enamel 
ware.  Each  boy  should  be  provided  with  a  large 
plate  of  the  deep  soup  pattern,  cereal  bowl  not  too 
large,  a  saucer  for  sauce  and  dessert,  a  cup,  knife, 
fork,  table  spoon  and  tea  spoon.  In 
Table  Ware  a  small  camp  the  boy  usually  brings 
his  own  '^eating  utensils."  When 
the  table  is  set  with  white  oil  cloth,  white  enamelled 
dishes,  both  serving  and  individual,  with  decora- 
tions of  ferns,  wild  flowers  or  blossoms,  the  food 
always  seems  to  taste  better  and  the  meal  proceeds 
with  that  keen  enjoyment,  which  is  not  only  con- 
ducive to  good  digestion  but  promotive  of  good  fel- 
lowship. A  dirty  table  and  dishes  and  rough-house 
table  manners  are  a  disgrace  to  a  camp  even  as  small 
as  six  boys.  Cleanliness,  courtesy  and  cheerful  con- 
versation contribute  to  the  making  of  character 
while  at  meals. 

Table  tops  should  be  made  of  matched  boards 
and  battened.  Screw  the  battens  to  the  boards. 
The  tables  should  be  thirty-six  inches 
Table  Tops  in  width.  The  length  must  be  deter- 
mined by  the  number  of  persons  to  be 
seated.  The  seating  of  boys  in  tent  groups  is  con- 
sidered the  best  plan. 

A  wooden  horse  made  after  the  following  sketch 

will   support   the  table   top   and 

A  *' Horse''  Idea    seats.    The  seat  may  be  a  plank 

about    twelve    inches    wide    and 

one  and  one-eighth  inches  thick. 


CAMP    EQUIPMENT 


53 


Permanent  buildings  are  largely  planned  accord- 
ing to  the  ideas  of  the  director  or  organization  op- 
erating the   camp  and  this,  therefore,  is  a  matter 


WO.OPEN   HORSE    TABLE   AkJO  S  cat  .SOPPORT 

which  cannot  be   fully  treated  in  a  book  of  this 
character.    Convenience,  harmony  with  natural  sur- 
roundings,  and   adaptability   are   the   three   things 
which  govern  the  planning  and  erection 
Buildings     of   permanent   camp    buildings.      ''Wil- 
derness Homes,''  by  Oliver  Kemp,  con- 
tains many  suggestions  for  camps  of  this  character. 
In   ''Recreation"   for   April,   1911,   is   an   excellent 
article  by  William  D.  Brinckle  on  "Log  Cabins." 
The  following  practical  suggestions  on  surveying 
in  a  boys'  camp  have  been  especially  prepared  by 
H.  M.  Allen.     Surveying  is  an  impor- 
Surveying     tant  subject  for  study  and  practice,  as 
it  is   both   interesting   and  useful  and 
may  serve  as  a  stepping-stone  in  the  later  educa- 
tion of  the  boy. 

The  surveying  may  be  roughly  divided  into  two 
parts,  simple  and  advanced.     The  simple  work  in- 


54  CAMPING    FOR    BOYS 

eludes  that  which  can  be  carried  on  with  a  few 
cheap  instruments  easily  secured  or  made  by  the 
boys.  The  advanced  work  requires  better  instru- 
ments and  is  adapted  to  high  school  boys.  Only  the 
simple  work  will  be  described. 

The  instruments  needed  in  simple  surveying  are, 
compass,  measuring  tape,  draughtsman's  scale,  pro- 
tractor, drawing  materials  and  a  small  home-made 
transit.  The  leader  should,  if  possible,  become  fa- 
miliar with  some  good  text-book  on 
Home-made  surveying,  such  as  Wentworth's  Plane 
Trigonometry  and  Surveying.  He 
should  also  get  some  civil  engineer  to  give  him  a 
little  instruction  in  the  rudiments.  It  is  well  also  to 
get  some  practice  before  going  to  camp.  Any  va- 
cant lot  or  gymnasium  floor  will  be  suitable.  If  the 
leader  is  near  a  small  lake  that  will  be  especially 
desirable. 

The  transit  is  easily  made.  A  flat  board  should 
be  selected,  about  twelve  inches  in  diameter,  which 
will  not  warp.  Upon  this  a  circle  is  marked  about 
ten  inches  in  diameter.  For  this  purpose  use  a  pair 
of  drawing  compasses.  Then  with  a  protractor  lay 
off  the  degrees  of  the  circle.  A  small  brass  pro- 
tractor can  be  bought  for  15  cents,  a  good  one,  large 
size,  costs  80  cents.  A  good  plan  is  to  mark  the 
circle  on  bristol  board  which  can  be  tacked  in  the 
board.  Then  a  pointed  piece  of  wood  ten  inches 
long  should  be  fastened  with  a  nail  in  the  center  of 
the  circle.  At  the  ends  of  the  pointer  pins  should 
be  placed  vertically  so  that  they  are  in  line  with  the 
pivot  nail.     This  will  form  a  sight  for  measuring 


CAMP    EQUIPMENT 


55 


the  angles.  The  board  is  then  mounted  upon  a 
pointed  stick  or  tripod.  You  will  need  a  hatchet 
and  a  half  dozen  sharpened  sticks  for  markers  and 


TO'»v»P'^/  or  TRA^Cir 


T^o'*^^'''o»^ 


A      SUPP«HT 


l=-ic  1 


a  boy  for  rod  man.  You  are  now  ready  for  the 
survey. 

To  make  a  map  of  the  location  of  the  camp,  the 
first  thing  is  to  locate  a  base  line  on  a  level  piece  of 
ground.  At  the  two  ends  A  and  B  stakes  are 
placed  and  the  length  carefully 
Camp  Survey  measured  with  the  tape.  Then  from 
one  end  of  the  line  stretch  a  string 
about  ten  feet  long,  toward  the  other  stake.  Under 
this  string  place  the  compass.  In  this  way  the  di- 
rection of  the  line  may  be  learned. 

In  figure  1,  the  base  line  runs  about  10  degrees 
west  of  north.  Drive  a  stake  where  the  tent  is  to  be 
located.  This  place  will  be  called  C.  Then  place 
the  transit  at  A  and  measure  the  angle  formed  by 
the  imaginary  lines  AC  and  AB.     In  the  example 


56 


CAMPING    FOE    BOYS 


the  angle  is  about  45  degrees.  Then  place  the 
transit  at  B  and  measure  the  angle  there,  formed  by 
the  lines  AB  and  BC.  Then  the  angle  at  C  should 
be  measured  and  the  sum  of  the  angles  thus  meas- 
ured will  be  180  degrees,  if  the  work  is  correct. 
Now  make  a  drawing  of  the  survey.     Draw  on 


Fi&;2 


Fig5 


^•«  0O<t 


fiCAkK  or  reex 


Fic-4 


paper  a  line  corresponding  to  the  line  AB,  making 
a  certain  scale,  say  100  feet  to  the  inch.  If  the  real 
line  is  200  feet  long,  the  line  on  the  paper  will  be 
2  inches.  With  the  protractor  the  angles  at  B  and 
A  may  be  drawn  or  plotted.  This  will  give  the 
location  of  the  point  C.  With  the  scale  determine 
on  the  plan  the  length  of  the  other  sides  of  the 
triangle  ABC.    The  actual  distances  should  next  be 


CAMP    EQUIPMENT  57 

measured  with  the  tape  to  test  the  accuracy  of  the 
survey. 

Next  place  a  stake  along  the  side  of  the  lake  at  a 
point  D.  Then  in  a  similar  manner  measure  the  tri- 
angle with  the  transit.  With  the  protractor  the 
lines  AD  and  BD  can  be  plotted  on  the  plan.  With 
the  scale  the  length  of  the  lines  AD  and  BD  can  be 
estimated  from  the  map.  The  rest  of  the  lake  is 
surveyed  in  the  same  manner.  It  is  only  necessary 
to  take  other  points  on  the  lake  and  survey  the 
resulting  triangles.  It  is  a  good  idea  to  use  four- 
foot  stakes  with  flags  placed  so  as  to  be  easy  to 
sight  to  them. 

Finally  a  tracing  may  be  made  with  carbon 
paper  giving  only  the  shore  line  and  leaving  out 
the  lines  of  the  triangles  and  the  map  is  finished. 
The  boys  in  one  camp  surveyed  a  lake  a  mile  long 
with  home-made  instruments  with  excellent  results,. 

Boys  should  be  taught  how  to  use  the  compass 
and  a  map  in  tracing  their  way  through  an  un- 
known country.  Also  to  travel  by  the  stars  or  by 
the  moss  on  the  trees. 


CHAPTER  V 
PERSONAL  CHECK  LIST  OR  INVENTORY 

CHECK  LIST— MAEKING— LOST  AND  FOUND— MEM- 
ORY—HOW  TO  PACK— SHIPPING— LABELS— NEAT- 
NESS—GENERAL  HINTS 

Experience  only  can  determine  what  should  be 
taken  to  camp.  Usually  the  first  camping  trip  de- 
cides what  to  take  on  the  second  trip,  and  also  re- 
veals how  few  things,  providing  they  are  right 
things,  one  really  needs  to  be  comfortable  in  camp. 
A  boy's  mother,  who  is  generally  the  official  trunk 
packer  of  the  family,  makes  a  mistake  in  stowing 
away  in  the  trunk  a  lot  of  things  not  serviceable  or 
suitable  for  camping.  Cotton  goods,  except  towels, 
handkerchiefs,  and  hose,  are  of  no  use.  Gray  woolen 
shirts,  gray,  brqwn,  or  green  sweaters  (a  boon  to 
campers — avoid  white,  red,  or  striped  colors),  khaki 
suit,  outing  flannel  pajamas  (tan  color  preferred) 
are  in  the  class  of  real  camp  necessities  so  far  as 
clothing  is  concerned.  The  hat  should  be  drab  or 
khaki  color,  of  campaign  style,  something  that  will 
shed  water  and  sun.  The  hat  used  by  the  Boy 
Scouts  of  America  is  admirably  adapted  for 
campers. 

The  outfit  may  be  divided  into  four  classes :  things 
necessary,  things  desirable,  things  convenient,  and 
luxuries.  Boys  who  go  camping  for  two  weeks  or 
less  should  take  articles  in  the  following  list  marked 
(1) ;  those  who  go  for  four  weeks  or  less  should 

58 


PERSONAL    CHECK   LIST 


59 


take  articles  marked  (2)  in  addition  to  those  marked 
(1)  ;  and  those  who  go  for  what  may  be  called  the 
season,  six  or  more  weeks,  should  take  those  marked 
(3),  in  addition  to  all  of  (1)  and  (2). 

Necessary 
Woolen   sweater    (coat   style)       Note  book  or  diary  (1) 


(1) 

Two  flannel  shirts  (gray)   (1) 

Change  of  underwear  (1) 

Two  pairs  stockings    (1) 

Jersey    (2) 

Outing  flannel  pajamas  (1) 

Eunning  pants   (1) 

Handkerchiefs  (1) 

Two  pairs  woolen  blankets   (1) 

Poncho   (1) 

Turkish  towels  (1) 

Extra  pair  heavy  shoes    (2) 

Toilet  soap    (in  aluminum   or 

celluloid  box)  (1) 
Comb  and  brush  (1) 
Tooth  brush  and  tooth  pasteSmall-sized  Bible  (1) 

(1)  Money   (1) 

Pins   and   safety   pins    (safe- Good  disposition  (1) 

ties  one-inch  and  four-inch)       Leggings — tan,  army  style  (1) 

(1) 

Desirable 


Twine  and  rope  (2) 
Lead  pencil  (1) 
Pens  and  ink   (2) 
Stamps     and    stamped     enve- 
lopes (1) 
Paper,  postals  and  envelopes 

(2) 
Needles  and  thread   (1) 
Matches  in  metal  box  (1) 
Folding  drinking  cup  (1) 
Strong  pocket  knife  on  chain 

(1) 
Echo  whistle   (2) 
Fishing  tackle   (2) 
Camera   (2) 


Extra  suit  of  clothes   (2) 

Soft  laundered  shirt  (2) 

Bathing  suit  or  tights    (2) 

Small  mirror  (1) 

Whisk  broom  (2) 

Dish  towels  (2) 

Cheap  watch  (1) 

Eubber  boots  or  overshoes  (2) 

Clothes  pins  (2) 

Flash  lamp  (2) 

Repair  outfit  (2) 


Rubber-soled  shoes  (sneakers) 

(1) 

Small  compass  (2) 
Baseball,  bats,  gloves  (2) 
Tennis  racquets  and  balls  (3) 
Ping  Pong  racquets  and  balls 

(3) 
Map  of  vicinity   (2) 
Musical  instruments   (2) 
Scissors  (2) 


60  CAMPING   FOR   BOYS 

Convenient 
Games  (3)  Can  opener  (2) 

Books   (3)  Small  hand  washboard  (3) 

Small  pillow  (2)  Thick   strong   gloves    (3) 

Mosquito  netting  (2)  Heavy  woolen  stockings   (3) 

Candles  (3)  Elk  hide  moccasins   (3) 

Luxuries 
Bath  robe  (3)  Blacking  and  brush  (3) 

Shaving  outfit  (3)  Laundry  bag  (2) 

Face  rag  (3) 

It  is  understood  that  cooking  utensils,  tools,  tents, 
cots  and  the  general  camp  equipment  is  supplied  by 
the  camp  management.  The  above  list  is  for  the 
individual  campers. 

Mark  everything  with  your  initials,  or,  if  in  a 
large  camp,  your  camp  number.  This  may  be  done 
with  indelible  ink  upon  white  tape,  and  the  tape 
sewed  upon  the  garments,  or  you  may  order  through 
the  large  department  stores 
Mark  Everything  your  full  name  embroidered  on 
tape  in  sufficient  quantity  to 
sew  upon  your  belongings.  Marking  your  *' goods 
and  chattels"  helps  identify  ownership,  for  things 
somehow  get  fearfully  mixed  up  in  a  boys'  camp. 

A  clever  scheme  for  locating  lost  articles  was 
adopted  by  one  large  camp.  A  *'Lost  and  Found'' 
shop  was  opened.  Articles  found  were  brought  to 
the  shop.  Hours  for  identification  and  reclaiming 
were  announced,  the  owner  paying  two  cents  for 
each  article  claimed.  This  method  had  the  effect 
of  making  the  boys  more  sj^stematic  and  less  care- 
less in  throwing   things   around,   or  leaving  them 


PEESONAL    CHECK   LIST  61 

upon  the  ground  after  a  ball  game  or  play.  After 
a  certain  length  of  time,  an  auction  was  held  of  all 
unclaimed  articles.  The  money  received  was  put 
into  books  for  the  camp  library. 

Make  your  ^^  check  lisf  during  the  winter. 
Have  an  old  box  handy  in  which  to  put  things  you 
think  you  will  want  to  take  to  camp.    Boys  usually 

talk  over  the  experiences  of  the 
Write  it  Down     last  camp  until  about  January  1st, 

then  they  begin  to  talk  and  plan 
about  the  next  camp.  As  you  think  of  things  jot 
them  down  in  a  little  memorandum  book  marked 
*'Camp  Ideas.''  Leaders  will  find  this  plan  espe- 
cially helpful.  In  making  up  the  list,  put  down 
each  article  on  a  separate  line.  Don't  jumble 
things  together.  Leave  nothing  to  memory  which, 
alas,  too  frequently  is  a  splendid  ' '  f orgetter. " 
Write  it  down  on  paper.  Examine  your  list  very 
carefully,  and  strike  out  everything  you  can  do 
without.  Simplicity  coupled  with  comfort  should 
be  the  guide  in  making  up  the  list  or  inventory. 
Tack  the  list  on  the  inside  of  your  trunk  or  camp 
box.  Often  the  little  trifles  prove  the  most  valu- 
able things  on  a  camping  trip.  For  instance,  a 
supply  of  giant  safety  pins  is  invaluable  for  pin- 
ning blankets  together  in  sleeping-bag  fashion. 
Ever  roll  out  of  your  blankets  or  toss  them  off  on 
a  cool  night?  If  so,  you  know  the  value  of  a  giant 
safety  pin. 

What  to  pack  the  outfit  in  and  how  to  pack  it 
is  a  problem  which  each  must  solve  for  himself.  A 
cracker  box,  with  hinged  cover,  padlock,  and  rope 


62 


CAMPING    FOR    BOYS 


^^2/rf> 


handles,  is  good  for  a  short-time  camping  trip.  It 
should  be  of  the  following  dimensions :  30  x  18  x  15 
inches. 

A  good  strong  steamer  trunk  is  about  the  best 
thing.  It  is  convenient,  easy  to  handle,  and  takes 
up  very  little  space. 

The  boys  who  are  mechanically  inclined,  will 
want  to  have  the  fun  of  making  a  camp  box.  The 
illustration  is  a  suggestion  successfully  worked  out 
by  a  number  of  boys.  The  dimensions  may  be  de- 
termined by  the  maker.  Don't  make  it  too  big,  or 
it  will  be  a  burden  and  also  occupy  too  much  room 
in   the    tent.     It   stands   upright   and   serves   as  a 


PERSONAL    CHECK    LIST  63 

dresser.    Boys  who  spend  a  summer  in  camp  should 
have  either  a  steamer  trunk  or  this  dresser. 

If  the  trunk  or  box  is  too  small  to  carry  blankets, 
a  good  plan  is  to  roll  blankets,  bedding  and  such 
articles  in  a  roll  or  canvas,  the  ends  and  sides  of 
which  are  doubled  inward,  so  as  to  prevent  articles 
from  dropping  out  or  getting  wet.  Strap  with  a 
good  shawl  or  strong  rope.     (See  illustration.) 


A  dunnage,  duffle,  or  carry-all  bag  is  sometimes 
used  for  packing,  but  there  is  a  possibility  of  a 
''mess"  as  well  as  a  loss  of  your  good  disposition 
and  patience  in  trying  to  locate  some  desired  article. 

Carry  your  poncho  to  be  used  in  case  of  rain  en 
route. 

Have  your  expressman  deliver  your 
Shipping  baggage  at  the  station  at  least  one 
hour  before  the  train  starts.  If  the 
baggage  is  delayed,  much  annoyance  and  loss  of 
temper  is  the  result.  If  the  camp  is  a  large  one, 
some  one  should  be  designated  to  look  after  the 
baggage  arrangements.  After  checking  the  bag- 
gage, this  person  should  receive  checks  and  attend 
to  claiming  baggage  at  destination. 

Many  of  the  large  camps  provide  mucilaged  labels 
or  V* stickers"  to  paste  on  the  end  of  the  trunk  or 


64  CAMPING    FOE    BOYS 

box  making  identification  easy  at  railroad  baggage 
room.  Initials  and  camp  number  should  be  painted 
on  outside  of  trunk  or  box. 

''A  place  for  everything  and  everything  in 
place''  should  be  the  real  key  to  find  things  in  your 
trunk.     Neatness  is  good  discipline  for  the   mind, 

and  should  characterize  every  real 
Neatness     camper.      The   trunks   of   some   boys   in 

camp  look  as  if  a  cyclone  had  struck 
them.  **Full,  pressed  down,  and  running  over.'' 
Every  old  thing  in  any  old  way  is  both  slovenly  and 
un-hygienic. 

About  once  a  week  everything  should  be  taken 
from  the  trunk  or  box,  and  exposed  to  the  sun.  Let 
the  sun  also  get  into  the  trunk  or  box.  Then  re- 
pack neatly.  This  will  prevent  mould  and  damp- 
ness, and  be  the  means  of  discovering  lost  articles. 
Finally  be  sure  to  go  over  with  care  your  ''check 
list"  or  inventory  the  day  before  camp  breaks. 
This  will  prevent  rushing  around  excitedly  at  the 
eleventh  hour,  hunting  lost  articles. 

GENERAL  HINTS 

Gray  and  khaki  are  the  most  inconspicuous  colors 
for  camping. 

Shirts  should  be  provided  with  breast  pockets. 

Each  lock  should  have  a  duplicate  key  to  be  given 
to  the  tent  leader,  or  in  a  large  camp,  to  the  camp 
banker. 

Have  an  old  laundry  bag  in  which  to  put  soiled 
clothes.     *'Wash  day"  is  a  popular  day  in  many 


PEESOJSTAL   CHECK   LIST  65 

camps.  No  camper  need  be  dirty  when  there  is 
abundance  of  water. 

There  is  a  luxuriance  in  a  piece  of  soap  and  a 
clean  towel  that  only  experienced  campers  can  un- 
derstand and  appreciate. 

Wet  towels,  swimming  suits  or  tights  should  not 
be  placed  in  the  trunk  or  box,  but  hung  upon  a 
rope,  or  non-rust  wire  outside  of  the  tent. 

The  poncho  is  the  camper's  friend.  It  makes  a 
good  rubber  blanket,  a  wrap,  a  cushion,  a  bag,  a 
sail  or  a  tent. 

Be  sure  to  take  enough  bed  clothes.  You  will 
need  them  on  cold  nights. 

Stamps  wiped  over  the  hair  of  your  head  will 
not  stick  together — the  oil  of  the  hair  does  the 
trick.  Take  a  self-filler  fountain  pen — no  glass 
filler  to  break. 

A  small  Williams  or  Colgate  shaving  stick  box, 
with  screw  or  hinged  cover,  makes  a  good  match 
box.  A  better  one  is  a  water-tight  hard  rubber  box, 
with  screw  top.  If  dropped  into  a  lake  or  stream 
it  will  float,  whereas  a  metal  box  will  sink. 

Some  one  has  said  that  **6ood  temper  is  as  neces- 
sary for  camping  as  water  is  for  swimming/'  Be 
sure  it  is  on  your  ** check  list." 


BAOQAae  ROOM 

QRANO  CemitAL  STATION 

N.  V.  C  *  H.  R.  R. 


CHAPTER  VI 

ORGANIZATION,      ADMINISTRATION     AND 
DISCIPLINE 

A  RECOGNIZED  LAW  —  COOPERATIVE  SELF  -  GOV- 
ERNMENT—COUNCIL MEETINGS— DEPARTMENT 
ADMINISTRATION  —  RULES  —  DISCIPLINE  BY 
WHISTLE  —  DISCIPLINE  BY  CONSCIENCE  —  SELF 
IMPOSED  DISCIPLINE— SEVEN  THINGS  WHICH 
GOD  HATES— LIARS  AND  SNEAKS— A  ^'MEDITA- 
TION LOG''  AND  OTHER  METHODS— PRIVATE 
TALKS— PERFECT  FREEDOM 

The  heavens  themselves,  the  planets  and  this  centre 
Observe  degree,  priority  and  place, 
Insisture,  course,  proportion,  season,  form, 
Office  and  custom,  in  all  lines  of  order. 

— Troilus  and  Cressida.    Act  1,  Scene  3 

It  matters  very  little  if  the  camp  be  a  large  or 
small  one,  all  will  agree  that  system  and  organiza- 
tion must  prevail  if  the  camp  is  to  be  a  **  place  of 
known  delight  and  proved  desire."  Order  is  said  to 
be  Heaven's  first  law,  and  a  boys'  camp  should  not 
be  operated  contrary  to  this  recognized  law.    What 

is  everybody's  business  usually  becomes 
Order     nobody's   business.      Much    soup    has   been 

spoiled  by  the  stirring  of  too  many  cooks. 
A   boys'   camp   becomes   a  place   of   discord   when 

66 


ORGANIZATION    AND    DISCIPLINE        67 

everybody  takes  a  hand  in  *^ running  it."  There 
must  be  one  whose  word  is  absolute  and  final,  and 
who  is  recognized  as  the  leader  or  director  of  the 
camp;  at  the  same  time  the  campers  should  have 
a  voice  in  the  government  and  share  in  planning 
and  participating  in  its  activities.  (See  chapter  on 
Leadership.) 

The  follow^ing  charting  of  organization  will  ex- 
plain the  ^ '  degree,  priority  and  place ' '  of  those 
who  are  to  be  responsible  for  the  administration 
and  welfare  of  the  camp. 

This  form  of  organization  recognizes  maturity, 
experience,  ability,  cooperation,  justice  and  altruis- 
tic service.     Self-government  wholly  by  the  boys  is 

unwise.  There 
Cooperative  Self-Govemment    must    always    be    a 

paternal  guidance  of 
hot,  impulsive  and  indiscriminate  youth.  Boys  de- 
sire adult  leadership  and  where  a  wise  combination 
is  formed  of  man  and  boy  working  together,  there 
will  be  found  the  highest  type  of  efficient,  whole- 
some, happy  and  purposeful  camp  life. 

Frequent  council  meetings  should  be  held.  "When 
the  senior  council,  composed  of  the  leaders  and  di- 
rector, meet  for  planning  and  to  discuss  the  work, 
it  should  be  understood  that  whatever  is  said  or 
discussed  at  the  meeting,  must 
Council  Meetings  not  be  talked  over  in  the  pres- 
ence of  the  boys,  particularly 
matters  of  discipline,  awarding  of  honors  and  camp 
policy.  Joint  meetings  of  the  junior  and  senior 
councils   should  be   held  weekly.     Each   ''tent''   is 


68 


CAMPING    FOE    BOYS 


Director 

IT 


JSCNIOR    COUNCIU 
3)gPAWrWK.MT  OP  JUSTlCK. 


JUNIOR  Council. 
Cam  pWslfar  e  .  law  s.Ap^cals.  btc 


DEPARTMENT* 
SENIOR  UEADCRS  AS  CHAIRMEN.     OLDER   BOVS    /I 
"         I 


S    ME  M  SEAS 


CofinissAiiiAr 


Pood 

MENU 

5CKVINC 

SUPPLISS 

DDNlViMlMC 

OlMiNGHeAH 


HKAtTH 
"Water 

S^tMITATIOM 
XATniNSt 

Caa»ace 

WA»T« 
HtSPlTAI. 

NyciKNC 

ZM5PECn0M 
I.ECTUReS 
HlKC» 


EMrcATAiMncwr 


BASE  BAt.1. 

athletics 

watcrSfwitj 

Camfs 

TCNNIS 
PLAt5 
Ewren- 

TAiMHCOTS 


epwcation 

iNSTRWtncM 
(tf  riNtTAID 

ScaurcK/tPr 
t/FsSA  VI  iVC 
TOTOA IMG 
MUSIC 
llBRAKV 
TteAOINC 
TALKS 


MoKlkLE 

'BIBLE  5Ttl»>( 
3u  fonx 

SEirvi(c» 
Tent- 

CliATCC 
TALKS 

Grace 
Cam^ 

3PIAIT 


KBit»sen£ 

rfATCWEj 

CAriPFiMes 
RAi»>5TeRM» 

(WCA-TMCK 

^iqmals 


represented  on  the  junior  council  by  electing  one 
of  their  tent-mates,  who  shall  present  the  views  of 
his  constituents  at  council  meetings. 

The  director  should  have  the  power  of  appoint- 
ing the  chairmen  or  heads  of  departments,  and  the 
chairmen  the  privilege  of  selecting  associates  from 
the  two  councils.  The  policy  of  each  department 
must  be  ratified  by  a  joint  meeting  of  the  councils 
before  it  becomes  operative.  Pre- 
Depajrtments  vent  bickering  over  minor  parlia- 
mentary details.  Keep  in  mind  first, 
last  and  always,  the  highest  welfare  of  the  camp. 
Let  the  *Woice  of  the  people '*  be  heard,  yet  see  that 
the  legislation  introduced  is  in  the  interest  of  the 
highest  good  of  the  campers.  The  chart  suggests 
the  work  of  the  various  departments. 


OEGANIZATION    AND    DISCIPLINE        69 

EXILES 

In  all  well-organized  and  purposeful  camps  for 
boys,  three  rules  are  considered  absolutely  essential 
for  the  safety  and  welfare  of  the  campers.  These 
rules  are: 

1.  No  fire-arms,  air-rifles  or  explosives  of  any  kind  allowed. 

2.  No  one  of  the  party  shall  enter  the  water  for  swimming 
or  bathing,  except  during  the  designated  period. 

3.  No  tobacco  used  in  any  form. 

Every  boy  going  to  camp  agrees,  in  signing  his 
application,  to  observe  whatever  rules  are  decided 
upon  as  best  for  the  welfare  of  all.  Boys  should  be 
trusted  and  expected  to  do  as  the  majority  think 
best.  There  should  be  a  happy  understanding  and 
mutual  confidence  existing  which  should  make  a 
long  list  of  rules  unnecessary.  When  the  boys  ar- 
rive in  camp,  the  director  should  outline  and  ex- 
plain the  purpose  and  policy  of  the  camp  in  kind 
but  unmistakable  terms. 

A  camp  of  a  dozen  boys  and  their  school  teacher, 
in  the  White  Mountains,  was  operated  for  three  de- 
lightful weeks,  upon  the  following  *  ^  agreement/ ' 
which  all  the  boys  and  their  leader  signed: 

We,  the  members  of  Camp  Be  joyful,  do  hereby  subscribe 
cheerfully  to  the  following  rules  and  regulations  and  will  be 
governed  by  them  while  we  are  members  of  this  camp.  We 
further  agree  to  pay  any  penalty  the  other  members  of  the 
camp  may  think  fit  to  impose  upon  us  for  breaking  these  rules 
or  resolutions. 

We  will  not  lose  our  tempers. 

We  will  not  use  any  language  we  would  not  use  in  the  pres- 
ence of  ladies. 


70  CAMPING    FOE    BOYS 

We  will  not  tell  stories  we  would  not  tell  or  want  told  to  our 
sisters. 

We  will  perform  cheerfully  any  duties  our  Camp  Master  asks 
us  to  perform. 

We  will  at  all  times  respect  the  rights  and  feelings  of  others. 

We  will  remember  that  the  command  to  * '  Eemember  the  Sab- 
bath day  and  keep  it  holy, ' '  is  obligatory  at  all  times  and  in  all 
places. 

The  motto  of  this  camp  shall  be  *  *  Noblesse  oblige. ' ' 

Unless  the  camp  is  conducted  under  the  auspices 
of  the  Boys'  Brigade  or  some  military  organization, 
where  boys  prefer  the  military  discipline,  it  is  un- 
wise to  introduce  it  in  a  camp  for  boys.  The  type 
of  discipline  to  be  used  will  depend  upon  the  type 
of  leader.  Some  camps  are  controlled  by  the  use  of 
a  whistle.  When  the  attention  of  the  boys  is  de- 
sired, the  leader  blows  a  shrill  blast 
The  Whistle  of  the  whistle  and  the  boys  immedi- 
ately respond  by  absolute  silence 
and  await  the  announcement  or  whatever  the 
leader  or  director  desires  to  say  to  them.  Never 
blow  the  whistle  unless  necessary.  Secure  first  the 
attention  of  the  boys  if  you  want  their  interest. 
Camp  boys  become  accustomed  to  continuous  blow- 
ing of  the  whistle  in  the  same  manner  that  city  boys 
become  used  to  the  noise  of  the  street-car  gong. 
Blow  your  whistle  and  wait.  Cause  for  a  second 
blast  should  be  considered  serious. 

''In  a  camp  where  through  the  thoughtlessness  of 
a  boy  a  misdemeanor  had  been  committed,  the 
leader  explained  at  the  camp  fire  how  mean  the 
action  was  and  said  that  he  did  not  believe  there 
was  a  boy  in  camp  who,  if  he  had  realized  its  con- 


OEGANIZATION    AND    DISCIPLINE        71 

temptible  nature,  would  for  one  moment  have 
thought  of  doing  such  a  thing.  He 
Conscience  concluded  his  remarks  by  saying,  ^If 
there  is  any  boy  here  who  knows  who 
did  this  thing,  I  earnestly  request  that  he  will  keep 
it  to  himself  and  not  breathe  the  name  of  the  of- 
fender to  any  one  in  camp.'  Especially  did  he  re- 
quest that  on  no  account  should  the  offender's  name 
be  told  to  him.  There  were  a  few  rather  red  faces 
about  the  camp  fire,  but  the  name  of  the  offender 
was  never  known  and  no  similar  misdemeanor  oc- 
curred while   the   camp   was  open. 

*'In  another  camp  two  boys  had  thoughtlessly 
violated  the  understanding  regarding  swimming  and 
they  spent  an  hour  on  the  hillside  with  the  leader 
discussing  the  situation.  After  the  leader  had  ex- 
plained to  them   his  responsibility  to  the   parents 

of  each  boy  in  camp  and 
Self-imposed  Discipline    how       insecure       parents 

would  feel  if  they  thought 
their  boys  were  not  being  properly  taken  care  of, 
he  asked  them:  *Now,  if  you  were  in  my  place, 
what  would  you  do  with  two  such  fellows?'  And 
they  both  replied  that  they  thought  the  two  boys 
should  be  sent  home  as  an  example  to  the  rest  of 
the  camp.  The  leader  agreed  with  them  and  the 
two  boys,  who  had  pronounced  their  own  sentence, 
left  the  next  morning  for  home.  That  leader  has 
today  no  better  friends  among  boys  than  those  two 
particular  fellows."^ 

Solomon  in  his   book  of  Proverbs   says,   ^*  These 

1 E.  M.  Robinson,  Association  Boys,  June,  1902. 


72  CAMPTI^G    FOE    BOYS 

six  things  does  the  Lord  hate :  yea,  seven  are  an 
abomination    unto    him.  A    proud    look,    a    lying 

tongue,  and 
Seven  Things  Which  God  Hates    hands  that  shed 

innocent  blood, 
a  heart  that  deviseth  wicked  imaginations,  feet  that 
be  swift  in  running  to  mischief,  a  false  witness  that 
speaketh  lies,  and  he  that  soweth  discord  among 
brethren."     (Proverbs;  16:19.) 

Punish  the  liar  heavily.  Help  the  boy  to  see 
that  to  make  a  mistake  and  own  up  to  it,  is  re- 
garded in  a  much  more  favorable  light  than  to 
sneak  and  lie  out  of  it.  Have  him  understand  that 
the  lie  is  the  worst  part  of  the 
Liaxs  and  Sneaks  offence.  It  is  awful  to  have  the 
reputation  of  being  a  liar,,  for 
even  when  a  boy  does  tell  the  truth  nobody  believes 
him  because  of  his  past  reputation.  Never  indulge 
suspicion.  Above  all  discountenance  sneaking; 
nothing  is  more  harmful  than  to  maintain  a  feeble 
discipline  through  the  medium  of  tale-bearing. 

Never  keep  a  boy  in  camp  who  is  out  of  tune  with 
the  camp  life  or  its  standards,  and  whose  presence 
only  serves  to  militate  against  the  real  purpose  of 
the  camp.    *  ^  Grouchitis  "  is  a  catching  disease. 

The  methods  of  punishment  are  as  varied  as  the 
colors  of  the  rainbow.  In  one  camp,  a  *^  Meditation 
Log,"  upon  which  the  boy  sits  and  thinks,  and 
thinks,  and  thinks,  and .  No  doubt  he  is  a  sad- 
der and  wiser  boy  for  his  period  of  meditation.  A 
''wood  pile"  where  boys  saw  from  one  to  five  or 
more  sticks  of  cord  wood  into  stove  lengths,  is  an 


OEGANIZATION   AND    DISCIPLINE        73 

economic  mode  of  punishment,  for  it  not  only  pro- 
vides wood  for  the  kitchen  stove, 
Meditation  Log  but  hardens  the  boys'  muscle  as 
well  as  helps  him  to  remember 
his  mistakes  and  to  avoid  repetition.  Walking 
around  the  campus  for  a  certain  length  of  time 
carrying  an  oar  over  the  shoulder,  is  another 
method.  Curtailing  a  boy's  privileges,  such  as 
swimming,  boating,  taking  away  his  dessert,  are 
other  methods  in  vogue  in  boys'  camps.  When  a  boy 
swears,  if  he  is  a  ^^ scout,''  the  other  ^^ scouts"  pour 
a  cup  of  cold  water  down  the  offender's  sleeve  or 
back,  for  each  offence.  Some  boys  have  been  cured 
of  swearing  by  having  their  mouths  washed  out 
with  ^^ Welcome  Soap,"  publicly,  along  the  shore  of 
the  lake  or  stream,  with  camp-mates  as  silent  spec- 
tators. Make  the  *' punishment  fit  the  crime,"  but 
always  the  kind  of  punishment  which  the  boy  will 
acknowledge  is  deserved  and  just.  Never  punish  in 
anger. 

A  '* heart-to-heart"  talk  with  the  boy  during  a 
walk  in  the  woods,  or  in  some  quiet  place  of  the 
camp,  will  do  more  good  to  get  him 
Private  Talks  to  see  and  realize  his  need  of  ad- 
justment to  camp  life  and  enlist  his 
willingness  to  try  again  and  to  *^do  his  best"  than 
any  form  of  physical  punishment. 

When  it  becomes  necessary  to  send  a  boy  home, 
always  telegraph  or  write  his  parents,  telling  them 
on  what  train  or  boat  they  may  expect  him  and  the 
reason  for  sending  him  home. 


til 


«3 

I 


74 


CHAPTER  VII 
THE    DAY'S    PROGRAM 

A  MOENING  PEAYEE— REQUISITES  OF  A  CAMPEE— 
7.00,  '^EEVEILLE'^— 7.15,  THE  DIP— 7.30,  BEEAK- 
FAST— 8.30,  CAMP  DUTIES— 9.30  TO  11,  EDUCA- 
TIONAL EECEEATION— 11,  *' BLANKETS  IN''— 11.30, 
SWIMMING  TIME— 12,  NOON  INSPECTION— 12.30, 
DINNEE— 12.45  TO  2,  ^^  SIESTA ''—2  TO  4.30,  SPOETS 
—4.30,  PEEPAEATION  FOE  THE  NIGHT— 5,  GEN- 
EEAL  INSPECTION— 5.45,  ^^COLOES"— 6,  SUPPEE 
—6.45,  MEDITATION  AND  STUDY— 7.15,  CAMPUS 
GAMES— 8,  CAMP  FIEE  AND  ENTEETAINMENT 
—8.45,  ^^ TATTOO''  AND  HYMN— 9,  ''TAPS"  AND 
''GOOD   NIGHT" 

A  Morning  Prayer 

The  day  returns  and  brings  in  the  petty  round  of  irritating 
concerns  and  duties.  Help  us  to  play  the  man,  help  us  to 
perform  them  with  laughter  and  kind  faces.  Let  cheerfulness 
abound  with  industry.  Give  us  to  go  blithely  on  our  busi- 
ness all  the  day.  Bring  us  to  our  resting  beds  weary  and 
content  and  undishonored,  and  grant  us  in  the  end  the  gift 
of  sleep.  — Eohert  Louis  Stevenson. 

All  the  major  habits  of  life  are  formed  during  the 
teen  period  of  life.     If  camping  teaches  a  boy  any- 
thing it  teaches  him  the  habit  of  being  systematic. 
The    day\s    program    should    be    built 
Requisites     upon  a  platform  calculated  not  only  to 
keep  the  camp   running  smoothly,  but 
75 


76  CAMPING    FOR    BOYS 

to  develop  within  the  boy  and  man  those  qualities 
requisite  for  a  good  camper,  viz.,  truth,  sincerity, 
self-control,  courage,  energy,  skill,  mental  ca- 
pacity, justice,  patriotism,  stamina,  efficiency,  ex- 
ecutive power,  consideration,  kindliness,  cheerful- 
ness, self-reliance,  good  temper,  good  manners,  tact, 
promptness,  obedience,  helpfulness,  and  coopera- 
tion. Camping  has  as  good  an  effect  on  a  boy's 
character  as  it  has  upon  his  health.  It  teaches  him 
to  be  self-reliant,  to  look  after  his  own  wants,  and 
not  to  be  abnormally  self-centered.  It  is  marvellous 
how  much  more  tidy  and  considerate  a  boy  be- 
comes after  he  has  had  a  season  in  camp,  looking 
after  himself  and  his  own  belongings,  as  well  as 
sharing  in  keeping  his  tent  neat  and  clean,  and  hav- 
ing his  part  in  the  day's  work.  From  ^* reveille"  at 
7  A.  M.  to  **taps"  at  9  p.  m.  the  day's  program 
should  be  definitely  planned.  In  order  to  make 
this  chapter  of  practical  value  the  different  periods 
of  the  day  and  its  activities  will  be  described  very 
fully  and  enough  suggestions  given  to  make  the 
day  purposeful,  educational,  recreational  and  at- 
tractive in  either  a  large  or  small  camp. 

Seven  o'clock  is  usually  the  hour  of  beginning 
the  day,  although  some  camps  make  the  rising  hour 
six-thirty  o'clock.  The  first  morning  in  camp  boys 
want  to  get  up  around  four  o'clock,  thinking  it 
about  three  hours  later,  on  account  of  the  sun 
streaming  into  their  tent.  After  the  first  morning 
boys  who  wake  early  should  be  expected  to  keep 
silent  and  remain  in  their  tent   until   ''reveille" 


.  THE    DAY^S    PROGEAM  77 

sounds.  Consideration  should  be  shown  toward 
those  who  desire  to  sleep. 

When  the  bugle  sounds  ** reveille"  everybody 
turns  out  in  pajamas  or  swimming  tights  and  in- 
dulges in  a  brisk  ten-minute  setting-up  exercise. 
This  should  be  made  snappy,  giving  particular  at- 
tention to  correcting  stooping  shoulders  and  breath- 
ing. Boys  should  not  be  excused  from  this  exercise 
unless  ill.  At  the  end  of  the  exercise  the  flag  is 
raised  and  the  campers  salute  the  stars  and  stripes 
as  they  are  flung  to  the  morning  breeze.  A  small 
cannon  is  fired  in  some  camps  when  the  flag  is 
raised.  The  honor  of  raising  the  flag  may  be  given 
to  the  boys  of  the  tent  having  won  the  honor  tent 
pennant  of  the  preceding  day  or  to  boys  specially 
assigned.  The  spirit  of  patriotism  is  fostered  by  re- 
spect to  the  flag. 

Flag-raising  is  followed  by  a  dip  in  the  lake.  It 
should  be  understood  that  this  is  to  be  a  dip  or 
plunge  and  not  a  swim.  Five  minutes  is  sufficient 
time  to  be  in  the  water.  Place  some  respon- 
7.15  sible  person  in  charge  of  the  dip.  A  safe  rule 
is  never  to  permit  boys  in  the  water  unless 
supervised.  The  boys  should  take  soap,  towels  and 
tooth  brushes  with  them  when  they  go  for  the  dip. 
A  good  morning  scrub  of  the  teeth  with  a  brush 
saves  many  hours  of  pain.  Boys  are  woefully  neg- 
ligent (because  ignorant)  of  the  care  of  their  teeth. 
Saturday  is  ** scrub"  day  in  many  of  the  large 
camps  when  all  are  required  to  take  a  *'soap 
scrub."  Marvellous  how  the  *'tan"  disappears 
after  this  scrubbing  period! 


78  CAMPING    FOR    BOYS 

By  this  time  every  fellow  is  hungry  enough  to 
devour  whatever  food  is  set  before  him,  whether  he 
is  fond  of  it  or  not,  and  there  is  an  alacrity  of  re- 
sponse to  the  Mess  Call  of  the  bugle  which 
7.30  only  a  camper  understands  and  appreciates. 
When  the  campers  are  seated  there  is  either 
silent  or  audible  grace  before  the  meal  is  eaten. 
Take  plenty  of  time  for  the  eating  of  the  meal. 
Forty-five  minutes  is  not  too  long.  Encourage 
wholesome  conversation  and  good  natural  pleas- 
antry, but  discountenance  *^ rough  house''  and  un- 
gentlemanliness.  The  announcements  for  the  day 
are  usually  given  at  the  breakfast  table  followed 
by  the  reading  of  a  chapter  from  the  Bible  and  a 
short  prayer. 

A  boy  should  be  taught  that  all  labor  is  noble, 
that  '*no  one  can  rise  that  slights  his  work"  and 
the  *^  grand  business  in  life  is  not  to  see  what  lies 
dimly  at  a  distance,  but  to  do  what  lies 
8.30  clearly  at  hand."  With  this  kind  of  a  spirit, 
blankets  are  taken  out  of  the  tent  to  be  aired 
and  the  sides  of  the  tent  tied  up,  the  camp  is  cleaned 
and  put  in  a  sanitary  condition,  the  tents  are  put  in 
order,  and  kitchen  work,  if  part  of  the  boys'  duties, 
is  attended  to.  All  work  should  be  finished  by  9.30. 
No  matter  whether  the  boy  pays  twenty  dollars  a 
week  or  three  dollars  a  week  for  the  outing,  labor 
of  some  sort  should  be  a  part  of  his  daily  life  while 
at  camp,  for  when  one  gets  to  love  work,  his  life 
becomes  a  happy  one.  The  world  despises  a  shirker 
but  honors  a  worker. 

The  work  of  the  day  is  sometimes  done  by  tent 


THE    DAY^S    PEOGEAM  79 

groups  or  by  boys  grouped  in  alphabetical  order, 
each  group  being  under  a  leader  whose  part  is  as- 
signed daily  by  the  Camp  Director  (see  chapter 
on  Organization).  In  the  writer's  camp,  work  is 
considered  a  great  privilege.  For  instance,  if  three 
bushels  of  peas  must  be  picked  from  the  camp  gar- 
den for  dinner,  a  call  is  made  for  volunteers.  From 
forty  to  fifty  hands  will  go  up  and  after  careful 
choosing,  six  boys  are  selected  to  do  this  coveted 
work,  much  to  the  disappointment  of  the  others.  It 
is  all  in  the  way  work  is  presented  to  the  boys, 
whether  they  will  look  upon  it  as  a  privilege  or  an 
irksome  task. 

If  tutoring  is  a  part  of  the  camp 's  plan,  the  morn- 
ing will  be  found  a  desirable  time  for  tutor  and  boy 
to  spend  an  hour  together.  Manual  training,  in- 
struction in  woodcraft,  field  and 
9.30  to  11.00  track  athletics,  boating,  life-saving 
drills,  rehearsal  for  minstrel  shows 
or  entertainments,  photography,  tennis,  baseball, 
are  some  of  the  many  activities  to  be  engaged  in 
during  this  period.  One  day  a  week,  each  box  or 
trunk  should  be  aired,  and  its  contents  gone  over 
carefully.    A  sort  of  ^' clean  up''  day. 

About  this  time  the  Life  Saving  Crew  will  be  get- 
ting ready  for  their  drill  and  patrolling  of  the  swim. 
The  other  campers  w^ll  be  taking  in  their  blankets 
and  after  shaking  them  well  and  folding,  will 
11.00  place  them  on  their  beds  for  the  inspection, 
which  usually  comes  at  noon.  At  11.20  boys 
who  cannot  swim  should  be  given  instruction  by 
those  who  can  swim.    If  this  is  done  before  the  reg- 


80  CAMPING    FOR    BOYS 

ular  swim  there  is  less  danger  and  greater  progress 
is  made. 

This  seems  to  be  the  popular  hour  for  swimming 
in  nearly  all  the  camps.  It  follows  the  ball  game, 
the  tennis  match,  the  camp  work,  and  usu- 
11.30  ally  the  temperature  of  air  and  water  is  just 
right  for  a  swim.  Allow  no  swimmer  to  go 
beyond  the  line  of  patrol  boats.  Have  some  one  on 
shore  who  is  keen  to  observe  any  boy  who  may  be 
in  need  of  assistance. 

Twenty  minutes  is  sufficient  length  of  time  to  be 
in  fresh  water.  When  the  boys  come  out  of  the 
water,  have  a  towel  drill,  teaching  the  boy  how  to 
use  the  towel  so  that  his  back  may  be  dried  as 
well  as  every  other  part  of  his  body.  This  rubbing 
down  induces  circulation  of  the  blood  and  gives 
that  finish  to  a  swim  which  makes  the  boy  feel  like 
a  new  being.  It  is  unwise  to  permit  boys  to  lie 
around  undressed  after  a  swim,  for  physiological  as 
well  as  moral  reasons.  Swimming  tights  should  be 
wrung  out  dry,  either  by  hand  or  by  a  wringer  kept 
near  the  swimming  place,  and  hung  out  on  a  rope 
or  rustless  wire,  stretched  back  of  the  tent.  Do 
not  permit  wet  clothes  to  be  hung  in  the  tent,  on 
the  canvas  or  tent  ropes. 

Beds  or  bunks  should  be  made  up  for  inspection. 
Three  men  or  boys  may  be  appointed  as  inspectors. 
Considerable  interest  and  pride  is  taken  by  the  boys 
in  having  their  canvas  home  look  neat. 
12.00  This  training  in  neatness,  order  and  cleanli- 
ness is  invaluable.  (See  chapter  on  Awards.) 
The  inspection  should  not  take  over  twenty  min- 
utes.   While  this  is  going  on  those  who  have  kitchen 


THE    DAY'S    PEOGEAM  81 

or  table  duty  will  be  busily  engaged  getting  tables 
in  readiness  for  dinner. 

Mess  call  for  dinner.     This  meal  should  be  the 

heartiest   meal   of   the    day,    and   plenty   of 

12.30     time  given  to  the  eating  of  the  food.     Mail 

is  usually  given  out  at  this  meal  in  camps 

where  there  is  but  one  delivery  a  day. 

*' Siesta,"  or  rest  hour,  follows  dinner.     In  the 
early  days  of  boys'  camps  this  suggestion  would 
have  been  laughed  at,  but  today  it  is  looked  upon 
as  highly   hygienic   and  considered 
1.15,  * 'Siesta'*     one  of  the  best  things  of  camp  and 
strongly    to    be    commended.      The 
boy  is  advised  to  lie  down  flat  on  his  back,  in  his 
tent  or  under  the  shade  of  a  friendly  tree,  and  be 
quiet.     He  may  talk  if  he  wishes,  but  usually  some 
one  reads  aloud  to  his  fellows.    This  gives  the  food 
a  chance  to  digest,  and  the  whole  body  a  nerve  and 
muscle  rest  before  the  active  work  of  the  afternoon. 
These  hours  will  be  spent  in  various  ways.    Usu- 
ally   it    is    the    time    for    athletic    sports,    baseball 
games,     quoit     tournaments,     tennis     tournaments, 
excursions  afield,  boat  regatta,  arch- 
2.00  to  4.30     ery,  water  sports,  scouting  games  and 
other  activities  in  which  most  of  the 
campers  can  engage.  The  big  out-door  events  should 
occupy  this  time  of  the  day. 

Where  daily  inspection  is  a  part  of  the  camp  plan 

the  boys  will  begin  getting  everything  in  readiness 

for  that  important  event.    A  general  bustle  of 

4.30     activity  will  be  in  evidence  and  every  boy  on 

the  qui  vive  to  have  his  tent  win  the  coveted 

honor  pennant,  usually  given  for  the  neatest  tent. 


82  CAMPING    FOE    BOYS 

Inspection  is  conducted  during  the  absence  of  the 
boys.  While  the  inspectors  are  making  the  round 
of  tents,  the  boys  should  assemble  either  in  the  per- 
manent building  of  the  camp  or  under  some 
5.00  big  tree,  to  listen  to  a  practical  talk  by  the 
camp  physician,  a  demonstration  in  first  aid 
work,  the  reading  of  a  story,  or  to  something 
equally  educational  in  character.  This  is  a  valu- 
able hour  when  occupied  in  this  manner.  (See 
chapter  on  inspection,  awards,  etc.) 

Eather  than  depend  upon  ** sunset"  as  the  time  to 
lower  the  flag,  it  is  much  better  to  set  an  hour  for 
^^ colors."  Promptly  at  this  hour  the  bugler  blows 
** colors."  No  matter  where  a  camper  may 
5.45  be  he  should  stand  erect,  uncover  and  remain 
attentive  until  after  the  playing  of  the  *^Star 
Spangled  Banner"  and  firing  of  the  cannon.  The 
flag  is  lowered  very  slowly  during  the  playing  of 
the  ''Star  Spangled  Banner"  and  camp  should  be  a 
place  of  silent  patriotism.  Those  who  have  wit- 
nessed this  ceremony  in  a  boys'  camp  will  never 
forget  its  impressiveness.  The  flag  should  never  be 
permitted  to  touch  the  ground,  and  should  be  care- 
fully folded  and  in  readiness  for  hoisting  the  next 
morning. 

Supper  hour  cannot  come  too  promptly  for  active 
boys.  The  announcement  of  the  day's  inspection 
should  be  made  at  the  meal  and  the  honor  pennant 
or  flag  presented  to  the  successful  tent,  and  ac- 
cepted by  one  of  the  boys.  This  occasion  is 
6.00  usually  a  time  of  rejoicing,  also  a  time  of  re- 
solve-making on  the  part  of  tent  groups  to 


THE    DAY^S    PEOGEAM  83 

"do  better  to-morrow.''  The  record  of  each  tent  is 
read  by  one  of  the  inspectors,  and  at  the  end  of  the 
week  the  tent  having  the  best  record  gets  a  special 
supper  or  "seconds"  on  ice  cream  day. 

About  this  time,  with  the  going  down  of  the  sun, 
nature  seems  to  quiet  down,  and  it  is  the  psycho- 
logical time  for  serious  thought.     Many  camps  de- 
vote twenty  minutes  to  Bible  study  (for  suggested 
lessons,   see   chapter   on   Eeligion   and   Moral 
6.45     Life).     Tent  groups  under  their  leader  study 
thoughtfully    the    meaning    of    life    and    the 
great  lessons  taught  by  God  through  nature.    Night 
after  night  the  boys  consciously   or  unconsciously 
acquire  through  this  study  the  requisites  of  a  good 
camper  mentioned  in  the  first  part  of  this  chapter. 
Campus  games,  boating,  preparation  for  the  bon- 
fire,  etc.,   will   occupy   the    time   until    dark. 
7.15     Every  boy  should  be  engaged  in  some  recrea- 
tive play,  working  off  whatever  surplus  en- 
ergy he  may  have  at  hand  so  that  when  the  time 
for  "turning  in"  comes,  he  will  be  physically  tired 
and  ready  for  bed. 

The  evening  program  varies.  Some  nights  there 
will  be  a  minstrel  show,  other  nights  a  camp  fire, 
or  mock  trial,  an  illustrated  talk,  or  "village  school 
entertainment,"  or  a  play,  or  a  musical  even- 
8.00  ning  or  "vo-de-ville."  Leave  about  two 
nights  a  week  open.  The  boys  prefer  to  have 
occasional  open  evenings  when  they  are  free  to  loaf 
around,  and  go  to  bed  early.  Plan  the  evening 
"stunts"  very  carefully. 

The  bugler  blows  "tattoo"  which  means  "all  in 


84  CAMPING    FOR    BOYS 

tents."  After  the  boys  have  imdressed  and 
8.45     are  ready  for  bed,  the  leader  reads  a  chapter 

from  the  Bible,  and  in  many  camps  the  boys 
lead  in  volunteer  prayer,  remembering  especially 
the  folks  at  home. 

From  a  hill  near  camp,  or  from  a  boat  on  the 
lake  come  the  notes  of  a  familiar  hymn  such  as 
^^ Abide  With  Me,''  ^^Lead,  Kindly  Light,''  ^'The 
Day  is  Past  and  Over,"  ^^Sun  of  My  Soul,"  or 
"Nearer,  My  God  to  Thee,"  played  by  the  bugler. 
Every  boy  listens  and  the  ear  records  a  suggestion 
which  helps  to  make  the  night's  sleep  pure  and  rest- 
ful. Try  it.  Taps  played  slowly,  follows  the  hymn. 
As  the  last  notes  are  being  echoed  upon  the  still 
night  air  the  lights  are  being  extinguished  in  the 
tents,  so  that  when  the  final  prolonged  note  ends 
the  camp  is  in  darkness  and  quiet,  and  all  have  en- 
tered into  a  nine-hour  period  of  restoration  of  body 
and  mind.  Who  knows,  but  God  himself,  how  many 
of  the  boys,  and  even  leaders,  while  wrapped 
warmly  in  their  blankets  have  silently  breathed  out 
that  old,  old  prayer  so  full  of  faith,  which  has  been 
handed  down  from  generation  to  generation: 

Now  I  lay  me  down  to  sleep 

I  pray  Thee  Lord  my  soul  to  keep. 

A  prayer  echoed  by  the  camp  director,  for  now  is 
the  only  time  of  the  day's  program  when  he  begins 
to  breathe  freely,  and  is  partially  able  to  lay  aside 
his  mantle  of  responsibility.  A  cough,  a  sigh,  and 
even  the  moaning  of  the  wind  disturbs  this  ever 
vigilant  leader  and  he  thinks  of  his  charges,  until 
finally,  weariness  conquers  and  sleep  comes. 


THE    DAY^S    PEOGKAM  85 


THE    WELL-ORDERED    DAY 

How  shall  the  day  be  ordered?     To  the  sage 
The  young  man  spoke.     And  this  was  his  reply: 

A  morning  prayer. 

A  moment  with  thy  God  who  sends  thee  dawn 
Up  from  the  east;  to  thank  heaven  for  the  care 
That  kept  thee  through  the  night;  to  give  thy  soul, 
With  faith  serene,  to  his  complete  control; 
To  ask  his  guidance  still  along  the  way. 
So  starts  the  day. 

A  busy  day. 

Do  with  a  will  the  task  that  lies  before. 
So  much  there  is  for  every  man  to  do, 
And  soon  the  night  when  man  can  work  no  more. 
And  none  but  he  to  life's  behest  is  true 
Who  works  with  zeal  and  pauses  only  when 
He  stretches  forth  his  hand  to  help  the  men 
Who  fail  or  fall  beside  him  on  the  way. 
So  runs  the  day. 

A  merry  evening. 

When  toil  is  done,  then  banished  be  the  care 
That  frets  the  soul.     With  loved  ones  by  the  hearth 
The  evening  hour  belongs  to  joy  and  mirth; 
To  lighter  things  that  make  life  fresh  and  fair. 
For  honest  work  has  earned  its  hour  of  play. 
So  ends  the  day. 

— John  Clair  Minot  in  the  '*  Independent  *  ^ 

BIBLIOGRAPHY 

Association  Boys'  Camps — Edgar  M.  Robinson.     Association  Boys,  Vol.  I., 

No.  3,  1902. 
The  Day's  Program — C.  Hanford  Henderson.    "How  to  Help  Boys,"  Vol.  III., 

No;  3,  1903. 
The  Camp  Conference — Secretary's  Report,  1905-06  (out  of  print). 
The  Camp  Conference — "How  to  Help  Boys,"  July,  1903. 


•"■" 

1 

J  ■ 

..^^iir'^^^HBH 

i 

^. 

'h^jsm'  i?- 

.'mf 

"■1 

i-  - 

i 

m^ 

jJU 

mm 

•f"* 

^^^-- ,,  Mi 

BT^'  HH 

il3 

^a      J^^ 

r 

lO^i 

^«. 

h^' 

:       f     Mi 

k\ 

^.■m^ 

'J^.^iiipd 

W 

I 

IN 

V"*"* 

Hi^K^'  ^.jp^ 

■ 

1 

1 

U 

I 


! 


2Q 


6h 


86 


CHAPTER  VIII 
MORAL    AND    RELIGIOUS    LIFE 

THE  EELIGIOUS  INSTINCT— NATUKE  ^S  TEACHINGS- 
SUNDAY  IN  CAMP— BIBLE  STUDY— HOW  AND 
WHEN  TO  TEACH  THE  BIBLE— COURSE  OF  CAMP 
BIBLE  STUDY— BIBLE  STUDY  COURSE  FOR  BOY 
SCOUTS— DEVOTIONS  IN  TENT— DAILY  BIBLE 
READINGS— A  ' '  NOVEL ' '  BON-FIRE— READING 
OF  STORIES  ON  SUNDAY— PURPOSEFUL  READ- 
ING—CHAPEL   SERVICES— BIBLIOGRAPHY 

The  aspect  of  nature  is  devout.  Like  the  figure  of  Jesus, 
she  stands  with  bended  head  and  hands  folded  upon  her 
breast. — Emerson. 

Camp  life  should  help  boys  to  grow  not  only  phy- 
sically and  mentally,  but  morally.  Religion  is  the 
basis  of  morality.  The  highest  instinct  in  man  is 
the  religious.  Man  made  the  city  with  all  its  artifi- 
ciality, but,  as  some  one  has  said,  ^'God  made  the 
country. '^  Everything  that  the  city  boy  comes  in 
contact  with  is  man-made.  ^^Even  the  ground  is 
covered  with  buildings  and  paving  blocks;  the  trees 
are  set  in  rows  like  telegraph  poles ;  the  sunlight  is 
diluted  with  smoke  from  the  factory  chimneys,  the 
moon  and  stars  are  blotted  out  by  the  glare  of  the 
electric  light;  and  even  the  so-called  lake  in  the 
park  is  a  scooped-out  basin  filled  by  pumps.    Little 

87 


88  CAMPING    FOE    BOYS 

wonder  that  a  boy  who  grows  up  under  these  con- 
ditions has  little  reverence  for  a  God  whose  handi- 
work he  has  not  seen/'  ^ 

When  a  boy's  soul  is  open  to  the  influence  of  na- 
ture he  feels  the  presence  of  the  divine  in  the  forest. 
There  is  an  uplift,  an  inspira- 
Nature's  Teachings  tion,  a  joy  that  he  never  ex- 
periences in  the  city.  He  does 
not  know  how  to  express  himself,  but  somehow  he 
feels  the  spiritual  atmosphere  pervading  the  woods 
which  his  soul  breathes  in  as  really  as  his  nostrils 
do  the  pure  air,  and  he  is  ready  to 

Go  forth,  under  the  open  sky  and  Hst  to  Nature  ^s  teachings. 

— Bryant. 

For  as  Martin  Luther  said,  ''God  writes  the  Gospel 
not  in  the  Bible  alone,  but  in  trees  and  flowers  and 
clouds  and  stars.'' 

Sunday  in  a  boys'  camp  should  be  observed  by 
the  holding  of  a  service  in  the  morning,  with  song, 
scripture  reading,  prayer  and  a  short  talk.     The 

afternoon  is  usually  occupied  by  letter- 
Sunday     writing,  Bible  study,  or  reading,  the  day 

closing  with  a  vesper  service  in  the  even- 
ing just  as  the  sun  is  setting.  Boisterousness  should 
not  be  encouraged.  Unnatural  restraint,  however, 
is  contrary  to  the  spirit  of  the  day.  The  day  should 
be  different  from  other  days.  Many  camp  boys  date 
their  first  real  awakening  to  the  best  and  highest 
things  in  life  from  a  Sunday  spent  in  camp. 

Every   real    camper   has    experienced    a    Sunday 

*  Walter  M;  Wood  in  Association  Boys,  June,  1907. 


MOEAL   AND    EELIGIOUS    LIFE  89 

similar  to  this  one  described  by  Howard  Henderson. 
*^A  quiet  Sunday  in  the  deep  woods  is  a  golden  day 
to  be  remembered  for  many  a  year.  All  nature  com- 
bines to  assist  the  camper  in  directing  his  thoughts 
to  the  great  Author  of  all  the  beauty  that  he  be- 
holds. ^The  heavens  declare  the  glory  of  God;  and 
the  firmament  sheweth  his  handiwork.'  The  trees 
under  which  one  reclines  rear  their  heads  heaven- 
ward, pointing  their  spire-like  minarets  far  up 
toward  the  blue-vaulted  roof.  It  inspires  the  very 
soul  to  worship  in  these  unbuilt  cathedrals  with 
wilderness  of  aisle  and  pillars,  which  for  elegance 
and  beauty  have  never  been  equalled  by  the  archi- 
tects of  any  age.  And  the  music  of  the  trees  com- 
bined with  the  notes  of  the  bird  songsters,  give  a 
joy  which  is  unknown  in  listening  to  a  city  choir." 

The  Bible  becomes  a  new  book  to  boys  when 
studied  under  such  an  environment.  As  one  boy 
wrote  home  to  his  father  after  a  Sun- 
Bible  Study  day  spent  in  a  camp  where  Sunday 
was  observed  in  this  manner,  '^Dad, 
it  is  so  different  here,  from  a  Sunday  at  home;  I 
understood  the  talk  and  the  Bible  study  was  great; 
it  was  a  bully  day ! ' ' 

The  following  Bible  course  was  worked  out  by 
the  author  and  has  been  used  in  scores  of  boys' 
camps.  These  lessons  were  taught  to  groups  of 
boys  at  eventide  when  nature  seemed  to  quiet  down 
and  the  boys  were  most  responsive  to  good,  sensible 
suggestion.  The  camp  was  divided  into  tent  groups, 
each  group  being  taught  by  their  leader  or  an  ex- 
change leader,  one  group  occupying  a  big  rock,  an- 


90  CAMPING    FOE    BOYS 

other  the  '* Crow's  Nest,''  or  **Tree  House,"  another 
getting  together  under  a  big  tree,  another  in  their 
tent.  No  leader  was  permitted  to  take  more  than 
twenty  minutes  for  the  lesson.  It  is  unwise  to  take 
twenty  minutes  for  what  could  be  said  in  ten  min- 
utes. The  boys  all  had  a  chance  to  take  part  in 
the  discussion.  Each  lesson  was  opened  and  closed 
with  prayer,  many  of  the  boys  participating  in  vol- 
unteer prayer.  In  teaching  a  lesson  don't  spend 
too  much  time  in  description  unless  you  have  the 
rare  gift  of  being  able  to  make  your  scene  live  be- 
fore your  hearers.  Talk  plainly  and  to  the  point. 
Naturalness  should  characterize  each  lesson.  Boys 
hate  cant  and  apologies  and  lack  of  definiteness. 
Your  best  illustrations  will  be  drawn  from  the  life 
of  the  camp  and  from  nature. 

In  some  camps  these  lessons  were  taught  in  the 
morning  directly  after  breakfast,  while  the  boys 
were  seated  at  the  tables. 

There  are  ''Sermons  in  stones,  and  good  in  every 
thing,"  therefore  the  purpose  of  these  lessons 
should  be  to  help  boys  hear  these  sermons  and  learn 
nature's  lessons  of  purity,  strength  and  character. 

A  Course  in  Bible  Study 

LESSON  1.     The  Hills — Prayer 
Psalm  121. 

Christ  going  into  the  mountains  to  pray. 
Matt.    14:23;    Mark   6:46;    Luke   6:12;    Mark   1:35;    Matt. 
6:6-15. 

Practical  Thoughts 

Unnatural  not  to  pray.     Even  Pagans  pray,  but  they  pray 
through  fear. 


MOEAL   AND    EELIGIOUS    LIFE  91 

More  things  are  wrought  through  prayer  than  this  world 
dreams  of. — Tennyson. 

Pray  to  Christ  as  friend  to  friend.     The  Lord's  Prayer. 

He  prayeth  well  who  loveth  well 
Both  man  and  bird  and  beast. 

He  prayeth  best  who  loveth  best 
All  things  both  great  and  small, 

For  the  dear  God  who  loveth  us 
He  made  and  loveth  all. 

•     — Coleridge ^s  ^^ Ancient  Mariner,*' 

Strength  received  through  prayer.  A  time  and  place  for 
prayer. 

LESSON    2.     The    Birds — Dependence    upon    God 
Matt.  6:26;  Psa.  147:9;  Luke  12:24;   Matt.  10:29-31. 

Practical  Thoughts 

God  feeding  the  birds.  How  much  more  does  God  care  for 
you.  Not  one  forgotten,  the  most  worthless,  the  most  rest- 
less. 

God  loves  the  birds.  He  loves  you.  Show  your  love  to 
Him  by   caring  for  the  birds. 

Isa.  40:28-31. 

Abraham  Lincoln  and  the  bird  fallen  from  the  nest. — ^^Gen- 
tlemen, I  could  not  have  slept  tonight  if  I  had  not  helped  that 
little  bird  in  its  trouble,  and  put  it  back  safe  in  the  nest  with 
its  mother.'' 

LESSON  3.     Flowers— Purity 
Matt.  6:28-30.     Beauty  of  flowers. 
Isa.  55:10-13.    Provision  for  summer  growth  and  beauty. 

Practical  Thoughts 
(Bring  wild  flowers  to  the  class.) 
Flowers  come  up  out  of  the  dirt  yet  unsoiled. 
Possible   for  boys  to  keep   clean  and  pure,   surrounded  by 
evil. 

Evil  thoughts  determine  evil  deeds. 


92  CAMPING    FOE    BOYS 

"My  strength  is  as  the  strength  of  ten 
Because  my  heart  is  pure/' — Sir  Galahad, 
Purity  of  character,  the  lily. 

Know  thyself.     Keep  thyself  pure.     1  Cor.  3:16,  17. 
White  Cross  Pledge. 

Virtue   never   dwelt   long   with   filth   and   nastiness. — Count 
Rumford. 

LESSON  4.     Trees— Growth 
Psalm   1.      (Hold   the   session   under   the   biggest   and   best 
proportioned   tree.) 

Practical  Thoughts 
Cedars  of  Lebanon — Strong  in  the  Lord. 
The  oaks — From  acorns  grew. 
The  fruit  tree — Living  for  others. 
By  their  fruits  ye  shall  know  them. 

Stunted    trees.      Crooked    trees.      Scarred    trees.      Grafted 
trees. 

Matt.  7:16-20;   Jer.  17:7,  8. 

Things  that  interfere  with  a  boy's  growth. 

LESSON  5.    Water — Life 
(Hold  the  session  along  the  shore.) 
Psa.  65:9-13.     God's  liberality. 
Isa.  55:1.     Freeness  of  the  gospel. 
John  4:14.     Woman  at  the  well. 
Eev.  22:17.    The  last  invitation  in  the  Bible. 

Practical  Thoughts 
The  joy  of  living.     The  fun  at  camp. 
Friendship. 

Temporal  life  vs.  eternal  life. 
Water  will  only  satisfy  thirst  temporarily. 
Water  revives — Christ  satisfies. 
Eternal  life  for  the  asking. 

LESSON  6.    Rocks— Character 
(Hold  the  session  on  or  near  some  big  boulder  or  rock.) 
Matt.  7:24-27.    A  good  foundation. 
1  Cor.  3:9-14. 


MOEAL   AND    EELIGIOUS    LIFE  93 

Practical  Thoughts 
All  boys  are  building  character  day  by  day. 
All  builders  have  a  choice  of  foundation. 
All  foundations  will  be  tried. 
Only   one  foundation  will  stand. 
Jesus  Christ  is  the  Kock  of  Ages. 

**  Every  thought  that  weVe  ever  had 
Its  own  little  place  has  filled. 
Every  deed   we  have   done,  good  or  bad 

Is  a  stone  in  the  temple  we  build.  ^ ' — Sargant, 

Character,  not  reputation,  will  alone  stand  the  final  test. 

LESSON  7.     Storms— Trouble 
Matt.  8:23-27.     Need  of  help. 
Phil.  4:6.     A  strong  deliverer. 
Psa.  107:28-30.     A  safe  place. 

Practical  Thoughts 
Boys  have  real  troubles,  real  temptations,  real  shipwreckG. 
Difficulties   in   school   life,   at   home,   in   camp. 
Almost  ready  to  give  up. 
Have  faith  in  Christ  as  a  Saviour. 

*  *  The  inner  side  of  every  cloud 
Is  bright  and  shining, 
I  therefore  turn  my  clouds  about, 
And  always  wear  them  inside  out 
To  show  the  lining. '^ 

"Look  ever  to  Jesus.     He  '11  carry  you  through.  ^ ' 

LESSON  8.     Sports— Mastery 
(Teach  this  lesson  after  a  field  day.) 
1  Cor.  9:24-27.     The  race  of  life.     Mastery  of  self. 
Heb.  12:1,  2.     Run  with  patience. 
1  Tim.  6:12.     A  good  fight. 
Rev.  2:10.     Faithfulness. 
Eccle.  9:11.     Not  always  to  the  swift. 
Eccle.  9  :  10.     Wholeheartedness. 


94  CAMPING    FOE    BOYS 

Practical  Thoughts 
'  *  Each  victory  of  self  will  help  you  some  other  to  win.  ^ ' 
Self-control. 

Value  of  training.     You  are  either  master  or  slave. 
The  Bible,  the  book  of  instruction. 
Solomon's  rule  of  self-defence.    Prov.  15:1. 

LESSON  9.  ■  Night— Sin 
Psa.  19.     Night  unto  night. 
John  3:19-20.     Evil  deeds. 
Rom.  13:11-14.     Awake  out  of  sin. 

Practical  Thoughts 
Bad  thoughts  come  to  us  in  the  dark. 
Dark  places  productive  of  crime. 
Mischief  at  camp  during  the  night. 
Darkness  cannot  hide  us  from  God. 
"Thou  God  seest  me.'' 

North  star  a  guide  for  sailors — Jesus  Christ  a  safe  guide. 
"Character  is  what  a  man  is  in  the  dark." 

— D.  L.  Moody 

LESSON  10.     Chums — Friendship 
1  Sam.  18:1-4.     True  friendship. 
1  John  4:11.     Love  one  another. 
1  Cor.  13:4-7.     To  the  end. 

Practical  Thoughts 
Chum  means  "to  abide  with,"  to  share  the  same  tent. 
Camp  chums.     David  and  Jonathan. 
The  genuine  article.     Helping  each  other. 
The  Friend — Jesus  Christ. 

LESSON  11.     Camp  Fires 
Build   a  camp   fire   along  the   shore.     Read   alternately   the 
twenty-first  chapter  of  the  gospel   of  St.  John.     The  fire  on 
the  beach.     John  21:9. 

Practical  Thoughts 
Jesus  was  there — Jesus  is  here. 
Peter  confessed  Him  there.     John  21:15-17. 


MORAL   AXD    RELIGIOUS    LIFE  95 

Who  will  confess  Him  here? 

Peter  denied  Him  by  another  fire.     Luke  22:54-62. 

"Will  you  deny  Him  here? 

P.  S.     Make  this  a  decision  meeting. 

LESSON  12.     Fishing— Personal  Work 

Luke  5:1-11.    Fishers  of  men. 

Practical  Thoughts 

Sometimes  fish  are  caught  and  used  as  bait  to  catch  others. 

When  a  boy  becomes  a  Christian  he  should  bring  to  others 
the  same  blessing. 

Patience   is   essential   in  fishing — same  in  winning  boys   to 
Christ. 

Every  fisherman   expects  to   catch   fish. 

To  lead  others  to  Christ  is  the  noblest  work  in  the  world. 

Dan.  12:3. 

In  some  camps  a  bit  of  Scripture  is  read  each 
night  in  the  tent  just  before  retir- 
Tent  Devotions  ing.  The  following  readings  hav- 
ing been  prepared  by  W.  H. 
Wones,  C.  C.  Robinson.  Arthur  Wilson  and  Charles 
E.  Scott  for  use  at  Camp  Wawayanda.  Just  before 
taps,  if  you  have  a  good  cornetist,  have  him  go  a 
short  distance  frdm  the  camp  and  play  a  well- 
known  hymn,  like  ''Abide  With  Me,''  ''Nearer,  My 
God,  to  Thee,"  "Lead,  Kindly  Light,''  then  play 
"taps."  The  effect  is  wonderful,  and  prevents  all 
inclination  toward  noise  or  "rough  house." 

JULY 

Topic:  Vacation 

1.  Personal  Work  on  a  Journey.     John  4:5-15. 

2.  Its  Results.     John  4:27-30,  39,  42. 

3.  The  Disciples'  Trip  for  Service.     Mark  6:7-13. 


96  CAMPING    FOE    BOYS 

4.  Their  Interrupted  Vacation.     Mark  6:30-42. 

5.  A  Night  on  the  Lake.     Mark  6:45-56. 

6.  A  Foolish  Journey.     Luke  15:11-17. 

7.  A  Wise  Eeturn.     Luke  15:18-24. 

8.  The  Welcome  Guest.     John  12:1-9. 

9.  A   Fishing  Experience.     John  21:1-14. 

10.  Spending  a  Night  on  a  Mountain.     Luke  9:28-36. 

11.  Vacation  Suggestion:  '*Keep  Sweet. ^'     Psalm  34:8-15. 

12.  Vacation   Suggestion:    ** Stick   to    Principle.''      Psalm 
119:25-32. 

13.  Vacation    Suggestion:     **  Confess    Christ.''      Matthew 
10:24-33. 

14.  Vacation     Suggestion:      *'Keep     up     Bible     Study." 
Psalm  119:1-8. 

15.  Vacation     Suggestion:     ''Write     Good     Letters."       1 
Corinthians  16:3-13. 

16.  Speaking   for   Christ   While   Traveling.      Acts   8:26-39. 

17.  A  Queen's  Visit.     1  Kings  10:1-10. 

18.  An  Adventurous  Voyage.     Acts  27:1-13. 

19.  Shipwreck.     Acts  27:14-26. 

20.  All  Saved.     Acts  27:27-44. 

21.  Praying  for  a  Prosperous  Journey.    Komans  1:8-16. 

22.  A  Traveler's  Adventures.     2   Corinthians   11:23-33. 

23.  A  Merry  Heart  Desirable.    Proverbs  15:13-17. 

24.  Keeping  from  Sin.     Romans  6:16-23. 

25.  Meeting  a  Stranger.     Luke  24:13-27. 

26.  A  Delightful  Surprise.     Luke  24:28-35. 

27.  Jacob's  Bivouac.     Genesis  28:10-22. 

28.  David's  Prayer  in  the  Cave.    Psalm  142:1-7. 

29.  Avoiding  Sinful  Pleasure.    Hebrews  11:23-27. 

30.  Peter 's  Counsel.    1  Peter  4:1-10. 

31.  The  Greatest  Pleasure.    Psalm  16:1-11. 

AUGUST 
Topic:  Nature 

1.  The  Story  of  Nature's  Creation.     Genesis  1:11-22. 

2.  The  First  Garden.     Genesis  2:8-17. 

3.  God's  Care  for  His  Creation.     Matthew  6:25-34. 

4.  The  Symbol  of  Peace.     Genesis  8:1-11. 


MOEAL   AND    EELIGIOUS    LIFE  97 

5.  The  Sign  of  God's  Promise.     Genesis  9:8-17. 

6.  The  Burning  Bush.    Exodus  3 : 1-6. 

7.  The   Accompaniment   of   God's  Presence.     Exodus   19: 


Nature  Halts  to  Accomplish  God 's  Purpose.    Joshua  10 : 


16-25. 

8. 
5-14. 

9.  Nature's  Tribute  to  God's  Glory.    Psalm  97:1-12. 

10.  The  Midnight  Hymn.    Psalm  8:1-9. 

11.  The  Sunrise  Hymn.     Psalm  19:1-14. 

12.  The  Thunder-storm  Hymn.    Psalm  29:1-11. 

13.  The  God  of  Storm.     Matthew  8:23-33. 

14.  Nature  has  no  perils  for  the  God-fearing  Man.     Job  5: 
8-27. 

15.  The  Full  Ear.     Matthew  13:1-9,  18,  23. 

16.  Harmful  Weeds.     Matthew  13:24-30,  36-43. 

17.  The  God  of  Nature  Protects  Us.     Psalm  121:1-8. 

18.  He  Cares  for  Us.    Psalm  147:1-20. 

19.  God's  Voice  After  the  Storm.    1  Kings  19:  5-13. 

20.  The  Tree  of  Life.     Proverbs  3:13-21. 

21.  The  Trees  Desire  a  King.    Judges  9  :8-15;  Joshua  24:15. 

22.  The  Boot  Out  of  Dry  Ground.    Isaiah  53:1-12. 

23.  Water  Without  Price.    Isaiah  55:1-13. 

24.  The  Perfect  Vine.     John  15:1-14. 

25.  The  Light  Brighter  than  the  Sun.    Acts  9  :l-20. 

26.  A  Wonderful  Star.    Matthew  2:1-11. 

27.  Sand  or  Rock?    Matthew  7:24-27. 

28.  Broken  Branches.    Matthew  21 : 1-11. 

29.  The  Unprofitable  Tree.    Matthew  7 :  15-21. 

30.  The  Profitable  Tree.    Psalm  1:1-6. 

31.  Do  Good  in  all  Seasons.    Ecclesiastes  3:1-12. 

BOY  SCOUT  COUESE 

For   a   Boy   Scout   Camp,   the   following   course, 
*' Boy's  Scout  Guide  Book  Study,"  was  prepared  by 
W.  S.  Dillon: 
The  Scout's  Oath 

Lesson  1.     To  Do  My  Duty  to  God  and  My  Country.    Dan- 
iel 1:8;  6:4-10. 


98  CAMPING    FOB    BOYS 

Lesson  2.     To   Help   Other  People   at  All   Times.     Exodus 

3:1-11. 
Lesson  3.     To  Obey  the  Scout  Law.     Exodus  20:3-17;  Luke 
10:26,  27;  Matthew  7:12. 
The  Scout  Salute  and  Sign 

Lesson  4.     Judges  12:6;  Acts  4:12;  Galatians  6:14. 
Three  Classes  of  Scouts 
The  Tenderfoot 

Lesson  5.     Luke  5:1-11. 
The  Second  Class  Scout 

Lesson  6.     Have  at  Least  One  Month  ^s  Service  as  a  Tender- 
foot.    2  Samuel  15:1-6. 
Lesson  7.     Signalling.     1  Samuel  20:20-22;  35-39. 
Lesson  8.     Lay  and  Light  a  Fire.     Fire  Lighting  Contest. 
1  Kings  18:22-24. 
First  Class  Scout 

Lesson  8.     Signalling.    Daniel  5:1-31. 

Lesson  9.     Go  on   Foot  to  a  Given  Point  and  Return  and 

Give  a  Report  of  the  Trip.     Numbers  13:1-3;  17-21;  23-33. 

Lesson  .10.     Produce    an    Article    of    Carpentry,    Joinery    or 

Metal  Work.    2  Chronicles  2 :  11-16. 
Lesson  11.     Bring  a  Tenderfoot  Trained  in  the  Points  Re- 
quired for  a  Tenderfoot.    John  1:40-42. 
The  Scout  Lav^t 

Lesson  12.     A   Scout's   Honor   is    to   be   Trusted.      Genesis 

39:7-10. 
Lesson  13.     Loyalty.    Esther  4:8-16. 
Lesson  14.     A  Scout  is  a  Friend  to  All,  and  Must  NEVER 

BE  A  SNOB.    Luke  9  :  46-48. 
Lesson  15.     A  Friend  to  Animals.     1  Samuel  17:12-16. 
Lesson  16.     Obey  Orders.    Jonah  1:1-3. 
Lesson  17.     Cheerfulness  and  Willingness.    Acts  16:25;  Phil- 

lippians  4:11-13. 
Lesson  18.     Thrift.    Matthew  6:19-21. 
The  Great  Scout  Master 
Lesson  19.     Matthew  23:10. 

The  author  experienced  something  very  unusual 
one  Sunday  afternoon  in  a  camp  where  he  was  in- 


MOEAL   AND    EELIGIOUS    LIFE  99 

vited  to  speak.  The  talk  was  on  **  Trees  or 
Growth/^  one  of  the  studies  of  the  course  described. 
During  the  talk  a  number  of  things  were  referred 
to  that  enter  into  the  growth  of  a  tree  which  either 
mar  or  hinder  it  from  becoming  a  symmetrical, 
beautiful  tree  and  a  similar  comparison  was  made 
regarding  a  boy's  growth.  The  question  was  asked 
of  the  boys,  *'What  are  some  of  the  things  which 
interfere  with  a  boy's  growth  physically,  mentally 
and  morally?"  A  number  of  things,  such  as  smok- 
ing, swearing,  impurity,  etc.,  were  given,  and  finally 
one  of  the  small  boys  piped  up  ^^  reading  dime  nov- 
els." His  answer  was  received  with  howls  of  deri- 
sion, especially  from  the  older  boys.  *'Hold  on,"  I 
said,  ^^ let's  discuss  the  matter;  if  dime  novels  are 
good  for  a  boy's  growth  mentally,  we  want  to  know 
about  it,  but  if  they  are  detrimental  to  this  particu- 
lar kind  of  desired  growth,  of  course,  we  want  to 
cut  it  out."  The  discussion  brought  out  the  fact 
that  a  number  of  the  boys  had  smuggled  a  lot  of 
this  kind  of  literature  into  camp  and  were  just  loaf- 
ing through  their  time  in  the  woods,  gloating  over 
the  wonderful  and  daring  escapades  of  Wild  West 
heroes.  The  boys  finally  decided 
Novel  Bonfire  that  their  mental  growth,  was  re- 
tarded by  such  reading.  Then  came 
the  question,  ^^What  are  you  going  to  do  about  it?" 
**We  don't  usually  have  a  bonfire  on  Sunday,"  I 
said.  ^'I  am  inclined,  however,  to  ask  your  leader 
for  a  special  dispensation  and  we  will  have  one. 
You  are  to  furnish  the  fuel,  your  leader  the  kero- 
sene oil  and  I  will  provide  the  match.     The  fuel  is 


100  CAMPING    FOE    BOYS 

to  consist  of  all  the  dime  novels  in  the  camp/' 
'*Whew!''  ''I  know  it  will  take  grit  to  do  this,  but 
it  is  a  test  of  your  sincerity  and  determination  to 
progress  along  right  lines."  **We're  game!'' 
yelled  the  boys,  *'and  we  mean  business." 

The  start  was  made  for  the  place  where  the  bon- 
fires  were  usually  held.  By  the  time  I  reached  the 
spot,  the  boys  were  coming  from  their  tents  with 
bundles  of  novels.  Every  boy  was  requested  to 
tear  each  novel  in  half  and  throw  it  upon  the  heap. 
When  everything  was  ready,  the  boys  uncovered 
and  in  the  silence  that  came  upon  the  group,  the 
match  was  struck  and  the  flames  began  to  leap  up- 
ward, until  finally,  all  that  remained  was  the  small 
piles  of  ashes.  For  the  majority  of  the  boys  it 
meant  the  burning  up  of  the  dross  and  the  begin- 
ning of  better  and  nobler  thinking.  I  shall  always 
remember  this  novel  bonfire.  This  is  what  I  mean 
by  making  Bible  study  and  camp  talks  ef- 
fective. 

Sunday  afternoon  is  the  time  for  reading  good, 
wholesome  stories.  Take  the  boys  out  into  the 
woods  where  they  can  squat  under  a  big  tree,  or  if 
the  day  is  warm  seek  the  cool  shelter  of  the  tent 
and  while  the  boys  are  lying  down  read  a  short 
story  or  several  chapters  of  a  story  like  *'Dr.  Gren- 
f ell's  Parish,"  by  Norman  Duncan,  ''Just  Boys," 
by  Mary  Buell  Wood,  ''Some  Boys 
Stjory  Reading  I  Know,"  "Chapel  Talks,"  or 
"The  Story  of  Good  Will  Farm," 
by  George  W.  Hinckley.  If  the  group  is  made  up 
of  older  boys  who  like  to  discuss  life  problems,  read 


MOEAL   AND    RELIGIOUS    LIFE  101 

a  chapter  or  two  from  Robert  Speer's  excellent 
books,  ^'A  Young  Man's  Questions"  and  ''Young 
Men  Who  Overcame."  Make  sure  that  whatever 
you  read  has  the  uplift  note.  The  real  purpose  of 
the  afternoon's  reading  should  be  that  of  instilling 
in  the  boys'  minds  some  of  the  cardinal  virtues  of 
Christian  character. 

Don't  moralize;  let  the  story  do  its  own  moral- 
izing. Boys  are  hero  worshippers.  If  the  hero  or 
the  heroic  appeal  of  the  story  is  of  a  sane  type  and 
not  abnormal  there  will  be  created  naturally  with- 
in the  boy  a  desire  to  emulate  the  good  deeds  of  the 
hero  in  the  everyday  life  of  the  camp,  which  is 
much  better  than  the  parrot-like  vocalization  unfor- 
tunately many  times  encouraged  by  well-meaning 
men. 

A  pile  of  stones  made  to  serve  as  an  altar  or 
pulpit,  a  chapel  having  the  branches  of  a  friendly 
pine  as  its  roof  and  under  which  are  built  a  reading 
desk  and  seats  of  white  birch,  a  cathedral 
Chapel  with  towering  columns  of  pine  and  cush- 
ions of  pine  needles,  a  rocky  shore  along 
the  ocean — all  are  places  where  boys  have  heard 
the  appeal  for  right  living  and  responded  with  an 
earnest  decision  that  marked  an  advance  step  in 
their  moral  and  religious  growth. 

Make  much  of  the  music  at  these  outdoor  serv^ 
ices  on  Sunday.  A  choir  of  men  and  boys  respond- 
ing in  the  distance  to  the  hymns  of  the  camp  boys, 
in  antiphonal  manner,  a  cornetist  playing  a  hymn  in 
the  distance,  make  an  impression  never  to  be  for- 
gotten. 


102  CAMPING    FOR    BOYS 

The  great  test  of  camp  life  is  not  the  fun  the  boy 
had,  or  his  gain  in  weight,  height  or  lung  capacity, 
or  the  friendships  formed,  or  his  increased  knowl- 
edge in  woodcraft,  but  his  advancement  in  charac- 
ter-making and  gain  in  spiritual  vigor. 

BIBLIOGRAPHY 

Books  Helpful  in  the  Preparation  of  Bible  Study  Lessons: 
Lessons  from  Life  (Animal  and  Human) — Thomas  Whittaker.      Macmillan, 

$2.50. 
Sermons  in  Stones — Amos  R.  Wells.     Doubleday,  Page  &  Company,  $L00. 
Parables  from  Nature — Mrs.  Gatty.     Colportage  Library,  15  cents. 
A   Good  Bible  Dictionary  and  Concordance.  ■ 

Books  upon  the  Religious  Life  of  Boys: 
The  Boy  and  the  Church — Eugene  C.  Foster.    The  Sunday  School  Times  Co., 

75  cents  net. 
Starting  to  Teach — Eugene  C.  Foster.     Association  Press,  40  cents. 
The  Child  and  His  Religion — George  E.  Dawson.     University  of  Chicago,  75 

centg  net. 
Religion  in  Boyhood — Ernest  B.  Layard.     E.  P.  Button  and  Company,  75 

cents  net. 


CHAPTER  IX 

FOOD— ITS  FUNCTION,  PURCHASE,  PREPARA- 
TION, COOKING,  SERVING 

GOOD  COOKING— FOOD  CHAETS— DIGESTION  CHARTS 
—TABLE  OF  WEIGHTS  AND  MEASURES— PUR- 
CHASE OF  FOOD— GROCERY  LIST— THE  STEWARD 
—COMMISSARY  DEPARTMENT— THE.  COOK— LIST 
OF  FOODS— WEEK  OF  MENUS— A  FEW  HINTS- 
TABLE  ETIQUETTE— GRACE  AT  MEALS— SERV- 
ING—DISH  WASHING 

We  may  live  without  friends,  we  may  live  without  books, 
But  civilized  man  cannot  live  without  cooks. 

The  normal  boy  sums  up  life  in  two  words  of 
three  letters  each:  ''F-u-n''  and  ''E-a-f  As  long 
as  there  is  plenty  of  fun  and  plenty  to  eat,  he  thinks 
life  is  worth  living,  and  he  is  not  so  far  from  the 
truth,  for  it  is  only  when  the  fun  of  living  dies  with- 
in us,  and  our  digestive  apparatus  refuses  to  do  its 
function  that  we  *^  become  of  all  men  most  miser- 
able." A  boy  will  put  up  with  all  sorts  of  incon- 
venience but  rebels  at  once  at  poor  food  and  bad 
cooking.  The  good  nature,  congenial  atmosphere, 
and  contentedness  of  camp  life  is  largely  due  to 
good  cooking.     Economize  in  every  other  way,  but 

think  twice  before  cheap  cooks  are 
Good  Cooking    employed  or  a  cheap  grade  of  food 

purchased.    A  good  cook  will  econ- 

103 


5i 


fe 


104 


FOOD  105 

omize,  he  knows  what  to  do  with  left-overs  and  how 
to  prepare  menus  of  variety.  The  quantity  of  swill 
soon  reveals  the  worth  of  the  cook.  In  a  large  camp 
a  hundred  dollars  may  easily  find  its  way  into  the 
garbage  can  because  of  cheap  cooks  and  poor  food. 
A  growing  boy  demands  relatively  more  of  the 
tissue-building  kind  of  food  than  a  grown  person, 
because  the  body  is  being  built  up.  When  the  full 
stature  is  reached  the  tissue-building  part  of  the 
food  is  only  required  to  take  the  place  of  that  worn 
out  each  day.  Professor  Atwater  has  told  us  that 
the  boy  of  fifteen  or  sixteen  requires  ninety  per 
cent  of  the  food  ration  of  the  adult  man  engaged 
in  moderate  muscular  work.  Boys  at  twelve  require 
seventy  per  cent. 

Vegetables,  fruits,  cereals,  bread,  nuts  and  meats 
furnish  the  essentials.  Sugar  and  fat  have  only 
part  of  them.  Coffee  and  tea  have  no  food  values 
except  for  the  milk  and  sugar  added.  They  tend  to 
check  certain  normal  secretion  in  the  body  and 
should  not  be  used  during  growth. 

The  United  States  Department  of  Agriculture 
publishes  a  series  of  fifteen  food  charts  of  excep- 
tional value.  Leaders  and  cooks  will  find  them 
helpful  in  providing  and  planning  the  food  for  the 

boys.  Boys  will  be  interested  in  the 
Food  Charts     information  given  and  the  attractive 

form  of  presentation.  The  set  costs 
$1.00.  Send  to  Superintendent  of  Documents,  Wash- 
ington, D.  C.  The  following  table  is  a  condensa- 
tion of  the  facts  given  on  the  charts,  and  will  help 
in  planning  menus : 


106 


CAMPIXG    FOR    BOYS 


ChaH  1  Protein 

Whole  milk 3.3 

Skim       "    3.4 

Buttermilk 3.0 

Cream 2.5 

Chart  2 

Whole  egg 14.8 

Egg,  white 13.0 

**     yolk 16.1 

Cream  cheese 25 . 9 

Cottage     "     20.9 

Chart  3 

Lamb  chop       (edible  portion)  17.6 

Pork       "  "  "  16.9 

Smoked  ham  "  "  16.1 

Beefsteak  "  "  18.6 

Dried  beef  "  "  30.0 

Chart  4 

Cod,  lean  fish 15.8 

Cod,  salt 21.5 

Oyster 6.2 

Smoked  herring 36 .4 

Mackerel,  fat  fish 18.3 

Chart  5 

Olive  OU 

Bacon 9.4 

Beef  suet 4.7 

Butter 1.0 

Lard 

Chart  6 

Corn 10.0 

Wheat 12.2 

Buckwheat 10.0 

Oat 11.8 

Rice 8.0 

Rye 12.2 

Chart  7 

White  bread 9.2 

Whole  wheat  bread 9.7 

Oat  breakfast  food  (cooked) . .     2.8 

Toasted  bread 11.5 

Corn  bread 7.9 

Macaroni  (cooked) 3.0 

Chart  8 

Sugar,  granulated 

Molasses 2.4 

Stick  candy 

Maple  sugar 

Honey 0.4 

Chart  9 

Parsnip 1.6 

Onion 1.6 

Potato 2.2 

Celery 1.1 


Prepared  by  C.  F.  Lang  worthy, 

Exi>ert  in  charge  of  Nutrition 
Carhohy- 


Investigation. 

Fuel    Value 


I  Fat 

drates 

Ash   1 

Water 

Calories 

4.0 

5.0 

0.7 

87.0 

310 

0.3 

5.1 

0.7 

90.5 

165 

0.5 

4.8 

0.7 

91.0 

160 

18.5 

4.5 

2.5 

74.0 

865 

10.5 

1.0 

73.7 

700 

0.2 

0.6 

86.2 

265 

33.3 

1.1 

49.5 

1608 

33.7 

2.4 

3.8 

34.2 

1950 

1.0 

4.3 

1.8 

72.0 

510 

28.3 

1.0 

53.1 

1540 

30.1 

1.0 

52.0 

1580 

38.8 

4.8 

40.3 

1940 

18.5 

1.0 

61.9 

1130 

6.6 

9.1 

54.3 

840 

0.4 

1.2 

82.6 

325 

0.3 

24.7 

53.5 

410 

1.2 

3.7 

2.0 

86.9 

235 

15.8 

13.2 

34.6 

1355 

7.1 

1.2 

73.4 

645 

100.0 

4080 

67.4 

4.4 

18.8 

3030 

81.8 

0.3 

13.2 

3510 

85.0 

3.0 

11.0 

3410 

100.0 

4080 

4.3 

73.4 

1.5 

10.8 

1800 

1.7 

73.7 

1.8 

10.6 

1750 

2.2 

73.2 

2.0 

12.6 

1600 

5.0 

69.2 

3.0 

11.0 

1720 

2.0 

77.0 

1.0 

12.0 

1720 

1.5 

73.9 

1.9 

10.5 

1750 

1.3 

53.1 

1.1 

35.3 

1215 

0.9 

49.7 

1.3 

38.4 

1140 

0.5 

11.5 

0.7 

84.5 

285 

1.6 

81.2 

1.7 

24.0 

1420 

4.7 

46.3 

2.2 

38.9 

1205 

1.5 

15.8 
100.0 

1.3 

78.4 

415 
1860 

69.3 

3.2 

25.1 

1290 

96.5 

0.5 

3.0 

1785 

82.8 

0.9 

16.3 

1540 

81.2 

0.2 

18.2 

1520 

0.5 

13.5 

1.4 

83.0 

230 

0.3 

9.9 

0.6 

87.6 

225 

0.1 

18.4 

1.0 

78.3 

385 

3.4 

1.0 

94.5 

85 

FOOD 


107 


Carbohy- 

Fuel  Value 

Chart  10                   Protein 

Fat 

drates 

Ash  Water 

Calories  per 

Shelled  beans,  fresh 9.4 

0.6 

29.1 

2.0 

58.9 

740 

Navy  beans,  dry 22 . 5 

1.8 

59.6 

3.5 

12.6 

1600 

String  beans,  green 2.3 

0.3 

7.4 

0.8 

89.2 

195 

Corn,  green 3.1 

1.1 

19.7 

0.7 

75.4 

500 

Chart  11 

Apple                 (edible  portion)     0 . 4 

0.5 

14.2 

0.3 

84.6 

290 

Fried  fig                  "           "            4.3 

0.3 

74.2 

2.4 

18.8 

1475 

Strawberry              "            "             1.0 

0.6 

7.4 

0.6 

90.4 

180 

Banana                    "           "            1.3 

0.6 

22.0 

0.8 

75.3 

460 

Chart  12 

Grapes               (edible  portion)      1 . 3 

1.6 

19.2 

0.5 

77.4 

450 

Raisins                     "           "            2.6 

3.3 

76.1 

3.4 

14.6 

1605 

Canned  fruit 1.1 

0.1 

21.1 
78.3 

0.5 
0.7 

77.2 
21.0 

415 

Kruit  jelly 

1455 

Grape  juice  (unfermented)  ...     0.2 

7.4 

0.2 

92.2 

150 

Chart  13 

Walnut 16.6 

63.4 

16.1 

1.4 

2.5 

3285 

Chestnut 10.7 

7.0 

74.2 

2.2 

5.9 

1875 

Peanut 25.8 

38.6 

22.4 

2.0 

9.2 

2500 

Peanut  butter 29 . 3 

46.5 

17.1 

5.0 

2.1 

2825 

Cocoanut,  desiccated 6.3 

57.4 

31.5 

1.3 

3.5 

3121 

Chart  14 

Functions  and    Uses  of  Food 

Constituents  of  Food 

'     Edible  Portion    "1 

^Protein 

Flesh     of     meat.     Water 

Fats 

Food  as           yolk  and  white  >■ 

^ 

Carbohydrates 

purchasedj      of   eggs,   wheat    Nutrients 

Mineral  matter  or  ash 

contains  't      flour,  etc.            J 

. 

Refuse 

Bones,     entrails, 

[^     shells,  bran,  etc. 

Use  of  Food  in  the  Body 

Protein  builds  and  repairs  tissue 

White  (albumen)  of  eggs 

Curd  (casein)  of  milk 

Lean  meat,  gluten  of  wheat,  etc. 

All  serve  as  fuel  to  yield  energy 

Fats 

-     in  the  forms  of  heat  and  mus- 

Fat of    meat,  butter,  olive  oil, 

oils  of 

cular 

power 

com  and  wheat,  etc 

Carbohydrates  are  transferred  into  fat, 

sugar. 

starch,  etc 

Mineral    Matter  or  Ash  share   in    forming" 

bone,  assist  in  digestion,  etc. 

Phosphate  of  lime. 

Potash,  soda,  etc. 

Food  is  that  which,  taken  into  the  body,  buil 

ds  tissue 

or  yields  energy. 

Chart  15 

DIETARY  STANDARD  FOR  MAN  IN  Fl 

[JLL  VIC 

lOR  / 

iT   MODERATE 

MUSCULAR   W 

DRK 

Protein 

Energy 

Condition  Considered 

Grams 

Calories 

Food  as  purchased 

115 

3,800 

Food  eaten 

100 

3,500 

Food  digested 

95 

3,200 

108  CAMPING    FOE    BOYS 

ESTIMATED  AMOUNT  OF   MINERAL  MATTER  REQUIRED    PER 
MAN   PER   DAY 

Grams  Grams 

Phosphoric  acid  (P2O5) 3  to  4      Calcium  oxid  0.7  to  1 . 0 

Sulphuric  acid  (SO3) 2  to  3 . 5  Magnesium  oxid  0 . 3  to  0 . 5 

Potassium  oxid 2  to  3       Iron  0.006  to  0.012 

Sodium  oxid 4  to  6      Clorin  6  to  8 

Time  required  for  Digestion  of  various  Foods: 

Hrs.    Min. 

Apples,   sweet    1  30 

Apples,  sour 2 

Beans,  pod,  boiled 2  30 

Beef,  fresh,  rare  roasted 3 

Beef,    dried    3  30 

Beets,    boiled     3  45 

Bread,    wheat,    fresh 3  40 

Bread   corn    3  15 

Butter     (melted)     3  30 

Cabbage,   raw,   with   vinegar 2 

Cabbage,   boiled    4  30 

Cheese    3  30 

Codfish    2 

Custard,  baked    2  45 

Ducks,   wild,   roasted 4  30 

Eggs,  fresh,  soft  boiled 3 

Eggs,  fresh,  hard  boiled 3  30 

Eggs,    fresh,    fried   3  30 

Lamb,  fresh,  boiled 2  30 

Milk,  raw   2  15 

Milk,    boiled    2 

Parsnips,  boiled    2  30 

Mutton,   roast    3  15 

Mutton,   boiled    3 

Mutton,  broiled   3 

Pork,  roast 5  15 

Potato,  boiled    3  30 

Potato,  baked    2  30 

Rice,  boiled    1 

Sago,  boiled 1  45 

Salmon,   boiled    4 


FOOD  109 

Hrs.    Min^ 

Soup,   beef,  vegetable 4 

Soup,   chicken    3 

Tapioca,    boiled     2 

Trout,  boiled  or  fried 1         30 

Turnips,  boiled    3         30 

Veal,    fresh,    boiled 4 

Food  naturally  falls  into  four  classes.  Potatoes 
and  grains  furnish  starches.  The  starchy  foods  are 
heat  and  force  producers.  Eggs,  meats,  nuts,  milk, 
dried  beans,  peas  and  lentils  furnish  nitrogen,  and 
are  flesh  and  muscle  producers.  Butter,  oil,  lard, 
and  fatty  meats  supply  fats.  Sugar,  molasses, 
honey,  fruit,  etc.,  furnish  sugar. 

Starchy  foods  should  be  cooked  at  a  high  temper- 
ature and  either  boiled  or  baked;  nitrogenous  and 
fatty  foods  at  lower  temperature,  prolonging  the 
time.  Meats  are  much  better  broiled,  roasted,  or 
stewed  than  fried.  Vegetables  should  be  steamed 
or  baked  so  that  the  juices  may  not  be  wasted. 
Veal  and  pork  (except  ham  and  bacon)  should  have 
no  place  in  the  menu  of  a  boys'  summer  camp.  Both 
require  from  four  to  five  hours  and  fifteen  minutes 
to  digest.  Study  carefully  the  above  tables  and 
then  plan  your  meals  intelligently. 

Table  of  Approximate  Weights  and  Measures 
Three  teaspoonfuls=one  tablespoon. 
Four  tablespoonfuls=one  wine  glass. 
Two  wine  glasses=:one  gill. 
Two  gills:=one  tumbler  or  cup. 
Two  cupfuls=one  pint. 
One  quart  sifted  flourmone  pound. 
One  quart  granulated  sugar=one  pound,  nine  ounces. 


110  CAMPING    FOE    BOYS 

One  pint   closely  packed  butterzr=one  pound. 

Three  cupfuls  sugar=one  pound. 

Five  cupfuls  sifted  flour=one  pound. 

One  tablespoonful  salt^one  ounce. 

Seven  tablespoonfuls  granulated  sugar=:one  half  pint. 

Twelve  tablespoonfuls  flourz=one  pint. 

Three  coffee  cupfuls^one  quart. 

Ten  eggs=one  pound. 

The  purchase  of  food  is  an  important  item  of  ex- 
pense in  operating  a  boys'  camp,  large  or  small. 
If  the  camp  is  a  large  one,  one  hundred  or  more 
boys,  and  you  have  a  good-sized  refrigerator  and 
storehouse,  always  purchase  in  bulk  form  from  a 
wholesale  firm.  Canned  goods,  such  as  peas,  to- 
matoes, corn,  and  apples,  buy  in  gallon  cans  in  case 
lots  and  save  cost  of  extra  tin  and  labels.  Cocoa 
may  be  purchased  in  five-pound  cans.  Condensed 
milk  (unsweetened)  in  20-ounce  cans.  Flour  and 
sugar  by  the  barrel.  Beans  by  the 
Buying  Food  bushel.  Butter  by  the  firkin.  For 
instance,  a  good  heavy  200-pound 
hind  quarter  of  beef  will  furnish  a  roast  beef  din- 
ner, a  steak  breakfast,  a  meat  stew  supper,  a  meat 
hash  breakfast,  and  a  good  thick  soup  full  of  nour- 
ishment from  the  bones.  The  suet  may  be  rendered 
into  lard.  There  will  be  no  waste,  and  you  get  the 
very  best  of  meat.  Buy  lamb  whole  and  fowl 
cleaned,  and  eggs  by  the  crate.  Keep  an  accurate 
inventory,  also  the  cost  of  foods.  It  will  be  found 
interesting  to  make  a  resume  of  food  at  the  end  of 
each  season,  listing  quantities,  costs,  and  amounts 
used  each  day  and  ascertain  the  actual  cost  per  day 
for  each  boy. 


FOOD 


111 


The  following  '^Grocery  List''  is  for  a  large  camp, 
but  it  will  serve  also  to  form  the  basis  of  providing 
for  small  camps: 


Cocoa 

Coffee 

Sugar    (granulated) 

BeanSj  yellow 

Beans,  red  kidney 

Tapioca 

Eice 

Oatmeal  (in  bulk) 

Cornmeal 

Toasted  Corn  Flakes 

Cream  of  Wheat 

Shredded  Wheat 

Salt  (table) 

Salt  (rock) 

Pepper,  black 

Ginger 

Cloves 

Soda 

Cinnamon 

Baking  Powder 

Cream  of  Tartar 

Magic  yeast 

Raisins  (seeded) 

Currants 

Flour 

Graham  flour 

Corn  starch 

Gelatin 

Figs 

Prunes 

Evaporated  fruits 

Codfish  cakes 

Macaroni 

Crackers 


Ginger  Snaps 
Pilot  Biscuits 
Extracts : 

Vanilla 

Lemon 
Kitchen  Boquet    (for  gravy) 
Chocolate  (cake) 
Lemons 
Olive  Oil 
Vinegar 
Lard 
Butter 
Eggs 
Onions 
Potatoes 
Sapolio 
Gold  Dust 
Laundry  soap 
Mustard  (dry) 

Mustard   (prepared  in  mugs) 
Chow  Chow 
Pickles 
Piccalilli 
Chili  Sauce 
Bacon 
Ham 

Dried  beef 
Salt  pork 
Cheese 
Matches 
Candles 
Kerosene  oil 
Lantern  wicks 
Chloride  of  Lime 


112  CAMPING    FOR    BOYS 


CANNED  GOODS 

Corn 

Sliced  peaches 

Tomatoes 

Shredded  pineapple 

Peas 

Strawberries 

Lima  beans 

Clams  (for  chowder) 

Beets 

Condensed  milk    (unsweetened) 

Apples 

Salmon 

Plums 

A  reliable  person  should  be  in  charge  of  the  food 
supplies.  In  some  camps  he  is  called  the  Steward. 
He  will  see  that  the  supply  is  sufficient,  arrange 
the  menus  in  consultation  with  the 
The  Steward  Chef,  keep  his  storeroom  neat  and 
scrupulously  clean.  As  a  matter  of 
record  and  for  the  purpose  of  ascertaining  cost  of 
feeding  the  boys,  a  number  of  camps  keep  a  daily 
record  like  the  illustrated  form. 

The  cook  is  the  keynote  of  happiness  or  unhappi- 
ness.  Get  a  good  cook,  professionally  and  morally, 
one  who  understands  that  he  is  not  in  camp  for  a 
vacation.  A  capable  cook  will  take  care  of  fifty 
boys  without  any  assistance,  except  what  help  the 
boys  may  render  in  the  preparation  of  vegetables. 
For  years  two  cooks  have  looked  after  the  meals  of 
175  to  200  boys  in  the  camps  conducted  each  season 
by  the  writer.  The  wages  of  the  head 
The  Cook  cook  or  chef  range  from  two  to  three 
dollars  and  fifty  cents  a  day.  Some 
camps  secure  cooks  from  the  hotels  and  restaurants, 
others  from  the  lumber  camps.  No  matter  where 
he  is  secured,  be  sure  that  he  is  clean,  in  person,  in 
habits,  and  in  speech.     Do  not  permit  boys  to  loaf 


FOOD 


113 


about  the  kitchen.     In  the  planning  of  menus,  food 
value  and  variety  must  be  considered.     The  follow- 


COMMISSARY    DEPARTMENT 
CAMP   BECKET 


BREAKFAST 

Cost 

DINNER 

Cost 

SDPPER 

Com 

Number 

Number 

Number 

^ 

lbs  Sugar 

lbs.  Sugar '. 

lbs.  Sugar 

lbs.  Butter 

lbs.  Butter 

loaves  Bread 

qts  Milk 

qts.  Milk        .    .  : 

qts.  Milk 

Total-. 

Total 

Total 

-MENU 

MENU 

MENU 

ORDER   LIST 


114 


campi:n'g  foe  boys 


ing  represents  the  staple  articles  of  food  for  a  boys' 
camp : 

Suggested  List  of  Dishes  for  Boys'  Camps 
Breakfast 

Fruit:  Bananas,     raspberries,     blueberries,     cantaloupes, 

apples,  stewed  prunes,  apple  sauce,  baked  apples, 
stewed  apples,  stewed  apricots,  stewed  figs. 

Cereals:  Oatmeal,    Shredded    Wheat,    Cream     of     Wheat, 

Toasted  Corn  Flakes;  corn  meal  mush  and  milk. 
Hominy  Grits,  Puffed  Kice,  Wheatlets. 

Eggs:  Fried,    boiled,    scrambled,    omelette,    poached    on 

toast. 

Meats  Bacon,  meat  hash,  meat  stew,  chopped  meat  on 

and  Fish:  toast,  codfish  cakes,  creamed  codfish,  fried  fresh 
fish,  creamed  dried  beef,  fresh  sausage. 

Vegetables:  Potatoes — Baked,  creamed,  mashed,  browned, 
German  fried;   baked  beans. 

Drinlcs:  Cocoa,    milk,    coffee     (only    occasionally),    pure 

water. 

Bread:  Toasted  bread,  corn  bread,  muffins,  biscuits,  hot 

cakes. 

Dinner 

Soups:  Old-fashioned  vegetable  soup,  bean  soup,  clam  or 

fish  chowder,  corn  chowder.  Thick  soups  are  pref- 
erable for  camps. 

Meats:  Eoasts — beef,  lamb,  chicken. 

Stews — beef,  lamb. 

Steak — Fricassee  of  chicken,  fricassee  of  lamb, 
haricot  of  lamb,  pot  roast  of  beef,  Hamburg 
steak,  corned  beef,  boiled  ham,  meat  pie. 

Fish:  Baked,   fried,   boiled;    escalloped   salmon,   salmon 

croquettes. 

Vegetables:  Potatoes — mashed,  boiled,  French  fried,  browned. 
Cabbage.  Corn — stewed,  escalloped,  corn  pie, 
corn  on  cob.  Peas — creamed  with  carrots.  Lima 
beans.  Summer  squash.  Tomatoes — stewed,  es- 
calloped, au  gratin  with  tomatoes.     Apple   sauce 


FOOD 


115 


creamed  onions;  cabbage  slaw.  Greens — spinach, 
beet  tops. 
Desserts:  Ice  Cream — vanilla,  chocolate,  strawberry  (pre- 
served), raspberry,  lemon,  coffee,  caramel,  peach, 
pineapple  (shredded),  orange,  lemon.  Sherbet — 
lemon,  orange,  pineapple,  raspberry.  Eice  pud- 
ding, plain  with  fruit  sauce,  rice  with  raisins. 
Tapioca  pudding  with  apples  or  fruit.  Bread 
pudding.  Cottage  pudding,  lemon  sauce  or  fruit 
sauce.  Banana  pudding.  Sliced  peaches  with 
cream.  Pie — apple,  blueberry,  blackberry.  Corn- 
starch pudding. 

Supper 

Cereals :  Cream  of  Wheat,  mush  and  milk.  Shredded  Wheat. 

Cold  Dishes '.Sliced  beef,  ham,  corned  beef,  potato  salad,  cab- 
bage slaw,  pressed  meats. 

Hot  Dishes :  Irish  stew,  meat  croquettes,  frankfurters,  potato 
cakes,  baked  beans,  thick  soups,  stewed  kidney 
beans.  Potatoes — baked,  fried,  creamed.  Creamed 
salmon  with  peas;  codfish;  macaroni  and  cheese; 
potato  hash. 

Desserts:  Prunes,  stewed  apples,  stewed  apricots,  fresh 
fruits,  stewed  pears,  stewed  figs. 

Calces:  Gingerbread,  sweetbread,  cookies. 

Relishes:  Pickles  beets,  chow  chow,  piccalilli,  watermelon 
spiced. 

Drinks:  Lemonade,  iced  tea,  cocoa,  hot  milk. 

Local  geographical  conditions  will  suggest  a  va- 
riety of  dishes.  There  should  be  plenty  of  milk  to 
drink,  and  good  bread  and  butter.  Cake  and  fancy 
dishes  are  not  necessary.  The  bill  of  fare  should  be 
an  elastic  one.  When  the  day  is  cold  and  dreary, 
hot  chowders,  soups,  cocoa,  etc.,  should  be  served. 
On  a  warm  day,  lemonade  and  cold  dishes  are  de- 
sirable. Every  camp  should,  if  possible,  have  its 
own  ice-cream  freezer,  as  ice-creams,  sherbets,  and 


116 


CAMPING    FOE    BOYS 


water  ices  are  not  only  healthy  but  inexpensive. 
An  occasional  delicacy  is  desirable.  Canned 
shredded  pineapple,  strawberries  and  sliced  peaches 
make  excellent  sherbets  and  ice  cream.  In  one 
camp  chicken  and  ice  cream  are  served  every  Sun- 
day dinner. 


A  Sample  Weelc  of  Menus 


BREAKFAST 

Oatmeal 
Fried  potatoes 
Cocoa 

Cream  of  tartar 
biscuits 

Toasted  Cornflakes 
Fish  cakes 
Corn  bread 
Cocoa 


Cream  of  Wheat 

Meat  hash 

Cocoa 

Bread  and  butter 


Shredded  Wheat 
Baked  potatoes 
Creamed  codfish 
Bread  and  butter 
Cocoa 


Oatmeal 
Codfish  cakes 
Bread  and  butter 
Cocoa 

Puffed  Riae 

Fried  eggs 

Cocoa 

Bread  and  butter 


Cream  of  Wheat 

Bananas 

Fried  mush  and 

maple  syrup 
Coffee 


DINNER 

MONDAY 

Irish  stew 
Boiled  potatoes 
Green  corn  on  cob 
Apple  tapioca 
Bread  and  butter 

TUESDAY 

Beef  steak 

Mashed  potatoes 

Peas 

Corn  starch  pudding 

Bread  and  butter 

WEDNESDAY 

Roast  lamb 
Tomato  sauce 
Boiled  potatoes 
Lemon  sherbet 
Bread  and  butter 

THURSDAY 

Boiled  beef 
Mashed  potatoes 
Corn  starch  pudding 

with     strawberry 

sauce 
Bread  and  butter 

FRIDAY 

Fried  weak  fish 
Stewed  tomatoes 
Boiled  potatoes 
Vanilla  ice  cream 

SATURDAY 

Escalloped  salmon 

Rice 

Boiled  potatoes 

Cucumbers 

Bread  and  butter 

SUNDAY 

Roast  chicken 
Creamed  onions 
Mashed  potatoes 
Pineapple  sherbet 
Bread  and  butter 


SUPPER 

Fried  eggs 
Prunes 
Sweet  cake 
Bread  and  butter 
Cocoa 

Vegetable  soup 
Stewed  figs 
Gingerbread 
Bread  and  butter 


Creamed  fish 
Apple  sauce 
Sweet  cake 
Bread  and  butter 


Creamed  dried  beef 
Apple  sauce 
Gingerbread 
Bread  and  Butter 


Vegetable  soup 
Bread  and  butter 
Sweet  cake 


Boston  baked  beans 
Tomato  catsup 
Sweetbread 


Cold  beef 
Apple  sauce 
Sweet  cake 
Bread  and  butter 


FOOD  117 

Each  table  is  provided  with  meat  platter,  vege- 
table dishes,  bread  plate,  butter  dish,  sugar  bowl, 
milk  pitcher,  water  pitcher,  salt  and  pepper  shakers, 
etc.  The  only  need  of  a  waiter  is  to  bring  the  food 
to  the  tables  and  replenish  the  dishes.  Each  boy 
takes  his  turn  at  waiting.  If  there  are  seven  boys 
in  a  tent,  a  boy  serves  one  day  in  seven. 
Serving  He  usually  sits  at  the  right  side  of  the 
leader  and  eats  his  meal  with  the  others. 
This  does  away  with  a  second  or  ** waiter"  table. 
By  this  system  you  avoid  the  tendency  to  smartness 
and  roughness.  Each  leader  is  careful  to  see  that 
food  is  not  wasted  at  his  table,  that  decency  and 
order  is  preserved,  and  wholesome  conversation  and 
pleasantries  indulged  in  during  the  meal,  as  an  aid 
to  good  digestion. 

Somje  camps  pay  for  all  work  done  and  give  boys 
more  freedom,  but  experience  has  clearly  proven 
that  the  successful  camp  is  the  one  where  boys  all 
have  responsibility  and  definite  duties  to  perform. 
Dish-washing  is  never  attractive.  It  .may  be  made 
less  irksome  by  carefully  systematizing  the  work. 
There  are  several  ways.  One  way  is  that  of  having 
each  boy  wash  his  own  dishes,  working  a  tent  at  a 
time.  A  number  of  tubs  of  hot,  soapy  water  are 
provided  for  washing,  and  several  extra  tubs  filled 
with  very  hot  water  for  rinsing.  At  a  signal  from 
the  Camp  Director  or  person  in 
Dish-washing  charge,  each  table  of  boys  by  ro- 
tation passes  from  the  dining 
room  with  the  dishes  to  these  tubs  and  each  boy 
proceeds   to  do  his  own  dish-washing  and  rinsing 


118 


CAMPING    FOE    BOYS 


and  drying.  Another  way  is  to  provide  two  good- 
sized  dish-pans  for  each  table,  and  assign  two  boys 
to  do  the  dish-washing  for  the  day.  The  dishes  are 
washed  at  the  tables  and  stowed  away  in  a  closet, 
each  table  having  its  own  closet.  Another  way  is 
to  purchase  a  good  dish-washing  machine,  like  that 


Camp  Hayo-Went-Ha 


made  by  the  Fearless  Dishwashing  Co.,  Rochester, 
N.  Y.  (Cost,  $100),  and  install  it  in  the  kitchen. 
This  plan  is  in  operation  at  Camp  Dudley  and  Camp 
Hayo-Went-Ha. 

Cleanliness  must  be  insisted  upon.  Never  leave 
anything  unwashed  until  it  is  used  again.  The  eat- 
ing from  dirty  and  greasy  plates,  forks,  knives,, and 
spoons  will  result  in  disease.  No  matter  what  sys- 
tem you  use,  do  not  let  down  on  dirty  dishes. 


FOOD  119 

A   FEW   HINTS 

''Soup    makes    the    soldier,"    said    Napoleon    I. 

Bones  should  never  be  throAvn  away,  but 
Soup     cracked   and   placed   in    stock   pot,   covered 

with  water  and  let  simmer.  This  makes 
''stock"  which  is  the  foundation  of  all  soup. 

All  green  vegetables  should  be  washed  well  in 
cold  water  and  put  in  boiling  salted  water,  and 
boiled  slowly  until  tender.  All  white  and  under- 
ground vegetables  should  be  cooked  in  boiling  U7i- 
salted  water,  the  salt  being  added  at  the  last  mo- 
ment. 

Potatoes  take  from  twenty  to  thirty  minutes  to 
boil.  In  boiling  and  roasting  allow  about  a  quarter 
of  an  hour  for  every  pound  of  meat.  The  fire 
should  be  medium  hot.  Boiled  fish  should  be 
cooked  ten  minutes  to  each  pound. 

Water  is  the  only  true  beverage.     Forming  as  it 

does   three-quarters   of   the    weight   of   the 

Water     human  body,  it  is  of  next  importance  to  the 

air  we  breathe.     Milk  is  a  food  and  not  a 

beverage. 

Onions     Peel  or  slice  onions  in  water  and  you  will 
not  shed  tears. 

To  test  the  freshness  of  an  egg,  drop  into  cold 
water.     If  the   egg  sinks   quickly  it  is 

Egg  Test  fresh,  if  it  stands  on  end  it  is  doubtful, 
and  quite  bad  if  it  floats.    The  shell  of  a 

fresh  egg  looks  dull ;  a  stale  one  is  glossy. 


120  CAMPING    FOE    BOYS 

A  pot  may  be  mended  by  mak- 
Mending  Pots         ing  a  paste  of  flour,  salt  and  fine 

wood  ashes.  Plaster  it  on  where 
the  leak  is  and  let  it  dry  before  using. 

A  mother  complained  that  her  boy,  after  being  in 
camp  for  two  weeks,  returned  home  speaking  a  new 
language,  particularly  at  the  dining  table.  If  he 
wanted  milk,  he  called  for  *'cow,''  butter  was 
*'goat,''  biscuits  were  *^  sinkers,''  meat  was 
*^ corpse,"  and  there  were  several  other  terms  and 

phrases  peculiar  to  camp  life.  He 
Table  Etiquette     had  to  learn  all  over  the  ways  of 

decency  and  reasonable  table  re- 
finement. There  is  no  plausible  reason  why  this 
should  be  so  in  a  boys'  camp.  Grabbing  of  food, 
yelling  for  food,  upsetting  of  liquids,  and  table 
^^rough-house"  will  be  largely  prevented  by  the  sys- 
tem of  seating  and  of  serving.  The  most  satisfac- 
tory way  is  to  seat  by  tent  groups.  Have  as  many 
tables  as  you  have  tents.  Let  each  tent  leader 
preside  at  the  head  of  his  table,  and  serve  the  food 
in  family  style.  The  leader  serves  the  food,  and 
sees  that  the  boys  observe  the  same  delightful  table 
life  in  camp  as  at  home. 

Grace    should  be   said  before   each   meal,   either 

silently  or  audibly.  In  the  morn- 
Grace   at   Meals     ing   the   hymn   on   the    following 

page  is  sung  by  the  boys  at 
Camp  Becket,  followed  with  bowed  heads  in  silent 
prayer : 


FOOD 


121 


MORNING    PRAYER    HYMN 

FOR  BOYS'  CAMPS 
To  be  snng  at  morning  meal 

Words  and  Music  by  11.  W.  Gibson. 


(Boys)  Fa-lher,we  thank  Thee  for  life.strength  and  health, for  friends  and  food.    Bless  us  this  day, 
(Men)  Fa-ther,we  thank  Thee  for  lifc,8treiiglh  and  friends  and  food. 


n 


-M 


-«2-    #-  -•- 


'^—^ 


=t=t: 


?^^ 


?±: 


^^fe^^^^^p^^ 


Keep 


k 


m^ 


us  from  harm.    Protect  our  lov'd  ones,  thro'  Je-sus  Christ.our  Lord.  A 


^ 


4diM 


m 


Ij^- 


^^^ 


f       'I 


Morning 

Gracious  Giver  of  all  good, 

Thee  we  thank  for  rest  and  food. 

Grant  that  all  we  do  or  say- 
In  Thy  service  be  this  day. 

"Noon 
Father  for  this  noonday  meal 

We  would  speak  the  praise  we  feel, 
Health  and  strength  we  have  from  Thee, 

Help  "s,  Lord,  to  faithful  be. 


Night 
Tireless  guardian  of  our  way, 

Thou  hast  kept  us  well  this  day. 
While  we  thank  Thee,  we  request 
Care  continued,  pardon,  rest. 

— Camp  Wawayanda 


Go  abroad  upon  the  paths  of  Nature, 
And  when  all  its  voices  whisper,  and  its  silent  things 
Are  breathing  the  deep  beauty  of  the  world — 
Kneel  at  its  ample  altar. — Bryant. 

122 


CHAPTER  X 
THE  CAMP  FIRE 

HOW  TO  BUILD  A  CAMP  FIEE— PEEVENT  SPEEAD  OF 
FIEE-^FOEEST  FIEE  LAWS— HOW  TO  LIGHT  A 
FIEE— STOEY  TELLING— MAESHMALLOW  TOASTS 
AND  COEN  EOASTS— A  STOEY,  ^^HOW  MEN  FOUND 
THE  GEEAT  SPIEIT^^ 

There  is  an  impalpable,  invisible,  softly  stepping  delight 
in  the  camp  fire  which  escapes  analysis.  Enumerate  all  its 
charms,  and  still  there  is  something  missing  in  your  cata- 
logue.— W.  C.  Gray  in  *^Camp  Fire  Musings.'* 

^'I  cannot  conceive  of  a  camp  that  does  not  have 
a  big  fire !  Our  city  houses  do  not  have  it,  not  even 
a  fireplace.  The  fireplace  is  one  of  the  greatest 
schools  the  imagination  has  ever  had  or  ever  can 
have.  It  is  moral,  and  it  always  gives  a  tremendous 
stimulus  to  the  imagination,  and  that  is  why  stories 
and  fire  go  together.  You  cannot  tell  a  good  story 
unless  you  tell  it  before  a  fire.  You  cannot  have  a 
complete  fire  unless  you  have  a  good  story-teller 
along.  "1 

Any  one  who  has  witnessed  a  real  camp  fire  and 
participated  in  its  fun,  as  well  as  seriousness,  will 
never  forget  it.  The  huge  fire  shooting  up  its 
tongue  of  flame  into  the  darkness  of  the  night,  the 
perfect  shower  of  golden  rain,  the  company  of  happy 
boys,  and  great,  dark  background  of  piney  woods, 

1  Dr.  G.  Stanley  Hall,  "  Camp  Conference  Report,"  p.  40. 

123 


124  CAMPIXG    FOR    BOYS 

the  weird  light  over  all,  the  singing,  the  yells,  the 
stories,  the  fun,  then  the  serious  word  at  the  close, 
is  a  happy  experience  long  to  be  remembered. 

There  are  ways  and  ways  of  building  camp  fires. 
An  old  Indian  saying  runs,  **  White  man  heap  fool, 
make  um  big  fire — can't  git  near!  Injun  make  um 
little  fire — git  close!  Uh!  good!''  Make  it  a  serv- 
ice privilege  for  a  tent  of  boys  to  gather  wood  and 
build  the  fire.  This  should  be  done  during  the 
afternoon.  Two  things  are  es- 
To  Build  a  Fire  sential  in  the  building  of  a  fire — 
kindling  and  air.  A  fire  must  be 
built  systematically.  First,  get  dry,  small  dead 
branches,  twigs,  fir  branches  and  other  inflammable 
material.  Place  these  upon  the  ground.  Be  sure 
that  air  can  draw  under  the  pile  and  up  through  it. 
Next  place  some  heavier  branches  in  tripod  form 
over  the  kindling,  then  good-sized  sticks,  and  so  on 
until  you  have  built  the  camp  fire  the  required  size. 
In  many  camps  it  is  considered  an  honor  to  light 
the  fire. 

Kerosene  oil  may  be  poured  upon  the  kindling,  or 
old  newspapers  used  in  lighting  the  fire. 

An  interesting  account  of  ''How  to  Build  a  Fire 
by  Rubbing  Sticks,"  by  Ernest  Thompson-Seton, 
will  be  found  in  ''Boy  Scouts  of  America,"  page  84. 

Be  sure  to  use  every  precaution  to  prevent  the 

spreading  of  fire.     This  may  be  done  by  building  a 

circle  of  stone  around  the  fire,  or  by  dig- 

Gaution     ging  up  the  earth,  or  by  wetting  a  space 

around  the  fire.    Always  have  buckets  of 

water  near  at  hand. 


THE    CAMP   FIRE  125 

Things  to  remember:  First,  It  is  criminal  to  leave 
a  hurdling  fire;  second,  Always  put  out  the  fire  with 
water  or  earth. 

Be  sure  to  get  a  copy  of  the  law  of 
State  Laws    your  State  regarding  Forest  Fires,  and 
if  a  permit  is  necessary,  secure  it  be- 
fore building  a  fire. 

Kephart,  in  his  book  on  ''Camping  and  Wood- 
craft" (page  88),  says,  ''When  there  is  nothing  dry 
to  strike  it  on,  jerk  the  head  of  the  match  forward 
through  the  teeth.  Face  the 
To  Light  a  Match  wind.  Cup  your  hands,  backs 
toward  wind.  Remove  right 
hand  just  long  enough  to  strike  match  on  something 
very  close  by,  then  instantly  resume  former  posi- 
tion. Flame  of  match  will  run  up  the  stick  instead 
of  blowing  away  from  it." 

The  camp  fire  is  a  golden  opportunity  for  the  tell- 
ing of  stories — good  stories  told  well.  Indian  leg- 
ends, war  stories,  ghost  stories,  de- 
Story-Telling  tective  stories,  stories  of  heroism, 
the  history  of  fire,  a  talk  about  the 
stars.  Don't  drag  out  the  telling  of  a  story.  Talk 
it  in  boy  language.  Avoid  technical  terms.  Make 
the  story  live. 

College  songs  always  appeal  to  boys.  Let  some 
leader  start  up  a  song  in  a  natural  way,  and  soon 
you  will  have  a  chorus  of  unexpected  melody  and 
harmony.  As  the  fire  dies  down,  let  the  songs  be  of 
a  more  quiet  type,  like  "My  Old  Kentucky  Home," 
and  ballads  of  similar  nature. 

When  the   embers  are   glowing  is  the  time  for 


126  CAMPING    FOR    BOYS 

toasting  marshmallows.  Get  a  long  stick  sharpened 
to  a  point,  fasten  a  marshmallow  on  the  end,  hold 
it  over  the  embers,  not  in  the  blaze,  until  the  marsh- 
mallow  expands.  Oh,  the  deliciousness  of  it!  Ever 
tasted  one  ?    Before  roasting  corn  on  the  cob,  tie  the 

end  of  each  husk  firmly  with  string. 
Roast  Delight     Soak  in  water  for  about  an  hour. 

Then  put  into  the  hot  embers.  The 
water  prevents  the  corn  from  burning  and  the  firmly 
tied  husks  enable  the  corn  to  be  steamed  and  the 
real  corn  flavor  is  retained.  In  about  twenty  min- 
utes the  corn  may  be  taken  from  the  fire  and  eaten. 
Have  a  bowl  of  melted  butter  and  salt  on  hand. 
Also  a  pastry  brush  to  spread  the  melted  butter 
upon  the  corn.     Try  it. 

For  an  example  of  a  good  story  to  be  told  around 
the  camp  fire,  this  Indian  tale  by  Professor  H. 
M.  Burr,  of  the  Springfield  Training  School,  is 
given : 

HOW  MEN  FOUND  THE  GREAT  SPIRIT 

*'In  the  olden  time,  when  woods  covered  all  the 
earth  except  the  deserts  and  the  river  bottoms,  and 
men  lived  on  the  fruits  and  berries  they  found  and 
the  wild  animals  which  they  could 
A  Good  Story  shoot  or  snare;  when  they  dressed 
in  skins  and  lived  in  caves,  there 
was  little  time  for  thought.  But  as  men  grew 
stronger  and  more  cunning  and  learned  how  to  live 
together,  they  had  more  time  to  think  and  more 
mind  to  think  with. 

' '  Men  had  learned  many  things.  They  had  learned 


THE    CAMP   FIRE  127 

that  cold  weather  followed  hot,  and  spring  followed 
winter,  and  that  the  sun  got  up  in  the  morning  and 
went  to  bed  at  night.  They  saw  that  the  great 
water  was  kindly  when  the  sun  shone,  but  when  the 
sun  hid  its  face  and  the  wind  blew  upon  it,  it  grew 
black  and  angry  and  upset  their  canoes.  They 
found  that  knocking  flints  together  or  rubbing  dry 
sticks  would  light  the  dry  moss  and  that  the  flames, 
which  would  bring  back  summer  in  the  midst  of 
winter  and  day  in  the  midst  of  night,  were  hungry 
and  must  be  fed,  and  when  they  escaped  devoured 
the  woods  and  only  the  water  could  stop  them. 

^' These  and  many  other  things  men  learned,  but 
no  one  knew  why  it  all  was  or  how  it  came  to  be. 
Men  began  to  wonder — and  that  was  the  beginning 
of  the  path  which  led  to  the  Great  Spirit. 

''In  the  ages  when  men  began  to  wonder  there 
was  born  a  boy  whose  name  was  'Wo,'  which  meant 
in  the  language  of  his  time  'Whence.'  As  he  lay 
in  his  mother's  arms,  she  loved  him  and  wondered, 
'His  body  is  of  my  body,  but  from  whence  comes 
the  life — the  spirit  which  is  like  mine  and  yet  not 
like  it?'  And  his  father,  seeing  the  wonder  in  the 
mother's  eyes,  said:  'W^hence  came  he  from?'  And 
there  was  no  one  to  answer,  and  so  they  called  him 
'Wo,'  to  remind  them  that  they  knew  not  from 
whence  he  came. 

"As  Wo  grew  up,  he  was  stronger  and  swifter  of 
foot  than  any  of  his  tribe.  He  became  a  mighty 
hunter.  He  knew  the  ways  of  all  the  wild  things, 
and  could  read  the  signs  of  the  season.  As  he  grew 
older  they  made  him  a  chief,  and  listened  while  he 


128  CAMPING    FOE    BOYS 

spoke  at  the  council  board,  but  Wo  was  not  satis- 
fied. His  name  was  a  question,  and  questioning 
filled  his  mind. 

''From  whence  did  he  come?  Whither  was  he 
going?  Why  did  the  sun  rise  and  set?  Why  did 
life  burst  into  leaf  and  flower  with  the  coming  of 
the  spring?  Why  did  the  child  become  a  man  and 
the  man  grow  old  and  die? 

''The  mystery  grew  upon  him  as  he  pondered. 
In  the  morning  he  stood  on  a  mountain  top  and, 
stretching  out  his  hands,  cried:  'Whence?'  At 
night  he  cried  to  the  moon:  'Whither?'  He  listened 
to  the  soughing  of  the  trees  and  the  song  of  the 
brook  and  tried  to  learn  their  language.  He  peered 
eagerly  into  the  eyes  of  little  children,  and  tried  to 
read  the  mystery  of  life.  He  listened  at  the  still 
lips  of  the  dead,  waiting  for  them  to  tell  him 
whither  they  had  gone. 

"He  went  about  among  his  fellows  silent  and 
absorbed,  always  looking  for  the  unseen  and  listen- 
ing for  the  unspoken.  He  sat  so  long  silent  at  the 
council  board  that  the  elders  questioned  him.  To 
their  questioning  he  replied,  like  one  awakening 
from  a  dream : 

"  'Our  fathers  since  the  beginning  have  trailed 
the  beasts  of  the  woods.  There  is  none  so  cunning 
as  the  fox,  but  we  can  trail  him  to  his  lair.  Though 
we  are  weaker  than  the  great  bear  and  buffalo,  yet 
by  our  wisdom  we  overcome  them.  The  deer  is 
more  swift  of  foot,  but  by  craft  we  overtake  him. 
We  cannot  fly  like  a  bird,  but  we  snare  the  winged 
one  with  a  hair.     We  have  made  ourselves  many 


THE    CAMP   FIRE  129 

cunning  inventions  by  which  the  beasts,  the  trees, 
the  wind,  the  water,  and  the  fire  become  our  serv- 
ants. 

^^ 'Then  we  speak  great  swelling  words:  How 
great  and  wise  we  are !  There  is  none  like  us  in 
the  air,  in  the  wood,  or  in  the  water ! 

'*  'But  the  words  are  false.  Our  pride  is  like  that 
of  a  partridge  drumming  on  his  log  in  the  wood 
before  the  fox  leaps  upon  him.  Our  sight  is  like 
that  of  the  mole  burrowing  under  the  ground.  Our 
wisdom  is  like  a  drop  of  dew  upon  the  grass.  Our 
ignorance  is  like  the  great  water  which  no  eye  can 
measure. 

''  'Our  life  is  like  a  bird  coming  out  of  the  dark, 
fluttering  for  a  heart-beat  in  the  tepee  and  then 
going  forth  into  the  dark  again.  No  one  can  tell 
us  whence  it  comes  or  whither  it  goes.  I  have  asked 
the  wise  men,  and  they  cannot  answer;  I  have  lis- 
tened to  the  voice  of  the  trees  and  wind  and  water, 
but  I  do  not  know  their  tongue;  I  have  questioned 
the  sun  and  the  moon  and  the  stars,  but  they  are 
silent. 

"  'But  to-day,  in  the  silence  before  the  darkness 
gives  place  to  light,  I  seemed  to  hear  a  still  small 
voice  within  my  breast,  saying  to  me:  "Wo,  the 
questioner,  rise  up  like  the  stag  from  his  lair ;  away, 
alone,  to  the  mountain  of  the  sun.  There  thou  shalt 
find  that  which  thou  seekest." 

"  'I  go,  but  if  I  fall  by  the  trail  another  will  take 
it  up.    If  I  find  the  answer  I  will  return.' 

"Waiting  for  none,  Wo  left  the  council  of  his 
tribe  and  went  his  way  toward  the  mountain  of  the 


130  CAMPING    FOE    BOYS 

sun.  For  six  days  he  made  his  way  through  the 
trackless  woods,  guided  by  the  sun  by  day  and  the 
stars  by  night.  On  the  seventh  he  came  to  the 
great  mountain — the  mountain  of  the  sun — on  whose 
top,  acording  to  the  tradition  of  his  tribe,  the  sun 
rested  each  night.  All  day  long  he  climbed,  saying 
to  himself:  ^I  will  sleep  to-night  in  the  tepee  of  the 
sun  and  he  will  tell  me  whence  I  come  and  whither 
I  go.' 

*'But  as  he  climbed  the  sun  seemed  to  climb 
higher  and  higher.  As  he  neared  the  top  a  cold 
cloud  settled  like  a  night  bird  on  the  mountain. 
Chilled  and  faint  with  hunger  and  fatigue.  Wo 
struggled  on.  Just  at  sunset  he  reached  the  top  of 
the  mountain,  but  it  was  not  the  mountain  of  the 
sun,  for  many  days'  journey  to  the  west  the  sun  was 
sinking  in  the  Great  Water. 

**A  bitter  cry  broke  from  Wo's  parched  lips.  His 
long  trail  was  useless.  There  was  no  answer  to  his 
questions.  The  sun  journeyed  farther  and  faster 
than  men  dreamed,  and  of  wood  and  waste  and 
water  there  was  no  end.  Overcome  with  misery  and 
weakness,  he  fell  upon  a  bed  of  moss  with  his  back 
toward  the  sunset  and  the  unknown. 

^^And  Wo  slept,  although  it  was  unlike  any  sleep 
he  had  ever  known  before,  and  as  he  slept  he 
dreamed.  He  was  alone  upon  the  mountain  waiting 
for  the  answer.  A  cloud  covered  the  mountain,  but 
all  was  silent.  A  mighty  wind  rent  the  cloud  and 
rushed  roaring  through  the  crags,  but  thfere  was  no 
voice  in  the  wind.  Thunder  pealed,  lightning 
flashed,  but  he  whom  Wo  sought  was  not  there. 


THE    CAMP   FIEE  131 

*'In  the  hush  that  followed  the  storm  Wo  heard 
a  voice  low  and  quiet,  but  in  it  all  the  sounds  of 
earth  and  sky  seemed  to  mingle — the  song  of  the 
bird,  the  whispering  of  the  trees,  and  the  murmur- 
ing of  the  brook. 

''  'Wo,  I  am  He  whom  thou  seekest;  I  am  the 
Great  Spirit;  I  am  the  All-Father.  Ever  since  I 
made  man  of  the  dust  of  the  earth  and  so  child  of 
the  earth  and  brother  to  all  living,  and  breathed 
into  his  nostrils  the  breath  of  life,  thus  making  him 
My  son,  I  have  waited  for  a  seeker  who  should  find 
Me.  In  the  fullness  of  time  thou  hast  come,  Wo,  the 
questioner,  to  the  Answerer. 

*'  'Thy  body  is  of  the  earth  and  to  earth  returns; 
thy  spirit  is  Mine;  it  is  given  thee  for  a  space  to 
make  according  to  thy  will;  then  it  returns  to  Me 
better  or  worse  for  thy  making. 

''  'Thou  hast  found  Me  because  thy  heart  was 
pure  and  thy  search  for  Me  tireless.  Go  back  to 
thy  tribe  and  be  to  them  the  voice  of  the  Great 
Spirit.  From  henceforth  I  will  speak  to  thee  and 
the  seekers  that  come  after  thee,  in  a  thousand 
voices  and  appear  in  a  thousand  shapes.  I  will 
speak  in  the  voices  of  the  wood  and  streams  and 
of  those  you  love.  I  will  appear  to  you  in  the  sun 
by  day  and  the  stars  by  night.  When  thy  people 
and  Mine  are  in  need  and  wish  for  the  will  of  the 
Great  Spirit,  then  shall  My  spirit  brood  over  thine 
and  the  words  that  thou  shalt  speak  shall  be  My 
words. ' 

"And  Wo  awoke,  facing  the  east  and  the  rising 
sun.     His  body  was  warmed  by  its  rays.     A  great 


132  CAMPING    FOR    BOYS 

gladness  filled  his  soul.  He  had  sought  and  found, 
and  prayer  came  to  him  like  the  song  to  the  bird: 

**  *0  Great  Spirit,  Father  of  my  spirit,  the  sun 
is  Thy  messenger,  but  Thou  art  brighter  than  the 
sun.  Drive  Thou  the  darkness  before  me.  Be  Thou 
the  light  of  my  spirit.' 

**As  Wo  went  down  the  mountain  and  took  the 
journey  back  to  the  home  of  his  people  his  face 
shone,  and  the  light  never  seemed  to  leave  it,  so 
that  men  called  him  'He  of  the  shining  face.' 

''When  Wo  came  back  to  his  tribe,  all  who  saw 
his  face  knew  that  he  had  found  the  answer,  and 
they  gathered  again  about  the  council  fire  to  hear. 
As  Wo  stood  up  and  looked  into  the  eager  faces  in 
the  circle  of  the  fire,  he  remembered  that  the  Great 
Spirit  had  given  him  no  message,  and  for  a  moment 
he  was  dumb.  Then  the  words  of  the  Great  Spirit 
came  to  him  again:  'When  thy  people  and  Mine 
shall  need  to  know  My  will.  My  spirit  shall  brood 
over  thine  and  the  words  that  thou  shalt  speak 
shall  be  My  words.'  Looking  into  the  eager  faces 
of  longing  and  questioning,  his  spirit  moved  within 
him  and  he  spoke: 

"  'I  went,  I  sought,  I  found  the  Great  Spirit,  who 
dwells  in  the  earth  as  your  spirits  dwell  in  your 
bodies.  It  is  from  Him  the  spirit  comes.  We  are 
His  children.  He  cares  for  us  more  than  a  mother 
for  the  child  at  her  breast,  or  the  father  for  the  son 
that  is  his  pride.  His  love  is  like  the  air  we  breathe  : 
it  is  about  us;  it  is  within  us. 

"  'The  sun  is  the  sign  of  His  brightness,  the  sky 
of  His  greatness,  and  mother-love  and  father-love. 


THE    CAMP   FIRE  133 

and  the  love  of  man  and  woman  are  the  signs  of  His 
love.  We  are  but  children;  we  cannot  enter  into 
the  council  of  the  Great  Chief  until  we  have  been 
proved,  but  this  is  His  will,  that  we  love  one  an- 
other as  He  loves  us;  that  we  bury  forever  the 
hatchet  of  hate ;  that  no  man  shall  take  what  is  not 
his  own  and  the  strong  shall  help  the  weak.' 

**The  chiefs  did  not  wholly  understand  the  words 
of  Wo,  but  they  took  a  hatchet  and  buried  it  by  the 
fire,  saying:  'Thus  bury  we  hate  between  man  and 
his  brother,'  and  they  took  an  acorn  and  put  it  in 
the  earth,  saying:  'Thus  plant  we  the  love  of  the 
strong  for  the  weak. '  And  it  became  the  custom  of 
the  tribe  that  the  great  council  in  the  spring  should 
bury  the  hatchet  and  plant  the  acorn. 

''Every  morning  the  tribe  gathered  to  greet  the 
rising  sun,  and,  with  right  hands  raised  and  left 
hands  upon  their  hearts,  prayed :  '  Great  Spirit,  hear 
us;  guide  us  to-day;  make  our  wills  Thy  will,  our 
ways  Thy  way.' 

"And  the  tribe  grew  stronger  and  greater  and 
wiser  than  all  the  other  tribes — but  that  is  another 
story." — Association  Seminar,  December,  1910. 

BIBLIOGRAPHY 

Camp-Fire  Musings — William  C.  Gray.    Fleming  H.  Revell  Company,  $1.00 
net.    A  book  full  of  the  spirit  of  the  woods  and  of  camp  life. 

Camp-Fire  Stories. 
In  Camp  with  Boys — G.  W.  Hinckley.    Central  Maine  Pub.  Co.,  $1.00. 
The  Shadowless  Man — Adelbert  Von  Chamisso.    Frederick  Warne  &  Co.,  $1.00 

net. 
Mystery  and  Detective  Stories,  six  volumes.    Review  of  Reviews  Co. 


^^He 

■ 

134 


CHAPTER  XI 
TRAMPS,  HIKES,  AND  OVER-NIGHT  TRIPS 

AN  OLD  TRAMPER^S  ADVICE— MAP  READING— SHOE 
WISDOM— THE  PACK— THE  ^^  LEAN-TO''  OR 
SHACK— BED  MAKING— A  HOT  STONE  WRINKLE 
—NIGHT  WATCHERS— OBSERVATION  PRACTICE- 
CAMERA  SNAP  SHOTS— CAMP  LAMP— HANDY 
THINGS  TO  MAKE. 

Afoot  and  light-hearted  I  take  to  the  open  road 
Healthy,  free,  the  world  before  me, 

The  long  brown  path  before  me  leading  wherever  I  choose. 

— Whitman. 

It  is  an  excellent  thing  for  the  boys  to  get  away 
from  the  camp  routine  for  a  few  days,  and  walk 
'^the  long  brown  path,"  stopping  overnight,  doing 
their  own  cooking,  building  their  ^4ean-to''  or 
shelter,  and  roughing  it.  Walking  is  probably  one 
of  the  best  all-round  cures  for  the  ills  of  civilization. 
Several  things  should  be  remembered  when  one 
goes  on  a  hike;  First,  avoid  long  distances.  A 
foot-weary,  muscle-tired,  and  temper-tried,  hun- 
gry group  of  boys  surely  is  not  desirable.     There 

are  a  lot  of  false  notions  about 

An  Old  courage,     and     bravery,      and 

Tramper's  Advice     grit,    that   read   well   in   print 

but  fail  miserably  in  practice, 
and    long    hikes    for    boys    is    one    of    the    most 

135 


136  CAMPING    FOE    BOYS 

glaring  of  these  notions.  Second,  have  a  leader 
who  will  set  a  good,  easy  pace,  say  about  three 
miles  an  hour,  prevent  the  boys  from  exces- 
sive water  drinking,  and  assign  the  duties  of  pitch- 
ing camp,  etc.  Third,  observe  these  two  rules  given 
by  an  old  woodsman:  (1)  Never  walk  over  anything 
you  can  walk  around;  (2)  Never  step  on  anything 
that  you  can  step  over.  Every  time  you  step  on 
anything  you  lift  the  weight  of  your  body.  Why 
lift  extra  weight  when  tramping?  Fourth,  carry 
with  you  only  the  things  absolutely  needed,  and  roll 
in  blanket  and  poncho,  army  style. 

Before   starting  on  a   hike,   study   carefully   the 
road  maps.    The  best  maps  are  those  of  the  United 

States  Geological  Survey,  made  on 
Map  Reading    a  scale  of  two  inches  to  the  mile, 

and  costing  five  cents  each.  The 
map  is  published  in  atlas  sheets,  each  sheet  repre- 
senting a  small  quadrangular  district.  Send  to  the 
Superintendent  of  Documents,  at  Washington,  D.  C, 
for  a  list. 
A  mountaineer  in  Tennessee  said:  **We  measure 


miles  with  a  coonskin,  and  throw  in  the  tail  for 
good  measure."  A  better  way  is  to  purchase  the 
Universal   Map   Measure,   costing   $1.50    (imported 


TRAMPS    AND   HIKES  137 

and  sold  by  Dame,  Stoddard  Co.,  374  Washington 
Street,.  Boston,  Mass.),  which  accurately  measures 
the  distance  upon  the  Government  Survey  Maps. 

For  tramping  the  boy  needs  the  right  kind  of  a 
shoe,  or  the  trip  will  be  a  miserable  failure.  A 
light-soled  or  light-built  shoe  is  not  suited  for  moun- 
tain work,  or  even  for  an  ordinary  hike.  The  feet 
will  blister  and  become  ^^  road-weary. '^  They  must 
be  neither  too  big  nor  too  small  nor 
Shoe  Wisdom  too  heavy,  and  be  amply  broad  to 
give  the  toes  plenty  of  room.  The 
shoe  should  be  water-tight.  A  medium  weight,  high- 
topped  lace  shoe  is  about  right.  Bathing  the  feet 
at  the  springs  and  streams  along  the  road  will  be 
refreshing,  if  not  indulged  in  too  frequently.  (See 
chapter  on  ^'Health  and  Hygiene"  for  care  of  the., 
feet  and  proper  way  of  walking.) 

It  is  well  to  carry  a  spare  shirt  hanging  down 
the  back  with  the  sleeves  tied  round  the  neck. 
Change  when  the  shirt  you  are  wearing  becomes 
too  wet  with  perspiration. 

The  most  practical  and  inexpensive  pack  is  the 
one  manufactured  for  the  Boy  Scouts  of  America. 
Price,  sixty  cents.  It  is  about  14  by  20 
The  Pack  inches  square,  and  6  inches  thick,  made 
of  water-proof  canvas,  with  shoulder 
straps,  and  will  easily  hold  everything  needed  for  a 
tramping  trip. 

A  few  simple  remedies  for  bruises,  cuts,  etc., 
should  be  taken  along  by  the  leader  (see  chapter  on 
**  Simple  Eemedies'').  You  may  not  need  them,  and 
some  may  poke  fun  at  them,  but  as  the  old  lady 


138 


CAMPING    FOR    BOYS 


said:  **You  can't  always  sometimes  tell."  Amount 
and  kind  of  provisions  must  be  determined  by  the 
locality  and  habitation. 


Reach  the  place  where  you  are  going  to  spend  the 
night  in  plenty  of  time  to  build  your  "  lean-to, '*  and 
make  your  bed  for  the  night.  Select  your  camping 
spot,  with  reference  to  water,  wood,  drainage,  and 
material  for  your  ''lean-to."  Choose  a  dry,  level 
place,  the  ground  just  sloping  enough  to  insure  the 
water  running  away  from  your  '' lean-to"  in  case 
of  rain.  In  building  your  ''lean-to,"  look  for  a 
couple  of  good  trees  standing  from  eight  to  ten 
feet  apart  with  branches  from  six  to  eight  feet  above 

the  ground.  By  studying  the  il- 
The  ** Lean-to"     lustration  below,  you  will  be  able 

to  build  a  very  serviceable  shack, 


TEAMPS    AND    HIKES  139 

affording  protection  from  the  dews  and  rain.  While 
two  or  more  boys  are  building  the  shack,  another 
should  be  gathering  firewood,  and  preparing  the 
meal,  while  another  should  be  cutting  and  bringing 
in  as  many  soft,  thick  tips  of  hemlock  or  balsam 
boughs  as  possible,  for  the  roof  of  the  shack  and  the 
beds.  How  to  thatch  the  ** lean-to"  is  shown  in 
this  illustration. 


If  the  camp  site  is  to  be  used  for  several  days, 
two  ^Uean-tos"  may  be  built  facing  each  other, 
about  six  feet  apart.  This  will  make  a  very  com- 
fortable camp,  as  a  small  fire  can  be  built  between 
the  two,  thus  giving  warmth  and  light. 

On  the  floor  of  your  ^Uean-to''  lay  a  thick  layer 
of  the  *^fans"  or  branches  of  balsam  fir  or  hemlock, 
with  the  convex  side  up,  and  the  butts  of  the  stems 
toward  the  foot  of  the  bed.  Now  thatch  this  over 
with  more  ^^fans"  by  thrusting  the  butt  ends 
through  the  first  layer  at  a  slight  angle  toward  the 
head  of  the  bed,  so  that  the  soft  tips  will 
The  Bed  curve  toward  the  foot  of  the  bed,  and  be 
sure  to  make  the  head  of  your  bed  away 
from  the  opening  of  the  ''lean-to''  and  the  foot 
toward  the  opening.  Over  this  bed  spread  your 
rubber  blanket  with  rubber  side  down,  your  sleep- 
ing blanket  on  top,  and  you  will  be  surprised  how 


140  CAMPING    FOR    BOYS 

soft,  springy,  and  fragrant  a  bed  you  have,  upon 
which  to  rest  your  ** weary  frame,"  and  sing  with 
the  poet: 

Then  the  pine  boughs  croon  me  a  lullaby, 

And  trickle  the  white  moonbeams 
To  my  face  on  the  balsam  where  I  lie 

While  the  owl  hoots  at  my  dreams. 

— J.  George  Fredericlc. 

What  God  puts  in  the  blood  is  eliminated  slowly  and  we 
are  all  impregnated  with  a  love  for  the  natural  life  which  is 
irresistible.  That  was  a  great  saying  of  the  boy  who  was 
taken  from  the  city  for  the  first  time  on  an  all-night  outing. 
Snugly  tucked  up  in  his  blankets  he  heard  the  wind  singing 
in  the  pines  overhead.  As  the  boy  looked  up,  he  asked, 
** Wasn't  God  blowing  His  breath  down  at  usf 

— Dr.  Lilburn. 

If  the  night  bids  fair  to  be  cold,  place  a  number 
of  stones  about  six  or  eight  inches  in  diameter  next 
the  fire,  so  they  will  get  hot.  These  can  then  be 
placed  at  the  feet,  back,  etc.,  as 
Hot  Stones  needed,  and  will  be  found  good  **bed 
warmers.''  When  a  stone  loses  its 
heat  it  is  replaced  near  the  fire  and  a  hot  one  is 
taken.  If  too  hot,  wrap  the  stone  in  a  shirt  or 
sweater  or  wait  for  it  to  cool  off. 

Boys  desire  adventure.  This  desire  may  be  grati- 
fied by  the  establishment  of  night  watchers,  in  re- 
lays of  two  boys  every  two  hours. 
Night  Watchers  Their  imaginations  will  be  stirred 
by  the  resistless  attraction  of  the 
camp-fire  and  the  sound  of  the  creatures  that  creep 
9.t  night. 


TRAMPS   AND    HIKES  141 

Many  boys  have  excellent  eyes  but  see  not,  and 
good  ears  but  hear  not,  all  because  they  have  not 
been  trained  to  observe  or  to  be  quick  to  hear.  A 
good  method  of  teaching  observation  while  on  a 
hike  or  tramp  is  to  have  each  boy  jot 
Observation  down  in  a  small  notebook  or  diary  of 
the  trip  the  different  kinds  of  trees, 
birds,  animals,  tracks;  nature  of  roads,  fences; 
peculiar  rock  formation,  smells  of  plants,  etc.,  and 
thus  be  able  to  tell  what  he  saw  or  heard  to  the  boys 
upon  his  return  to  the  permanent  camp  or  to  his 
home. 

One  of  the  party  should  take  a  Brownie  No.  2  or 
small  folding  kodak.  Photos  of  the  trip  are  always 
a  great  pleasure  and  a  memory  reviver.  A  prac- 
tical and  convenient  method  of  carrying  small  fold- 
ing cameras  is  described  in  ''Forest  and  Stream." 
A  strap  with  a  buckle  having  been  at- 
Cameras  tached  to  an  ordinary  leather  belt  is 
run  through  the  loops  at  the  back  of  the 
camera-case.  The  camera  may  be  pushed  around 
the  belt  to  the  point  where  it  will  be  least  in  the 
way. 

A  very  convenient  lamp  to  use  on  a  hike  is  the 
Baldwin  Camp  Lamp,  made  by  John  Simmons  Co., 
13  Franklin  Street,  New  York  City.  (Price,  $1.00.) 
It  weighs  only  five  ounces  when  fully 
Lamps  charged  with  carbide,  and  is  but  4%  inches 
high.  It  projects  a  strong  light  150  feet 
through  the  woods.  A  stiff  wind  will  not  blow 
it  out.  It  can  be  worn  comfortably  in  your  hat  or 
belt. 


142 


CAMPING    FOR    BOYS 


The  ''Rocky  Mountain  Searchlight,"  made  of  a 
discarded  tomato  can,  a  candle,  and  a  bit  of  wire 


for  a  handle,  is  a  camp  product  that  will  be  found 
to  be  very  useful  in  an  emergency.     The  can  is 


rn 


Mote  roit 
CAnolk. 


■Rocky  Mountain  Lantern 


carried  lengthwise,  with  the  wire  handle  run 
through  a  hole  in  the  closed  end  on  through  the 
entire  length  of  the  can  and  out  the  open  end.    Do 


TEAMPS    AND   HIKES 


143 


not  wrap  the  handle  wire  around  the  can.  It  will 
slip  off.  Two  cuts,  crossing  each  other,  make  the 
candle  opening,  with  the  cut  edges  bent  inward. 
The  candle  is  pushed  upward  as  it  burns  down,  the 
flame  being  kept  in  the  middle  of  the  can.  The  cut 
edges  prevent  it  from  falling  out  until  the  last  hold 
is  melted  away.  The  *^  Searchlight '*  gives  good 
service  when  hung  in  the  tent  or  on  a  nearby  tree, 
but  is  especially  valuable  in  lighting  up  a  rough 
path  on  a  rainy,  windy  night. 


The  camp  hanger  shown  in  the  illustration  can  be 
hung    from    the    ridgepole    of    the 
Camp   Hanger     tent,    and    is    particularly    useful 
when  from  two  to  four  persons  oc- 
cupy the  tent.     It   can  be   raised  and  lowered  at 


144  CAMPUSTG    FOR    BOYS 

will  by  attaching  the  hanger  to  a  pulley  arrange- 
ment. The  hanger  may  be  made  of  wood  in  any 
length.  Ordinary  coat  hooks  are  fastened  to  the 
side  with  screws.  A  common  screw-eye  is  used  for 
the  line  at  the  top.  A  snap  hook  attached  to  the 
rope  facilitates  its  removal  at  will. 

A  boy  of  ingenuity  can  make  a  number  of  con- 
venient things.  A  good  drinking  cup  may  be  made 
from  a  piece  of  birch  bark  cut  in  parallelogram 
shape,  and  twisted  into  pyramid  form,  and  fas- 
tened with  a  split  stick.  (See  illustrations  on  fol- 
lowing page.)  A  flat  piece  of  bark  may  serve  as  a 
plate.  A  pot  lifter  may  be  made  from  a  green  stick 
about  18  inches  long,  allowing  a  few  inches  of  a 
stout  branch  to  remain.  By  reversing  the  same 
kind  of  stick  and  driving  a  small  nail  near  the  other 
end  or  cutting  a  notch,  it  may  be  used  to  suspend 
kettles  over  a  fire.  A  novel  candlestick  is  made  by 
opening  the  blade  of  a  knife  and  jabbing  it  into  a 
tree,  and  upon  the  other  upturned  blade  putting  a 
candle-  A  green  stick  having  a  split  end  which  will 
hold  a  piece  of  bread  or  meat  makes  an  excellent 
broiler.  Don't  pierce  the  bread  or  meat.  Driving 
a  good-sized  green  stake  into  the  ground  at  an 
angle  of  45  degrees  and  cutting  a  notch  in  which 
may  be  suspended  a  kettle  over  the  fire,  will  provide 
a  way  of  boiling  water  quickly. 

For  suggestions  in  building  a  camp-fire  and  cook- 
ing on  hikes,  see  chapter  on  ** Cooking  o;i  Hikes.'' 
The  bibliography  for  the  whole  subject  of  Hikes, 
including  cooking,  is  on  page  153. 


TRAMPS    AND    HIKES 


145 


C*»fp  Fine  Tbwc*. 


Cai^p    3rt«fi 


'    ^t^ 


/*  Novet  CftNOLCSr/cfc' 


T3A»?,f  TLAXG 


n  ^ 


?»r  "Lifn-etx 


^o-Ooic  w^irffrr  qomk^V 


I 
I 


146 


CHAPTER  XII 
COOKING  ON  HIKES 

BUILDING  A  COOKING  FIEE— FIEE  BY  SUN  GLASS— 
GEIDDLE  CAKES— BEOILED  BACON— CEEAMED 
SALMON— SALMON  ON  TOAST— BAKED  POTATOES 
—BAKED  FISH— FEOGS'  LEGS— EGGS— COFFEE— 
COCOA-SAMPLE  MENU— EATION  LIST— DISH 
WASHING 

Take  two  or  three  stones  to  build  a  fireplace;  a 
stick  first  shaved  and  then  whittled  into  shavings ;  a 
lighted  match,  a  little  blaze,  some  bark,  dry  twigs 
and  a  few  small  sticks  added;  then  with  the 
griddle  placed  over  the  fire,  you  are  ready  to  cook 

the  most  appetizing  griddle  cakes. 
The  Fireplace    After    the    cakes    are   cooked,    fry 

strips  of  bacon  upon  the  griddle ;  in 
the  surplus  fat  fry  slices  of  bread,  then  some  thinly 
sliced  raw  potatoes  done  to  a  delicious  brown  and 
you  have  a  breakfast  capable  of  making  the  mouth 
of  a  camper  water. 

Another  way  of  building  a  fire :  Place  two  green 
logs  side  by  side,  closer  together  at  one  end  than 
the  other.  Build  fire  between.  On  the  logs  over 
the  fire  you  can  rest  frying  pan,  kettle,  etc.     To 

147 


148  CAMPING    FOE    BOYS 

start  fire  have  some  light,  dry  wood  split  up  fine. 
When   sticks   begin   to   blaze   add    a    few    more   of 
larger  size  and  continue  until  you  have  a  good  fire. 
When  the  sun   shines  a   fire  may  be  started  by 
means  of  a  small  pocket  sun  or  magnifying  glass. 
Fine  scrapings  from  dry  wood  or  '  ^  punk 
Sun  Glass     tinder''  will  easily  ignite  by  the  focus- 
ing of  the  sun  dial  upon  it,  and  by  fan- 
ning the  fire  and  by  adding  additional  fuel,  the  fire- 
builder  will  soon  have  a  great  blaze. 

COOKING   RECEIPTS 

Beat  together  one  ^gg,  tablespoonful  of  sugar,  cup 
of  new  milk,  or  condensed  milk  di- 
Griddle  Calces     luted  one-half.   Mix  in  enough  self- 
raising  flour  to  make  a  thick  cream 
batter.     Grease  the  griddle  with  rind  or  slices  of 
bacon  for  each  batch  of  cakes. 

Slice  bacon  thin.     Remove  the  rind  which  makes 
the  slices  curl  up.     Or,  gash  the  rind  with  a  sharp 
knife  if  the  boys  like  ^  ^  cracklings. ' '    Fry  on  griddle 
or  put  on  the  sharp  end  of  a  stick 
Broiled  Bacon     and  hold   over   the   hot   coals,   or, 
better  yet,  remove  the  griddle  and 
put  a  clean  fiat  rock  in  its  place.     When  the  rock 
is  hot  lay  the  slices  of  bacon  on  it  and  broil.     Keep 
turning  the  bacon  so  as  to  brown  it  on  both  sides. 
Cut  into  dice.     Heat  about  a 
Creamed  Salmon    pint  of  salmon  in  one-half  pint 
milk,  season  with  salt  and  pep- 
per and  a  half  teaspoonful  of  butter. 


COOKING    ON   HIKES  149 

Drop  slices  of  stale  bread  into  smoking-hot  lard. 
They  will  brown  at  once.  Drain  them.  Heat  a  pint 
of  salmon,  picked  into  flakes, 
Salmon  on  Toast  season  with  salt  and  pepper  and 
put  into  it  a  tablespoonful  of 
butter.  Stir  in  one  egg,  beaten  light,  with  three 
tablespoonfuls  evaporated  milk  not  thinned.  Pour 
mixture  on  the  fried  bread. 

Wash  potatoes  and  dry  well ;  bury  them  deep  in  a 
good  bed  of  live  coals,  cover  them  with  hot  coals 
until  well  done.  They  will  take  about  forty  minutes 
to  bake.  When  you  can  pass  a  sharpened  hardwood 
sliver  through  them,  they  are  done,  and 
Potatoes  should  be  raked  out  at  once.  Run  the 
sliver  through  them  from  end  to  end,  and 
let  the  steam  escape  and  use  immediately,  as  a  roast 
potato  quickly  becomes  soggy  and  bitter. 

Dig  a  hole  one  foot  and  a  half  deep.  Build  a  fire 
in  it,  heaping  up  dry  sticks  until  there  is  an  abun- 
dance of  fuel.  After  an  hour,  take  out  the  coals, 
clear  the  hole  of  ashes,  lay  green  corn  husks  on  the 
hot  bottom  of  the  hole.  Soak  brown 
Baked  Fish  paper  in  water  and  wrap  around  the 
fish.  Lay  it  in  the  hole,  cover  with 
green  corn  husks,  covered  in  turn  with  half  an  inch 
of  earth.  Build  a  fire  over  it  and  keep  burning  for 
an  hour.  Then  remove  and  you  have  something  de- 
licious and  worth  the  time  taken  to  prepare. 

Clean  fish  well.  Small  fish  should  be  fried  whole, 
with  the  backbone  severed  to  prevent  curling  up; 
large  fish  should  be  cut  into  pieces,  and  ribs  cut 
loose  from  backbone  so  as  to  lie  flat  in  pan.     Rub 


150  CAMPING    FOE    BOYS 

the  pieces  in  corn  meal  or  powdered  bread  crumbs, 
thinly  and  evenly  (that  browns  them). 
Fried  Fish  Fry  in  plenty  of  very  hot  fat  to  a 
golden  brown,  sprinkling  lightly  with 
pepper  and  salt  just  as  the  color  turns.  If  fish  has 
not  been  wiped  dry,  it  will  absorb  too  much  grease. 
If  the  frying  fat  is  not  very  hot  when  fish  are  put  in 
they  will  be  soggy  with  it. 

After  skinning  frogs,  soak  them  an  hour  in  cold 
water,  to  which  vinegar  has  been  added,  or  put 
them  for  two  minutes  into  scalding  water  that  has 
vinegar  in  it.  Drain,  wipe  dry,  and  cook.  To  fry: 
Roll  in  flour  seasoned  with  salt  and  pepper,  and  fry, 
not  too  rapidly,  preferably  in  butter 
Frogs'  Legs  or  oil.  Water  cress  is  a  good  relish 
with  them.  To  grill:  Prepare  three 
tablespoonfuls  melted  butter,  one-half  teaspoonful 
salt,  and  a  pinch  or  two  of  pepper,  into  which  dip 
the  frog  legs,  then  roll  in  fresh  bread  crumbs  and 
broil  for  three  minutes  on  each  side. 

EGGS 

Raise  water  to  boiling  point.    Place  eggs  in  care- 
fully.    Boil   steadily   for   three   minutes  if 
Boiled    you  prefer  them  soft.     If  you  want  them 
hard-boiled,  put  them  in  cold  water,  bring 
to  a  boil,  and  keep  it  up  for  twenty  minutes.     The 
j^olk  will  then  be  mealy  and  wholesome. 

Melt   some   butter   or   fat   in   frying  pan, 
Fried    when  it  hisses  drop  in  eggs  carefully.    Fry 
them  three  minutes. 


COOKING    ON   HIKES  151 

First   stir  the    eggs   up   with   a  little   condensed 

cream   and  a   pinch  of  salt  and  after 

Scrambled     putting  some  butter  in  the  frying  pan, 

stir  the  eggs  in  it,  being  careful  not  to 

cook  them  too  long. 

First  put  in  the  frying  pan  sufficient  diluted  con- 
densed   milk    which    has    been    thinned 
Poached     with    enough    water    to    float    the    eggs 
when  the  milk  is  hot;  drop  in  the  care- 
fully opened  eggs  and  let  them  simmer  three  or  four 
minutes.    Serve  the  eggs  on  slices  of  buttered  toast, 
pouring  on  enough  of  the  milk  to  moisten  the  toast. 
For  every  cup  of  water  allow  a  tablespoonful  of 
ground  coffee,   and   one    extra   for   the   pot.     Heat 
water  to  boiling  point  first,  add  coffee,  boil 
Cofifee     five  minutes,  settle  with  one-fourth  cup  cold 
water  and  serve.     Some  prefer  to  put  the 
coffee  in  a  small  muslin  bag,  tied  loose,  and  boil  for 
five  minutes  longer. 

Allow  a  teaspoonful  of  cocoa  for  every  cup  of 

boiling    water.      Mix   the    powdered    cocoa 

Cocoa     with   hot  water   or   hot   milk  to   a   creamy 

paste.     Add  equal   parts   of  boiling  water 

and  boiled  milk,  and  sugar  to  taste.     Boil  two  or 

three  minutes. 

SAMPLE    MENU    FOR    AN    OVER-NIGHT    AND    A    DAY 
HIKE  OR  TRAMP 

Breakfast 

Griddle  cakes  with  Karo  Syrup  or  brown  sugar  and  butter 

Fried  bacon  and  potatoes 

Bread  Coffee  Preserves 


152  CAMPING    FOR    BOYS 


Dinner 

Creamed  salmon  on  toast 
Baked  potatoes  Bread  Pickles 

Fruit 


Supper 

Fried  eggs 

Creamed  or  chipped  beef  Cheese 

Bread  Cocoa 

These  recipes  have  been  tried  out.  Biscuit  and 
bread-making  have  been  purposely  omitted.  Take 
bread  and  crackers  with  you  from  the  camp.  '^Ama- 
teur" biscuits  are  not  conducive  to  good  digestion 
or  happiness.  Pack  butter  in  small  jar.  Cocoa, 
sugar  and  coffee  in  small  cans  or  heavy  paper,  also 
salt  and  pepper.  Wrap  bread  in  a  moist  cloth  to 
prevent  drying  up.  Bacon  and  dried  or  chipped 
beef  in  wax  paper.  Pickles  can  be  purchased  put  up 
in  small  bottles.  Use  the  empty  bottle  as  a  candle- 
stick. 

Bation  List  for  six  hoys,  three  meals 

2  lbs.  bacon  (sliced  thin), 
1  lb.  butter, 

1  doz.  eggs, 
%  lb.  cocoa, 
1/^  lb.  coffee, 

1  lb.  sugar, 

3  cans  salmon, 
24   potatoes, 

2  cans  condensed  milk, 

1  small  package  self-raising  flour, 
Salt  and  pepper. 


COOKING    ON   HIKES  153 

Utensils 
Small  griddle  or  tin  ^*pie  plate''  (5  cents  each), 
Small  stew  pan, 
Small  coffee  pot, 
Small  cake  turner. 
Large  spoon, 
Teaspoons, 
Knives  and  forks, 
Plates  and  cups, 
Matches  and  candles. 

First  fill  the  frying  pan  with  water,  place  over  fire 
and  let  it  boil.  Pour  out  water  and  you  will  find 
that   it   has  practically   cleaned  itself.     Clean  the 

griddle  with  sand  and  water. 
Dish  Washing     Greasy   knives   and   forks   may   be 

cleaned  by  jabbing  a  couple  of 
times  into  the  ground.  After  all  grease  is  gotten 
rid  of,  wash  in  hot  water  and  dry  with  cloth.  Don't 
use  the  cloth  first  and  get  it  greasy. 

Be  sure  to  purchase  Horace  Kephart's  excellent 
book  on  *'Camp  Cookery,''  $1.00,  Outing  Publishing 
Co.,  or  Association  Press.  It  is  filled  with  practical 
suggestions, 

BIBLIOGRAPHY 

*'Camp  and  Trail" — Stewart  Edward  White.  Doubleday,  Page  &  Company, 
$1 .25  net.  Full  of  common  sense  and  of  special  value  to  those  contemplating 
long  tramps  and  wilderness  travel.  Several  chapters  on  "Horseback 
Travel." 

*'Out-of-Doors" — M.  Ellsworth  Olsen,  Ph.D.  Pacific  Press  Publishing  Co.,  60 
cents.     A  book  permeated  with  a  wholesome  outdoor  spirit. 

The  Field  and  Forest  Book — Dan  Beard.  Charles  Scribner's  Sons,  $2.00. 
Written  in  "Beardesque"  style,  filled  with  his  inimitable  illustrations  and 
crammed  with  ideas. 

The  Way  of  the  Woods — Edward  Breck.  G.  P.  Putnam's  Sons,  $1.75  net. 
Simple,  terse,  free  from  technical  terms,  and  calculated  to  give  the  novice 
a  mass  of  information.  Written  for  Northeastern  United  States  and  Can- 
ada, but  of  interest  for  every  camper. 


544 


1^ 


154 


CHAPTER  XIII 
HEALTH  AND  HYGIENE 

PHYSICAL  EXAMINATION  —  HOSPITAL  TENT  AND 
EQUIPMENT  —  PHYSIOLOGICAL  FACTS  —  PULSE 
EATE  —  THE  TONGUE  —  TEMPEKATUEE  —  PAIN  -^ 
SUEGICAL  SUPPLIES— MEDICAL  STOEES— SIMPLE 
EEMEDIES— FIEST  AID  TO  THE  INJUEED— DEILLS 
—HEALTH  TALKS— EED  CEOSS  SOCIETY— PEE- 
VENTION  FEOM  DEOWNING— PEESONAL  HY- 
GIENE—BIBLIOGEAPHY 

Better  to  hunt  on  fields  for  health  unbought 

Than  fee  the  doctor  for  a  nauseous  draught. 

The  wise,  for  cure,  on  exercise  depend; 

God  never  made  his  work  for  man  to  mend. — Dryden 

A  boy  should  be  examined  by  his  family  physi- 
cian before  going  to  camp  in  order  that  he  may 
receive  the  greatest  good  from  the  camp  life  and 
be  safeguarded  from  physical  excess.  An  examina- 
tion blank  like  Illustration  No.  1  is  used  in  many  of 
the  large  camps.  When  the  boy  arrives  in  camp 
the  physician  or  physical  director  examines  the  boy. 
Take  his  height,  weight,  lung  capacity,  condition  of 
heart,  lungs,  condition  of  muscles,  whether  hard, 
medium  or  soft,  and  state  of  digestion.  For  this 
purpose  you  will  need  a  wet  spirometer,  measuring 
rod,   stethoscope   and   platform   scales.     A   second 

155 


156 


CAMPING    FOR    BOYS 


WISCONSIN  BOYS'  CAMP  '"^«<=;'iS;S"<*^o~ 

LUNO  Cafaoity       -       - 

CONDITION  or  LUNOS         • 
CONDITION  or  HBAUT     - 
CONDITION  OF  MU»Ct*S  - 
DIOCSTION     .        .        •        . 

AMNIVAi. 

NCMAimS 

CAMP  DURRELL  PHYSICAL  EXAMINATION  BLANK 

It  irrlirfni.  inT~"'V»<~>.  «>*fn~<r>tvnrt|i>r«hltttllff'*~Tn«t(HiT'f4Mt<Wrf .        . 

blank,  like  Illustration  No.  2  ,  with 
Examination     carbon   duplicate,   is   kept   of   every 

boy.  Give  dates  of  first  examination 
on  arrival  and  final  examination  before  departure 
from  camp.  The  original  is  given  to  the  boy  to  take 
home  and  the  carbon  copy  is  retained  by  the  camp, 
filed  in  alphabetical  order.    Most  remarkable  gains 


HEALTH   AND    HYGIENE 


157 


have  been  made  by  boys,  particularly  in  lung  ca- 
pacity, height,  and  hardening  of  muscles.  The 
active  life  of  the  camp  is  not  conducive  as  a  rule  to 
great  gain  in  weight.  Each  tent  leader  should  be 
given  the  important  facts  of  the  examinations  of 
the  boys  in  his  tent,  so  that  there  may  be  intelli- 
gent cooperation  between  the  physician,  or  physical 
director,  the  tent  leader,  and  the  boy  in  securing 
health  efficiency. 

AVERAGE   PHYSICAL  TYPES  FOR  BOYS   OF   5   TO    16  YEARS 
(Compiled  from  the  measurements  of  5,476  school  children.) 

Lengths  (Inches) 

Height  Span  of  — Breadths  (Inches) 

Age.             Weight.   Height.    Sitting.  Arms.  Head.      Chest.    Waist. 

Sixteen 116.38       64.45        33.55        66.25  5.95          9.85        9.15 

Fifteen 103.29       62.25        32.15        63.15  5.90          9.30        8.65 

Fourteen 87.41       59.45        30.70        60.00  5.85          8.95        8.25 

Thirteen 78.32       57.10        29.60        57.50  5.80          8.70        7.95 

Twelve 72.55       55.25        28.95        55.30  5.80          8.50        7.70 

Eleven 64.89       53.10        28.20        53.40  5.75          8.25        7.45 

Ten 61.28       51.55        27.60        51.20  5.75  8.00        7.20 

Nine 55.15       49.55        26.80        49.10  5.70  7.80        7.10 

Eight 50.90      47.75       26.00       47.00  5.65  7.65        6.95 

Seven 46.85       45.55        25.20        45.00  5.65  7.45        6.75 

Six 42.62       43.55        24.20        42.60  5.60  7.25        6.55 

Five 39.29      41.60       23.30       40.35  5.60  7.15        6.50 

Girths Strengths 

Chest  Girth  Lung      R.  Fore-  L.  Fore-  Vitality 
Depth        of  Chest  Capacity      Arm         Arm  Co- 
Age,                (in.)  Head.  Expan.  (cu.  in.)  Strength. Strength,  efficient. 

Sixteen 6.60  21.55  3.45  191.40        73.28        65.22  35.58 

Fifteen 6.30  21.45  3.30  161.00        63.47        54.30  26.09 

Fourteen 5.95  21.30  3.35  140.12        55.81        50.70  21.97 

Thirteen 5.65  21.10  3.25  123.58        49.69        45.07  18.28 

Twelve 5.60  21.00  3.05  111.33        43.29        40.56  15.55 

Eleven 5.45  20.85  2.90  100.74        39.09        36.30  13.33 

Ten 5.25  20.60  2.75  90.02        32.42        30.94  10.84 

Nine 5.20  20.65  2.55  81.03        28.91        25.90  9.34 

Eight 5.10  20.55  2.35  70.43        23.38        20.96  7.34 

Seven 5.10  20.45  1.80  60.48        20.19        18.78  5.05 

Six 5.05  20.25  1.65  50.89        15.36        12.53  4.02 

Five 4.90       20.15  1.35  40.60        10.76        10.38  2.61 

Copyright  by  Wm.  W.  Hastings,  Ph.D. 

If  a  boy  is  ill  (minor  aches  and  pains  which  are 
frequently  only  growing  pains,  excepted),  isolate 
him  from  the  camp,  so  that  he  may  have  quiet  and 


158 


CAMPING    FOE    BOYS 


receive  careful  attention.  A  tent,  with  fly  and 
board  floor,  known  as  the  ^'Hospital  Tent''  or  *'Red 

Cross  Tent,"  should  be  a  part  of 
Hospital  Tent     the  camp  equipment.    There  may  be 

no  occasion  for  its  use,  but  it  should 
be  ready  for  any  emergency.     The  physician  may 


Hospital  Tent  at  Camp  Couchiching 

have  his  office  in  this  tent.  Boys  should  not  be 
*  *  coddled ; ' '  at  the  same  time  it  must  not  be  forgot- 
ten that  good,  sympathetic  attention  and  nursing 
are  two-thirds  responsible  for  speedy  recovery  from 
most  ills. 

A  spring  cot,  mattress,  pillow,  blankets,  a  good 
medicine  cabinet,  alcohol  stove  for  boiling  water, 
cooking    food,    and    sterilizing    instruments;    pans, 

white  enameled  slop  jar,  pitcher,  cup. 
Equipment     pail;  a  table,  a  folding  camp  reclining 

chair    (Gold    Medal    Camp    Furniture 


HEALTH    AND    HYGIENE  159 

Company),  and  a  combination  camp  cot  and  litter 
(Gold  Medal  Brand)  will  make  up  the  equipment 
of  the  tent. 

The  information  and  suggestions  given  in  this 
chapter  are  the  accumulation  of  many  years'  ex- 
perience in  boys'  camps.  The  technical  informa- 
tion is  vouched  for  by  competent  physicians  who 
have  examined  the  manuscript. 

Every  man  in  charge  of  a  boys'  camp  should  have 
a  knowledge  of  certain  physiological  facts,  so  as  to 
be  able  to  make  a  fair  diagnosis  of  pain  and  disease. 
The  pulse,  taken  at  the  wrist,  is  a  fair  index  of  the 
condition  of  the  body.  In  taking  the  pulse-beat,  do 
so  with  the  fingers,  and  not  with  the  thumb,  as  the 
beating  of  the  artery  in  the  thumb  may  confuse. 
Pulse  rate  is  modified  with  age,  rest,  exercise,  po- 
sition, excitements,  and  elevation.  High  elevation 
produces  a  more  rapid  pulse.  The  normal  rate  of 
boys   in  their  teens   is   about  80  to   84   beats   per 

minute.  An  increase  not  accounted 
Pulse  Rate     for    by    one    of    the    above     reasons 

usually  means  fever,  a  rise  of  6  beats 
in  pulse  usually  being  equivalent  to  a  rise  of  1 
degree.  Often  more  important  than  the  rate,  how- 
ever, is  the  quality  of  the  pulse.  Roughly,  the 
feebler  the  pulse,  the  more  serious  the  condition  of 
the  individual.  Irregularity  in  the  rate  may  be  a 
serious  sign,  and  when  it  is  noticed  a  doctor  should 
be  immediately  called.  Failure  to  find  the  artery 
should  not  necessarily  cause  uneasiness,  as  by  try- 
ing on  himself,  the  director  may  see  that  the  taking 
of  the  pulse  is  often  a  difficult  undertaking. 


160  CAMMNG    FOE    BOYS 

The  tongue  is  a  very  misleading  guide  to  the  pa- 
tient's condition,  and  no  definite  rule  about  its  ap- 
pearance can  be  laid  down.  Other 
The  Tongue  signs,  such  as  temperature,  general 
conditions,  localization  of  pain,  etc., 
are  more  accurate,  and  to  the  total  result  of  such 
observations  the  appearance  of  the  tongue  adds 
little. 

The  normal  temperature  of  the  human  body  by 
mouth  is  about  98.4  degrees.  Variations  between 
98  degrees  and  99  degrees  are  not  necessarily  sig- 
nificant of  disease.  A  reliable  clinical  thermometer 
should  be  used.  Temperature  is  generally  taken  in 
the  mouth.  Insert  the  bulb  of  the  thermometer  well 
under  the  boy's  tongue.  Tell  him 
Thermometer  to  close  his  lips,  not  his  teeth,  and 
to  breathe  through  his  nose.  Leave 
it  in  the  mouth  about  three  or  four  minutes.  Re- 
move, and,  after  noting  temperature,  rinse  it  in 
cold  water,  dry  it  with  a  clean  towel,  and  shake  the 
mercury  down  to  95  degrees.  It  will  then  be  ready 
for  use  next  time.  Never  return  a  thermometer  to 
its  case  unwashed. 

Pain  is  an  indication  that  there  is  something 
wrong  with  the  body  that  should  receive  attention. 
Some  boys  are  more  sensitive  to  pain  than  others, 
particularly  boys  of  a  highly  strung,  delicate,  nerv- 
ous nature.  Most  people,  however,  think  too  much 
of  their  pains.  Most  pains  to  which  boys  fall 
Pain  heir  are  due  to  trouble  in  the  stomach  or  in- 
testines, or  to  fevers.  Many  pains  that  boys 
feel  mean  very  little.     They  are  often  due  to  a  sore 


HEALTH   AND   HYGIENE  161 

or  strained  muscle  or  nerve.  A  hot  application  or 
massage  will  often  bring  relief. 

Sharply  localized  pain,  except  as  the  result  of 
external  injury,  is  not  common  among  healthy  boys, 
and,  if  found,  particularly  in  the  well-known  appen- 
dix area,  and  if  accompanied  by  other  disquieting 
signs  (temperature,  pulse,  etc.),  should  receive  med- 
ical attention. 

In  a  general  way,  any  abdominal  pain  that  does 
not  yield  in  24  hours  to  rest  in  bed  with  application 
of  external  heat,  should  call  for  the  advice  of  a 
physician.  Any  severe  attack  of  vomiting  or  diar- 
rhoea, accompanied  by  temperature,  and  not  imme- 
diately traceable  to  some  indiscretion  in  diet,  is 
cause  for  study,  and  if  improvement  does  not  soon 
show  itself,  a  physician  should  be  called. 

Pains  in  the  extremities,  particularly  joints,  if 
not  clearly  showing  signs  of  improvement  in  two  or 
three  days,  should  also  be  the  object  of  a  physician's 
visit,  as  a  fracture  near  a  joint,  if  not  correctly 
treated  early,  may  result  in  permanent  de- 
formity. 

The  camp  physician,  or  director,  if  he  himself 
assumes  the  medical  responsibilities,  should  enforce 
the  rule  that  all  boys  who  do  not  have  a  daily  move- 
ment of  the  bowels  see  him,  and  he  should  always 
be  ready  to  receive  such  cases  and  give  them  the 
necessary  treatment. 

The  drawings  by  Albert  G.  Wegener  illustrate  in 
a  general  way  what  the  trouble  is  when  one  feels 
a  distinct,  persistent  pain. 


162 


CAMPING   FOE   BOYS 


CdnstloATu 
£ye  troub/e 


HEALTH   AND   HYGIENE  163 

PAIN 

The  accompanying  diagrams  indicate  what  ailment  may  be  looked  for  if 
there  is  a  persistent  pain.     (Adapted  from  Butler's  Diagnosis.) 

1.  Disease  of  bone.  Tumor  or  abscess  in  chest.  Weakening  of  the  aorta. 
Stomach  trouble. 

2.  Catarrh,  or  cancer  or  ulcer  of  stomach.  Disease  of  spinal  column.  In- 
flammation of  pancreas. 

3.  Lack  of  blood.  Neuralgia  of  rib  nerves.  Pneumonia.  Enlarged  glands. 
Disease  of  chest  wall.    Disease  of  back-bone.     Shingles. 

4.  Liver  disease.     Weakness  of  abdominal  aorta.     Heart  disease. 

5.  Disease  of  diaphragm  or  large  intestines. 

6.  Heart  disease.     Large  intestines.     Locomotor  ataxia. 

7.  Pleurisy.     Violent  vomiting.     Coughing. 

8.  Colic.  Gravel.  Movable  kidney.  Enlarged  spleen.  Dyspepsia.  Lack  of 
blood.     Debility. 

9.  Sharp  abdominal  pains  indicate  the  following:  Ulcer  or  cancer  of  stomach 
Disease  of  intestines.  Lead  colic.  Arsenic  or  mercury  poisoning.  Float- 
ing kidney.  Gas  in  intestines.  Clogged  intestines.  Appendicitis.  Inflam- 
mation of  bowels.  Rheumatism  of  bowels.  Hernia.  Locomotor  ataxia. 
Pneumonia.     Diabetes. 

10.  Neuralgia.  Clogged  intestines.  Abdominal  tumor.  Kidney  colic.  Tumor 
or  abscess  of  thigh  bone.    Appendicitis  if  pain  is  in  right  leg. 

11.  Lack  of  blood.  Hysteria.  Epilepsy.  Disease  of  bladder.  Nervous  break- 
down. 

12.  Foreign  substance  in  ear.  Bad  teeth.  Eye  strain.  Disease  of  jaw  bone. 
Ulcer  of  tongue. 

13.  Nervous  breakdown.  Epilepsy.  Tumor  or  break  in  brain.  Cranial  neu- 
ralgia. Disease  of  neck  bones.  Adenoids.  Ear  disease.  Eye  strain.  Bad 
teeth. 

14.  Spinal  trouble. 

15.  Disease  of  stomach.     Weakening  of  aorta. 

16.  Hand  and  arm  pains  indicate:  Heart  disease.  Enlarged  spleen.  Clogged 
large  intestines. 

17.  Nervous  breakdown. 

18.  Eye  strain.  Disease  of  nasal  cavity.  Lack  of  blood.  Dyspepsia.  Con- 
stipation.    Rheumatism  of  scalp.     Nervous  breakdown. 

19.  Bad  teeth.  Ear  inflammation.  Cancer  of  upper  jaw.  Neuralgia  of  jaw 
nerve. 

20.  Bad  teeth.     Neuralgia  of  jaw  nerve. 

21.  Clogged  large  intestines.     Ulcer  of  stomach. 

22.  Lumbago.    Neuralgia.    Debility.    Fatigue.    Weakness  of  abdominal  aorta. 

23.  Girdle  sensation  indicates  disease  or  injury  of  spinal  cord. 

24.  Disease  of  testicles.  Excessive  sex  abuse.  Ulcer  or  cancer  of  rectum.  Piles. 
Disease  of  hip-joint.     Neuralgia.     Sciatica. 

25.  Kidney  disease.     Neuralgia. 

26.  Intestines  clogged.  Cancer  or  ulcer  of  rectum.  Locomotor  ataxia.  Ab- 
scess in  back.     Sciatica  (if  in  one  leg  only). 

27.  Cramps  due  to  over  exercise.     Diabetes.     Hysteria. 


164  CAMPII^G    FOR    BOYS 

Among  healthy  boys,  in  camp,  thoracic  pains, 
other  than  those  due  to  muscular  strain,  are  un- 
common, but  when  severe,  especially  if  accompa- 
nied by  a  rise  of  temperature  (over  99.5  degrees) 
and  not  readily  succumbing  to  rest  in  bed,  should 
be  investigated  by  a  physician. 

The  epidemic  chiefly  to  be  feared  in  summer 
camps  is  typhoid  fever,  and  boys  coming  from  cities 
where  that  disease  is  prevalent  should  be  carefully 
watched.  Care  in  sanitation  min- 
Typhoid  Fever  imizes  the  likelihood  of  such  a  dis- 
ease springing  up  in  the  camp. 
Other  infections,  such  as  mumps,  conjunctivitis,  etc., 
should  be  carefully  isolated,  and  all  precautions 
taken  to  prevent  their  spread. 

A  fairly  common  event  may  be  toward  evening 
to  find  a  boy  with  a  headache  and  a  temperature 
perhaps  of  102  degrees.  This  will  probably  be  all 
right  in  the  morning  after  a  night's  rest  and  per- 
haps the  administration  also  of  a  cathartic. 

The  importance  of  a  visit  to  the  dentist  before 
coming  to  camp  cannot  be  over-estimated.  Every 
one  knows  the  torture  of  a  toothache,  and  realizes 
how  unbearable  it  must  be  for  a  boy  away  from 
home  and  among  other  boys,  sympathetic,  of  course, 
but  busy  having  a  good  time,  and 
The  Dentist  with  only  a  few  patent  gums  to  re- 
lieve the  misery,  and  the  dentist  per- 
haps not  available  for  two  days.  Parents  cannot 
have  this  point  too  forcibly  thrust  upon  them,  as  by 
even  a  single  visit  to  a  competent  dentist  all  the 
sufferings  of  toothache  may  usually  be  prevented. 


HEALTH    AND    HYGIENE  165 

The  following  list  of  surgical  supplies  will  be 
found  necessary.  The  quantity  must  be  determined 
by  the  size  of  the  camp,  and  the  price  by  the  firm 
from  whom  purchased. 

Surgical  Supplies 

One-half  dozen  assorted  gauze  bandages,  sizes  one  to  three 
inches,  10  cents  each. 

Two  yards  sterilized  plain  gauze  in  carton,  20  cents  a  yard. 

One  roll  three-inch  adhesive  plaster,  $1.00. 

One  paper  medium  size  safety  pins,  10  cents. 

One  paper  medium  size  common  pins,  5  cents. 

Four  ounces  sterilized  absorbent  cotton  in  cartons,  20  cents. 

One-half  dozen  assorted  egg-eyed  surgeon  ^s  needles,  straight 
to  full  curve,  50  cents. 

One  card  braided  silk  ligature,  assorted  in  one  card  (white), 
about  30  cents. 

One  hundred  ordinary  corrosive  sublimate  tablets,  25  cents. 

Small  surgical  instrument  set,  comprising: 
2  scalpels 
Forceps 
Director 
Probe 
Curette 
Scissors 

One  Hypodermic  Syringe,  all  metal,  in  metal  case,  $1.50. 

One  Fountain  Syringe  (for  enemata  and  ears). 

One  one-minute  clinical  thermometer  in  rubber  case,  $1.25. 
Get  best  registered  instrument. 

One  number  nine  soft  rubber  catheter,  25  cents. 

Small  bottle  collodion  with  brush. 

One-quarter  pound  Boric  acid  powder,  25  cents. 

Four  ounces  Boric  acid  ointment,  50  cents. 

One-quarter  pound  Boric  acid  crystals,  25  cents. 

Carbolic  Acid,  95  cents. 

Hypodermic    tablets,    cocaine    hydro-chlorate,    1   1-8    grain, 
making  in  two  drachms  sterile  water  or  one  per  cent  solution. 
(To  be  used  by  Physician  only.) 


F.  H.  Thomas  Co.,  Boston,  Mass., 
$3.50. 


166  CAMPING    FOR    BOYS 

Alcohol,  80  per  cent. 
Sulpho  Napthol. 
Iodoform  gauze. 
Chloroform  liniment. 

With  the  above  list  the  ingenious  man  can  per- 
form practically  every  surgical  operation  that  he 
would  care  to  undertake. 

For  '*  First  Aid^*  demonstration  work  you  will 
need  a  number  of  Red  Cross  Outfits.  25  cents  each. 
(31  cents  postpaid.) 

Medical  Stores 

(Tablets  to  be  used  hypodermically  should  be  used  only  by  a 
physician.) 

Quinine  Sulphate,  gr.  5.  Useful  in  malarial  regions.  Give 
15-20  gr.  at  time  of  expected  chill.  Better  stay  away  from 
malarial  country.     No  place  for  a  camp. 

Calomel,  gr.  i/4,  200  at  10  cents  per  C.  Take  one  tablet  every 
30  minutes  or  every  hour,  for  eight  doses  in  all  cases  where 
bowels  need  thorough  cleaning  out. 

Phenacetine  and  Salol,  of  each  gr.  2Vi>,  100  at  50  cents  per  C. 
One  tablet  every  four  hours.  For  headache  and  intestinal  anti- 
sepsis.    Dangerous  as  a  depressant  to  heart. 

Dover's  Powders,  gr.  5,  100  at  50  cents  per  C.  Two  tablets 
at  bedtime,  in  hot  water  or  lemonade,  in  acute  colds.  One  after 
each  meal  may  be  added. 

DobelVs  Solution  Tablets,  200  at  25  cents  per  C.  One  as  a 
gargle  in  one-half  glass  hot  water  every  two  to  four  hours  in 
tonsilitis  and  pharyngitis. 

Potassium  Bromide,  gr.  10,  100  at  25  cents  per  C.  For  head- 
ache. Best  given  in  solution  after  meals.  May  irritate  an 
empty  stomach. 

Aspirin,  gr.  5,  100  at  $1.25  per  C.  One  or  two  every  four 
hours  for  rheumatism,  headache,  or  general  pains  and  aches. 

Compound  cathartic  pills,  100  at  21  cents  per  C.  Two  at 
night  for  constipation. 


HEALTH    AND    HYGIENE 


167 


Epsom  Salts,  four  ounces,  5  cents.  Two  to  four  teaspoonfuls 
in  hot  water  before  breakfast. 

Compound  tincture  of  opium  (Squibb),  4  ounces  50  cents 
Teaspoonful  after  meals  for  summer  diarrhea. 

Baking  soda.    Teaspoonful  after  meals  for  ^ '  distress.  * ' 

Morphine  Sulphate,  gr.  i/4 ;  Strychnine  Sulphate,  gr.  1-30 ;  for 
hypodermics,  used  by  physicians  only. 

In  addition  to  the  above  every  one  has  a  stock  of 
**  old-fashioned ' '  home  remedies.  Some  of  these 
are  described  under  '^Simple  Remedies." 

BIBLIOGRAPHY 

*'Backwoods  Surgery  and  Medicine" — Charles  Stuart  Moody,  M.  D.  Outing 
Publishing  Co.,  New  York,  75  cents  net.  A  commonsense  book  written 
from  experience.     It  is  invaluable  to  campers. 

"Home  Treatment  and  Care  of  the  Sick" — A.  Temple  Lovering,  M.D.  Otis 
Clapp  &  Son,  Boston,  $1.50.    Full  of  helpful  suggestions. 

American  Red  Cross  Abridged  Text  Book  on  First  Aid  (General  Edition).  Amer- 
ican Red  Cross  Society,  Washington,  D.  C,  30  cents  net.  Reliable  and 
comprehensive. 

Annual  Report  of  the  United  States  Volunteer  Life  Saving  Corps  (Free) .  Office, 
World  Building,  New  York  City.    Contains  many  hints  and  suggestions. 

Boys'  Drill  Regulations.  National  First  Aid  Association,  6  Beacon  Street, 
Boston,  Mass.,  25  cents.  A  mass  of  information  concerning  setting-up 
drills,  litter  drills,  swimming  drill  on  land,  rescue  and  resuscitation  drills, 
etc. 


The  Medicine  of  Outdoor  Work — Camp  Wawayanda, 


cJCt^^ 


^-^S>^ 


•"^ 


CHAPTER  XIV 
SIMPLE  REMEDIES 

BITES— BLEEDING  —  BUKNS  —  EAES  —  EYES  —  FEET 
—HEADACHE  —  SUNSTKOKE  —  STOMACHACHE- 
TOOTHACHE 

In  a  small  camp  a  physician  is  unnecessary, 
though  one  should  be  within  call.  The  camp  leader 
should  have  a  knowledge  of  the  ordinary  ailments 
of  growing  boys  and  simple  remedies  for  relief. 
No  camp  of  fifty  or  more  boys  should  be  without  a 
physician  or  some  upper  class  medical  student  of 
high  moral  character.  Don't  run  risks.  'When  in 
doubt  call  in  a  physician.  The  treatment  of  local 
disorders  described  is  largely  from  nature's  medi- 
cine chest,  and  simple  in  application. 

Put  on  salt  and  water,  or  make 
Bites  and  Stings     a  paste  of  soda  and  water,  or  rub 
the    wound    with    aromatic    am- 
monia, camphor,  or  tar  soap.     Common  salt  is  ex- 
cellent. 

Do  not  blow  the  nose.    Hold  a  wet  handkerchief 

at  the  back  of  the  neck  and  wash 

Bleeding  Nose    the  face  in  hot  water,  or  place  a 

wad  of  paper  under  the  upper  lip, 

or  crowd  some  fine  gauze  or  cotton  into  the  nostrils 

and  make  a  plug. 

Raise  the  injured  part  as  high  as  you  can  above 
the  heart,  press  very  firmly  with  sterile  pad  under 
thumb  or  fingers  on  or  into  the  wound.    Blood  from 

168 


SIMPLE    EEMEDIES  169 

a  vein  will  be  dark  red  or  purplish  and  will  flow 
in  a  steady  stream.  Press  upon  the  vein  below  the 
wound.  Put  on  a  clean  pad  and  bind  it  upon  the 
wound  firmly  enough  to  stop  bleeding.  Blood  from 
an  artery  will  be  bright  red  and  will  probably  spurt 
in  jets.  Press  very  hard  above 
To  Check  Bleeding  the  wound.  Tie  a  strong  band- 
age (handkerchief,  belt,  sus- 
penders, rope,  strip  of  clothing)  around  the 
wounded  member,  and  between  the  wound  and  the 
heart.  Under  it  and  directly  over  the  artery  place 
a  smooth  pebble,  piece  of  stick,  or  other  hard  lump. 
Then  thrust  a  stout  stick  under  the  bandage  and 
twist  until  the  wound  stops  bleeding.  A  tourniquet 
should  not  remain  over  twenty-four  hours. 

Wash   blistered   feet   in  hot  water  and  then   in 

alcohol  or  in  cold  water  with  a  little  bak- 

Blisters     ing  powder  or  soda  added.     Wipe  them 

dry   and   then    rub    them    with   a   tallow 

candle  or  some  fat. 

Apply  compresses  of  hot  or  cold  water 

Bruises     to  keep  down  swelling  and  discoloration. 

Also  apply  witch  hazel. 

Use  vaseline,  baking  soda,  bread,  the  white  of  an 

egg,  flour  and  water,  butter,  grease,  or  fat;  or  mix 

flour  and  soda  with  fat,  or  soap  with  sugar  and 

make  into  a  paste,  or  put  a  teaspoonful  of  baking 

powder  into  a  pint  of  warm  water  and  pour 

Bums     it  on  a  piece  of  gauze  and  put  this  on  the 

burn  or  scald,  covering  it  with  cotton  and 

a  bandage.     Never  let   a  burn  be  exposed  to  the 

air,  but  cover  it  at  once  if  the  pain  is  intense. 


170  CAMPING    FOR    BOYS 

Mix  a  good  dash  of  pepper  with  a  little  ginger  in 
sweetened    hot    water    and    drink    it.      Get 
Chills     into  bed  at  once.     Cover  with  blankets  and 
put  hot  water  bottle  at  feet. 

Force  yourself  to  swallow  pieces  of  dry 
Choking     bread   or   drink  some  water.     Let  some 
one  slap  the  back. 
Pour  boiling  water  over  two  heads  of  elder  blos- 
soms, brew  for  twenty  minutes,  and  drink 
Colds     a  small  cup  hot  on  going  to  bed.     Or  drink 
hot  lemonade  or  hot  ginger  tea.    In  any  case 
keep  warm  and  out  of  a  draft. 

Use   cathartic  pills,   or   castor   oil. 
Constipation     Eat  plenty  of  prunes  or  fruit.    Drink 
plenty  of  water. 
Always  clean  thoroughly  all  open  wounds  to  pre- 
vent  infection,   and   accelerate    healing.      Carbolic, 
left  on  a  wound  for  any  time  at  all  may  result  in 
carbolic  poisoning  or  in  gangrene.     Use  pure  alco- 
hol (not  wood  or  denatured,  as  both  are  poisonous), 
or  a  teaspoonful  of  sulphur-naphthol  to  a  basin  of 
water,  or  1 :1000  corrosive  sublimate  solution  (wad 
with  flexible  collodion).     Do  not  use  vaseline 
Cuts     or  any  other  substance  on  a  freshly  abrased 
surface.     After  a  scab  has  formed,  vaseline 
may  be  applied  to  keep  this  scab  soft.    Never  close 
a  wound  with  court  plaster.     The  only  legitimate 
uses  for  sticking  or  adhesive  plaster   are  to  hold 
dressings  in  place  where  bandaging  is  difficult,  or 
in  case  of  a  cut  to  keep  edges  closed  without  sewing 
the  skin. 

Take  the  heart  of  an  onion,  heat  it  in  an  oven, 


SIMPLE    EEMEDIES  171 

and  put  it  in  the  ear  when  hot,  but  not 
Earache     so  hot  as  to  burn  the  ear.    This  not  only 
relieves   the   earache,    but  helps  to   send 
the  sufferer  to  sleep.    Hold  hot  water  bag  to  ear. 

Wring  a  towel  in  water  hot  as  the 
Inflamed  Eye     hands  will  bear ;  lay  on  the  eyes  and 
change  frequently.     Bathe  with  sat- 
urated solution  of  boric  acid  crystals. 

Great  relief  is  felt  by  opening  the  eyes  in  tepid 
or  very  warm  boracic  solution.  Even  if  it  is  strong 
enough  to  smart,  no  harm  will  result. 

If  inflammation  is  caused  by  a  foreign  substance, 
rub  the  other  eye,  in  order  to  make  both  eyes  water. 
If  the  speck  can  be  seen,  it  can  generally  be  taken 
out  by  twisting  a  small  piece  of  gauze  or  cloth 
around  a  toothpick  and  drawing  it  over  the  speck, 
or  by  twisting  up  a  piece  of  paper  like  a  lamp 
lighter  and,  after  wetting  the  tip  of  it,  wiping  it 
against  the  speck.  If  it  is  uhder  the  upper  lid,  pull 
the  lid  away  from  the  eyeball,  and  push  the  under 
lid  up  underneath  the  upper  one.  In  this  way  the 
eyelashes  of  the  lower  lid  will  generally  clean  the 
inside  of  the  upper  one.  An  eye-tweezers  for  re- 
moving a  piece  of  grit  from  the  eye  is  made  by 
folding  a  piece  of  paper  in  two.  With  a  sharp  knife 
cut  it  to  a  point  at  an  angle  of  30  degrees  and 
slightly  moisten  the  point  in  clean  water. 

It  is  a  good  thing  to  dry-soap  your  feet  and  the 

inside  of  your   socks   before   putting  them   on  for 

a  hike  or  tramp.     This  is  an  old  army  trick. 

Feet     If   your   feet   perspire   freely,   powder   them 

with  boric  acid  powder,  starch,  and  oxide  of 


172  CAMPING    FOE    BOYS 

zinc  in  equal  parts.    Wash  the  feet  every  day,  best 
on  turning  in  at  night. 

To  prevent  the  nail  growing  into  the  toe,  take  a 
bit  of  broken  glass  and  scrape  down  the  top  of  the 
nail  until  it  is  quite  thin,  and  in  time  the  corners 
begin  to  grow  out,  and  no  longer  hurt  the  toe.  Toe- 
nails should  be  cut  square  and  not  encouraged  to 
grow  in  by  side  trimming.  A  good  plan  is  to  make 
a  *'V''  shape  notch  on  the  middle  of  the  top  of  each 
toenail,  which  will  close  up  naturally,  and,  in  so 
doing,  draw  the  sides  up  and  inward. 

Headache    comes    from    indigestion   or   from   the 
sun.     A  boy  will  overeat  and  then  play  under  the 
hot  sun — result,  headache.    Have  the  boy  lie  down 
and     sleep,    if    possible,    using     cloths 
Headache     dipped  in  cold  water  to  drive  the  blood 
away  from  the  head.    A  remedy  recom- 
mended by  the  great  John  Wesley  is  to  lay  very 
thin  slices  of  lemon  rind  on  either  temple. 
Hiccouffh         Take  a  deep  breath  and  hold  it  as  long 
as  possible,  or  make  yourself  sneeze. 

Mix    some    baking    powder    with 
Ivy  Poisoning    water,  or  rub  on  wood  ashes.  Wash 
with    alcohol.      Be    careful    not    to 
spread  by  scratching. 

Better  call  a  physician.  Punctures  with  nails  and 
such  things,  especially  if  rusty,  should  be  squeezed 
and  washed  with  sulphur-naphthol  or  hot  water 
poured  into,  the  hole.  If  too  small. 
Rusty  Nail  this  may  be  slightly  enlarged.  Cau- 
terize with  carbolic  acid,  then  with 
pure  alcohol.    Keep  the  wound  open  for  a  few  days. 


SIMPLE    EEMEDIES  173 

Run  no  risk  with  a  rusty  nail  wound.     Attend  to 
it  immediately. 

Bathe  a  sprain  in  as  hot  water  as  you  can  bear, 
to  which  has  been  added  a  small  quantity 
Sprains     of  vinegar  and  salt.     Slight  sprains  (as  of 
finger)  may  be  painted  with  iodine. 
The  first  symptom  is  a  headache  followed  by  a 
heavy  feeling  in  the  pit  of  the  stomach,  dimmed  eye- 
sight, difficulty  in  breathing,  and  a  fever.    If  insen- 
sibility follows,  lay  the  person  on  his 
Sunstroke     back  in  a   cool,  shady  place,  with  his 
head  slightly  raised.     Loosen  his  cloth- 
ing, keep  his  head  cold  with  wet  cloths,  and  pour 
cold  water  on  his  face  and  chest,  until  the  tempera- 
ture of  his  body  is  lowered  and  the  face  becomes 
pale. 

Get  used  to  sun  gradually.     Use  pow- 

Sunburn     dered    boric    acid    or    ointment.      Cocoa 

butter  is  also  a  good  preventive. 

Gargle    the  throat  with  warm   water   and  some 

salt  added,  and  then  bind  a  woolen  sock  around  it. 

Keep  the  sock  on  until  the  soreness  is  gone.      Put 

teaspoonful  of  chlorate  of  potash  in 

Sore  Throat    a  cup  of  water  and  gargle.     Diluted 

alcohol  is  also  good  for  a  gargle,  or 

tincture  of  iron  diluted.    Fat  bacon  or  pork  may  be 

tied  around  the  neck  with  a  dry  sock.     Swab  the 

throat. 

Caused  by  undigested  food  in  the  intestines.   Put 
the   boy   on   a   diet,   also    give   him 
Stomachache     plenty  of  warm  water  to  drink,  or  a 
cup  of  hot  ginger  tea. 


174 


CAMPING    FOR    BOYS 


Heat  will  always  help  to  soothe  the  sufferer.  A 
seeded  raisin,  toasted   before   the   fire, 

Toothache  makes  a  useful  poultice  for  an  aching 
tooth,  pressed  into  the  hollow.     A  bag 

of  hot  salt,  pressed  on  the  face,  relieves  pain. 


iMWi«i1Kiwiali''.4|lli|riM 


.i£rfi.-i 


.1* 


Drill  in  First  Aid 


CHAPTER  XV 
FIRST  AID  TO  THE  INJURED 

First  aid  should  teach  every  boy  how  to  render 
temporary  assistance  by  improvised  means  for  the 
relief  of  the  injured  one,  and  the  methods  by  which 
he  can  be  removed  to  a  place  of  safety.  With  this 
in  view,  the  information  given  in  this  chapter  in- 
corporates what  every  camper  should  know.  Before 
going  to  camp,  boys  should  be  taught  the  use  of 
the  Triangular  Bandage.  This  bandage  is  used  by 
the  United  States  Government,  and  is  well  suited 
for  an  emergency  bandage.  It  can  be  easily  made 
from  a  handkerchief  or  a  piece  of  linen.  The  Amer- 
ican Red  Cross  First  Aid  Outfit  contains  a  triangu- 
lar bandage,  with  methods  of  application  printed 
thereon.  The  gauze  or  roller  bandage  is  more  dif- 
ficult to  handle.  This,  however,  is  the  bandage  to 
control  bleeding,  etc.  Any  reliable  book  on  First 
Aid  gives  information  as  to  its  manipulation. 

A  dislocation  of  the  finger  or  toe  can  generally 
be  reduced  by  pulling  strongly  and  at  the  same 
time  pressing  where  the  dislocation  is.  If  the  hip, 
shoulder,  or  elbow  is  dislocated,  do  not  meddle  with 
the  joint,  but  make  the  boy  as  comfortable  as  pos- 

175 


176 


CAMPING    FOR   BOYS 


\ 


\ 


._\c 


A 


>A '"       "a. 


>..dSl 


I2^< 


Jftlked  ofjold'uiij  iPi'a>,fuU,  bmtdtift  j.„ 


/Oat*(/a^ts  ^Atufif    u/\/ve,uj  ta  sitcurra  ^f  *i^»aMi 


«^/J     4  ft  mid      CLly/VCiUS 


FIEST    AID    TO    INJURED  177 

sible  by  surrounding  the  joint  with  flannel  cloths 
wrung  out  in  hot  water;  support  with 
Dislocation  soft  pads,  and  send  for  a  doctor  at 
once.  If  the  spine  is  dislocated,  lay 
the  boy  on  his  back.  Never  put  him  on  his  side  or 
face,  it  may  be  fatal.  If  he  is  cold,  apply  hot  blan- 
kets to  his  body,  hot  water  bottle  or  hot  salt  bag  to 
the  seat  of  pain. 

Do  not  try  to  reduce  the  fracture  if  a  physician 
can  be  secured,  for  unskilled  handling  will  do  more 
harm  than  good.  The  thing  to  do  is  to  make  the 
boy  comfortable  by  placing  him  in  a  comfortable 
position  with  the  injured  part  rest- 
Broken  Bones  ing  on  a  pad,  keeping  him  per- 
fectly quiet.  If  there  is  an  open 
wound,  cover  it  with  cheesecloth  or  gauze  which 
has  been  dipped  in  boiling  water,  to  which  baking 
soda  has  been  added.  Then  wrap  absorbent  cotton 
around  it.  If  the  boy  has  a  fever,  put  wet  cloths 
on  his  head,  swinging  them  in  the  air  to  cool  for 
changing. 


THE     FOLLOV^ING     PRACTICAL     SUGGESTIONS     ARE 

GIVEN   IN    '^CAMP    KITS    AND    CAMP    LIFE,^' 

BY  CHARLES  STEDMAN  HANKS. 

Nose     If   the  nose   is  broken,   plug  with  gauze   to 

stop  bleeding. 
If  the  jaw  is  broken,  push  the  bone  gently  into 

place,  and  if  there  is  an  open  wound,  cover  it 
Jaw     with    gauze    or    cotton,    made    antiseptically, 

and  then  put  a  bandage  around  the  jaw. 


178  CAMPING    FOE    BOYS 

If  the  collar  bone  is  broken,  it  will  be  known  by 
the  pain  in  the  shoulder  and  the  shoulder  dropping. 
Holding  the  elbow  up  will  relieve 
Collar  Bone  the  weight  from  the  collar  bone. 
Lay  the  boy  on  his  back.  Put  a  cot- 
ton wad  in  his  armpit  and  bandage  the  arm  to  the 
side  of  the  body  and  put  the  arm  in  a  sling. 

If  the  shoulder  blade  is  broken, 
Shoulder  Blade     put  the  forearm  across  the  chest 
with  the  fingers  on  the  shoulder 
and  then  bandage  the  arm  to  the  body. 

If  a  rib  is  broken  it  will  pain  the  patient  when  he 
takes  a  long  breath.  Put  him  on  his  back,  resting  a 
little  on  the  uninjured  side,  so  that  he  will  breathe 
easily.  If  it  is  necessary  to  move  him,  bandage 
strips  of  adhesive  plaster  around  the  body. 
Rib  beginning  at  the  lowest  rib  and  working  up- 
ward, having  each  strip  lap  over  the  one  below 
it.  If  you  have  no  adhesive  plaster,  use  a  wide  strip 
of  cotton  cloth.  After  you  have  put  his  coat  on,  pin 
it  as  tightly  as  you  can  in  the  back. 

If  the  leg  is  broken  above  the  knee,  lay  shoulders 
slightly  back,  with  the  head  and  shoulders  slightly 
raised.  Draw  the  leg  out  straight, 
Leg  Above  Knee  and,  after  padding  it  with  cotton 
or  towels,  cut  a  small  sapling  long 
enough  to  reach  from  the  foot  to  the  armpit,  and 
fasten  it  at  the  ankle,  knee,  and  waist.  If  it  is  nec- 
essary to  move  the  boy,  bind  both  legs  firmly  to- 
gether. 

If  the  leg  is  broken  below  the  knee,  lay  the  boy 
on  his  back  and  put  a  pillow  or  a  bag  stuffed  with 


FIEST    AID    TO    INJUEED 


179 


grass  lengthwise  under  it.  Then 
Leg  Below  Knee  put  a  board  or  a  hewed  sapling 
on  the  under  side  of  the  pillow  to 
stiffen  it,  and  bandage  the  pillow  and  the  board  or 
sapling  firmly  to  the  leg.  If  the  boy  has  to  be 
moved,  bind  both  legs  together. 

If  the  knee  pan  is  broken,  put  the  boy  on  his  back 
and  straighten  out  the  leg  on  a  padded  splint  which 
reaches  from  the  heel  to  the  hip,  put- 
Knee  Pan     ting  some  cotton  or  a  folded  towel  un- 
der   the    knee     and    the    heel.       Then 
bandage  the  splint  on  at  the  ankle,  at  the  upper 
part  of  the  leg,  and  above  and  below  the  knee  pan. 
If  the  foot  is  broken,  make  a  splint  of  two  pieces 
of  wood  held  together  at  right  angles,  and. 
Foot     after  padding  the  foot  with  cotton,  bind  the 
splint  to  the  side  of  the  foot  and  the  leg. 
If  the  upper  arm  is  broken,  make  three  splints, 


lAifit  >»""  s/'«? »« •  i-//"^r'"'**  '^"'•""■ 


itrf,  firm  S/i.^  «,  .  to^/.^f^rrk,  F/ty  ■ 


one  long  enough  to  reach  from  the  shoulder  to  the 
elbow  to  go  on  the  outside  of  the  arm,  one  to  go  on 


180  CAMPING    FOE    BOYS 

the  inner  side  of  the  arm,  and  one  on 
Upper  Arm  the  back  of  the  arm.  Pad  the  arm 
from  the  armpit  to  the  elbow  with 
cotton,  towels,  or  newspapers  wrapped  in  cloth,  and, 
after  bandaging  on  the  splints,  put  the  forearm  in 
a  sling  and  bind  the  arm  to  the  body. 

If  the  forearm  is  broken,  make  a  cotton  pad  long 

enough  to  reach  from  the  fingers  well  up 

Forearm     to  the  forearm,  and  rest  the  palm  of  the 

hand   on  it.     Put  a  similar  pad  on  the 

back  of  the  hand,  and,  after  bandaging  in  a  splint, 

put  the  arm  in  a  sling. 

If  the  hand  is  broken,  put  a  cotton  pad  on  the 

palm  and  over  it  a  thin  splint  long  enough 

Hand     to  reach  from  the  tips  of  the  fingers  to  the 

forearm.     After  binding  the  splint  in  place, 

put  the  arm  in  a  sling  with  the  hand  higher  than 

the  elbow. 

If  a  finger  is  broken,  make  a  splint  of  cardboard 
or   a  thin  piece   of  wood   long   enough  to 
Finger     reach   from   the   tip   of  the   finger  to   the 
wrist.     Cover  the  finger  with  gauze  or  cot- 
ton, and,  after  binding  on  the  splint,  support  the 
hand  in  a  sling. 

Fainting  comes  from  too  little  blood  in  the  head. 
Lay  the  boy  on  his  back  with  feet  higher  than  his 
head.  Loosen  tight  clothing  and  let  him 
Fainting  have  plenty  of  fresh  air.  Sprinkle  his 
face  with  cold  water  and  rub  his  arms 
with  it.  For  an  attack  of  dizziness,  bend  the  head 
down  firmly  between  the  knees.  If  his  face  is 
flushed,  raise  the  head. 


FIEST    AID    TO    INJUEED  181 

Lay  the  boy  on  his  back  with  head  somewhat 
raised.  Apply  heat,  such  as  bottles  of  hot  water, 
hot  plates  or  stones  wrapped  in  towels  to 
Stunned  the  extremities  and  over  the  stomach,  but 
keep  the  head  cool  with  wet  cloths.  Do 
not  give  any  stimulant;  it  would  drive  blood  to 
the  brain. 

StrGtcher    ^  stretcher  may  be  improvised  in  one  of 
the  following  ways: 

(a)  A  shutter,  door,  or  gate  covered  well  with 
straw,  hay,  clothing,  or  burlap  bagging. 

(b)  A  piece  of  carpet,  blanket,  sacking,  tarlatan, 
spread  out,  and  two  stout  poles  rolled  up  in  the 
sides.    Put  clothes  for  a  pillow. 

(c)  A  coat  with  the  two  sleeves  turned  inside 
out;  pass  two  poles  through  the  sleeves,  button 
the  coat  over  them.  (See  illustration.)  Patient  sits 
on  coat  and  rests  against  the  back  of  the  first 
bearer. 

(d)  Two  poles  passed  through  a  couple  of  bags, 
through  holes  at  bottom  corners  of  each. 


Carry  a  patient  by  walking  out  of  step,  and  take 
short  paces,  about  18  inches  apart.  Usually  carry 
the  patient  feet  first,  but  in  going  up  hill  the  posi- 
tion is  reversed,  and  the  patient  is  carried  head  first. 


H 

t  i^^^^^M 

t^^^^^HPn^^^^^^^^H 

1 

1 

''^^V 

J 

1 

'^Bm 

1 

1 

..C-J^fl' 

1 

.dilr'  ^ 

182 


FIEST    AID    TO    INJUEED  183 

The  following  illustrations  explain  the  process  of 
carrying  a  patient  without  a  stretcher: 


ToyR.H».f  pep  itw 


PREVENTION  FROM  DROWNING 

Every  summer  records  its  hundreds  of  drowning 
accidents,  many  of  which  might  have  been  pre- 
vented if  methods  of  rescue  had  been  generally 
taught.  No  boy  should  be  per- 
Learn  to  Swim  mitted  to  enter  a  boat,  particu- 
larly a  canoe,  until  he  has  learned 
to  swim.  The  movement  to  teach  swimming  to 
every  boy  and  young  man  in  North  America  who 
does  not  know  how  to  swim  is  both  commendable 
and  practical.  The  text-book  used  largely  is  ''At 
Home  in  the  Water,"  by  George  H.  Corsan,  issued 
by  the  publishers  of  this  book. 

Summer  camps  provide  a  special  opportunity  for 
giving  such  instruction.  To  each  individual  who  is 
actually  taught  to  swim  in  camp  a  silver-oxidized 
button  is  given  by  the  Associa- 
Button  Awards  tion's  International  Committee, 
124  East  28th  St.,  New  York,  pro- 
vided the  test  is  made  under  the  supervision  of  a 


184  CAMPING    FOB    BOYS 

committee  of  three  men.  Those  who,  teach  others  to 
swim  receive  a  gold  oxidized  leader 's  button.  Write 
to  the  Physical  Department  at  the  above  address 
for  information. 


An  Auxiliary  Division  of  the  U.  S.  Volunteer  Life 
Saving  Corps  should  be  established  to  patrol  the 
water  during  swimming  periods.    Any  camper  may 

qualify  for  member- 
U.  S.  V.  Life  Saving  Corps     ship    by    taking    the 

following  examina- 
tions :  the  boy  to  receive  not  less  than  6  points  in  10 
point  subjects,  and  not  less  than  3  points  on  5  point 
subjects,  with  a  total  of  75  points.  Those  receiving 
less  than  75  points  may  become  members  of  auxili- 
ary crews. 


FIEST    AID    TO    INJUEED  185 


HOW  TO  QUALIFY. 

1  Swimming  not  less  than  100  yards  and  25  yards 

on  back 10  points 

2  Diving,  plunging,  floating,  fetching 10  points 

3  Eescue  drill  on  land  and  water 10  points 

4  Eelease  drill  on  land  and  in  water 10  points 

5  Eesuscitation 10  points 

6  Names  of  parts  of  a  row  boat 5  points 

.  7     Eowing  and  boat  handling 10  points 

8  Use  of  life  saving  appliances 10  points 

9  First  aid  work  and  remedies 10  points 

10  Written  examination  on  work  in  water 5  points 

11  Written  examination  on  work  in  boats 5  points 

12  Written  examination  on  work  on  land 5  points 

To  organize  at  camps,  officials  will  proceed  by- 
conducting  the  above-mentioned  ex- 
Organization  aminations.  Should  there  be  five  or 
more  successful  competitors,  crews 
can  be  organized  as  follows,  the  regular  form  of 
enrollment  being  employed  and  no  enlistments  re- 
quired : 

Five  men  constitute  a  crew  entitling  one  of  the 
five  to  the  rank  of  acting  third  lieutenant. 

Ten  men  constitute  two  crews  with  acting  second 
and  third  lieutenants. 

Fifteen  men  constitute  three  crews  with  acting 
first,  second,  and  third  lieutenants. 

Twenty  men  constitute  four  crews  (or  a  division) 
with  acting  captain,  first,  second,  and  third  lieuten- 
ants, lieutenant  surgeon,  quartermaster,  boatswain, 
and  one  coxswain  for  each  crew  or  three  coxswains. 

Auxiliary  members   over   eighteen  years   of  age 


186  CAMPINa    FOE    BOYS 

may  become  active  members  after  leaving  camps 
and  receive  active  membership  commissions,  pro- 
vided they  affiliate  with  some  active  permanent 
crew  in  their  home  district. 

Auxiliary  members  holding  our  certificates  shall 
be  entitled  to  auxiliary  membership  buttons,  but 
active  members  only  are  entitled  to  wear  the  offi- 
cial  badge  of  membership  of  the  corps. 

Summer  camps  will  be  equipped,  at  the  discretion 
of  headquarters,  on  the  following  conditions : 

That  they  shall  pay  all  express  on  supplies  to  and 
from  camps. 

That  they  shall  report  at  the  end  of  each  season 
the  exact  condition  of  the  supplies  and  make  pro- 
vision for  the  safekeeping  of  same  for  future  sea- 
sons, or  return  same. 

Medicine  chests  must  be  returned. 

Instructors  will  be  sent  to  the  various  camps,  at 
the  discretion  of  headquarters,  whenever  possible. 
All  expenses,  traveling,  board,  etc.,  but  not  serv- 
ices, must  be  covered  by  the  camps. 

Examination  questions  will  be  found  in  our  book, 
**  Instruction  on  Subjects  for  Examination  for  Mem- 
bership." If  desired,  camp  officials  can  make  ex- 
aminations more  rigid  than  outlined  by  us. 

Examination  papers  furnished  on  request. 

The  above  information  was  furnished  by  K.  F. 
Mehrtens,  Assistant  Secretary,  United  States  Vol- 
unteer Life  Saving  Corps,  63-65  Park  Row,  New 
York  City. 

Efficient  life  saving  comes  from  thorough  experi- 


FIRST    AID    TO    INJURED  187 

ence    and    training,    not    from    a 
Training  Course    theory.      These   subjects   for   in- 
struction   may    be    taught    pre- 
paratory to  the  summer  camp,  as  well   as  during 
the  camping  season. 

Swimming  to  include  straight-away,  swimming 
with  clothes  on,  floating,  diving,  fetching:  strokes 
— perfect  breast  stroke,  side  stroke,  overhead 
stroke,  crawl  stroke. 

Rescue  Methods  to  include  rescuing  a  supposedly 
drowning  person.     Use  of  life  saving  apparatus. 

Methods  of  Release  to  include  grasping  by  the 
wrist,  clutch  around  the  neck  and  grasp  around  the 
body. 

Resuscitation  of  the  apparently  drowned,  includ- 
ing the  Sylvester  method  described  on  page  194, 
and  the  simple  ** first  aid''  rules. 

Boat  Handling  to  include  rowing  a  boat,  taking 
a  person  into  a  boat  from  the  water,  clinging  to 
a  boat  without  capsizing  it,  etc. 

Knot  Tying  to  include  all  kinds  of  knots  and 
their  value  in  connection  with  life-saving  work,  and 
the  use  of  them  on  life-saving  appliances. 

Wig-wagging  to  include  the  committing  to  mem- 
ory of  the  U.  S.  Naval  Wig- Wag  Signal  Code. 

The  following  is  used  at  Camp  Wawayanda,  New 
Jersey  Boys. 

WIG- WAG  CODE 

Signalling  by  wig-wag  is  carried  on  by  waving  a  flag  in  cer- 
tain ways,  represented  by  the  figures  1,  2  and  3,  and  thus  let- 
ters are  made  and  words  spelled. 


188 


CAMPING    FOR    BOYS 


Two  wig-wag  flags  are  used,  one  a  square  white  flag  with 
a  red  square  in  the  center,  and  the  other  a  square  red  flag  with 
a  white  square  in  the  center. 

Only  one  flag  is  used  in  signalling,  and  that  one  is  selected 
which  can  best  be  seen  against  the  boy^s  background. 


U.  S.  NAVAL  WIG-WAG  SIGNAL  CODE. 


ALPHABET. 


A. 
B. 
C. 
D. 
E. 
F. 


22 

2112 

121 

222 

12 

2221 


G. 
H. 
I. 
J. 
K. 
L. 
M. 


2211 

122 

1 

1122 

2121 

221 

1221 


N. 
O. 
P. 
Q. 
R. 
S. 
T. 


11 

21 

1212 

1211 

211 

212 


U. 
V. 

w. 

X. 
Y. 
Z. 


112 

1222 

1121 

2122 

111 

2222 


Tion.  1112 


I. 

N. 
Y. 


1 

11 

111 


ALPHABET   CLASSIFIED. 


E.  12 

H.  122 

V.  1222 

U.  112 

J.  1122 


C.  121 

Q.  1211 

M.  1221 

P.  1212 

W.  1121 


T.  2 

A.  22 

D.  222 

R.  2222 


O.  21 

R.  211 

L.  221 

G.  2211 

F.  2221 


S.  212 

X.  2122 

B.  2112 

K.  2121 


Numerals 


1.  1111 

2.  2222 

3.  1112 

4.  2221 

5.  1122 


6.  2211 

7.  1222 

8.  2111 

9.  1221 
0.  2112 


FIEST    AID    TO    INJUEED  189 

Conventional  Signals 


End  of  word,  3 
End  of  sentence,  33 
^nd  of  message,  333 
I  understand,  A.A.  3 
Cease  signalling,  A. A. A.  333 
Eepeat  last  word,  C.C.  3 
Repeat  last  message,  C.C.C.  3 
I  have  made  an  error,  E.E.  3 


WIG-WAG   RULES 

1.  The  boy  should  face  the  person  to  whom  he 
is  signalling,  and  should  hold  the  flag-staff  verti- 
cally in  front  of  the  centre  of  his  body,  with  the 
butt  at  the  height  of  his  waist. 

2.  The  motion  represented  by  the  Figure  1  is 
made  by  waving  the  flag  down  to  the  right;  2,  by 
waving  it  down  to  the  left;  and  3,  by  waving  it 
down  in  front  of  the  sender. 

3.  Each  motion  should  embrace  an  arc  of  ninety 
degrees,  starting  from  and  returning  to  the  verti- 
cal without  a  pause. 

4.  When  two  or  more  motions  are  required  to 
make  a  letter,  there  should  be  no  pause  between  the 
motions. 

5.  At  the  end  of  each  letter  there  should  be  a 
slight  pause  at  the  vertical. 

6.  At  the  end  of  each  word,  one  front  motion 
(3)  should  be  made;  at  the  end  of  a  sentence,  two 
fronts  (33)  ;  and  at  the  end  of  a  message,  three 
fronts  (333). 

7.  To  call  a  boat,  signal  the  initial  letter  of  her 


190  CAMPING    FOR    BOYS 

name  until  answered.    To  answer  a  call,  signal  A.A. 
3   (I  understand). 

8.  If  the  sender  makes  an  error  he  should  im- 
mediately signal  E.E.  3  (I  have  made  an  error), 
and  resume  the  message,  beginning  with  the  last 
word  sent  correctly. 

9.  If  the  receiver  does  not  understand  a  signal 
lie  should  signal  C.C.  3  (Repeat  last  word)  ;  the 
sender  should  then  repeat  the  last  word  and  pro- 
ceed with  the  message. 

EXAMINATIONS  USED  BY  THE  U.  S.  V.  L.  S.  C,  CAMP 

BECKET  Y.  M.  C.  A.  AUXILIARY  COEPS, 

AUGUST  24,  1910 

A— Boat  WorTc  10  Points 

1.  With  what  knot  should  you  tie  a  boat? 

2.  Define   amidships,   thole-pin,   painter. 

3.  Define   port,    starboard,    aft. 

4.  Explain  briefly  a  rescue  from  the  bow. 

5.  Explain  briefly  a  rescue  from  the  stern. 

B — Water  WorTc      '  10  Foints 

1.  Describe  breakaway  Number  3. 

2.  ''Before  jumping  into  water  for  rescue,  be  sure  to 

do ''  what? 

3.  Give  two  ways  to  locate  a  body. 

4.  If    you    are    seized    and    cannot    break    away,    what 

should  you  do? 

5.  ''If  in  a  strong  outsetting  tide,  it  is  advisable  when 

rescuing  to "  do   what? 

C — General  First  Aid  10  Foints 

1.  How  and  where  do  you  apply  a  tourniquet? 

2.  Give  the  treatment  for  fainting. 

3.  Give  the  treatment  for  sun-stroke. 

4.  Give  the  treatment  for  wounds. 

5.  Give  the  treatment  for  and  symptoms  of  shock. 


FIRST    AID    TO    INJURED  191 

D — Wig-Wag  10  points 

Translate  into  code  ''Go  send  them  help  quick/ ^ 
Translate    into    English    ''1121-12-3-1121-22-11-2-3-22-3- 
2112-21-22-2-333.'' 

E — Write  an  essay  on  general  methods,  precautions,  etc.,  for 
rescuing.  20    Points 

F — Write  an  essay  on  how  you  would  restore  an  apparently 
drowned  man  to  consciousness  20  Points 

G — Practical    First   Aid 

(Make  appointment   with   the  doctor.) 

GENERAL   HINTS 

If  you  work  your  hands  like  paddles  and  kick 

your   feet,   you  can  stay  above   water   for 

Kick!     several  hours,   even  with  your  clothes   on. 

It   requires    a    little    courage    and    enough 

strength  of  mind  not  to  lose  your  head. 

Many  boy  swimmers  make  the  mistake  of  going 
into  the  water  too  soon  after  eating.  The  stomach 
and  digestive  organs  are  busy  preparing  the  food 
for  the  blood  and  body.  Suddenly  they 
Cramps  are  called  upon  to  care  for  the  work  of 
the  swimmer.  The  change  is  too  quick  for 
the  organs,  the  process  of  digestion  stops.  Conges- 
tion is  apt  to  follow,  and  then-  the  paralyzing 
cramps. 

The  Indians  have  a  method  of  protecting  them- 
selves from  cramps.  Coming  to  a  bathing  pool,  an 
Indian  swimmer,  after  stripping  off  and  before  en- 
tering the  water,  vigorously  rubs  the  pit  of  his 
stomach  with  the  dry  palms  of 
Indian  Method  his  hands.  This  rubbing  probably 
takes  a  minute ;  then  he  dashes 
cold  water  all  over  his  stomach  and  continues  the 


192 


CAMPING    FOE    BOYS 


rubbing  for  another  minute,  and  after  that  he  is 
ready  for  his  plunge.     If  the  water  in  which  you 
are  going  to  swim  is  cold,  try  this  Indian  method 
of  getting  ready  before  plunging  into  the  water. 
The  rule  for  entering  the  water,  in  most  camps,  is 

as  follows:  *'No  one  of  the  party  shall  enter 
Rule     the  water  for  swimming  or  bathing  except  at 

time  and  place  designated. ' '     Laxity  in  the 
observance  of  this  rule  will  result  disastrously. 

RESCUE   FROM    DROWNING 

To  rescue  a  drowning  person  from  the  water,  al- 
ways try  to  pull  him  out  with  an  oar,  a  rope,  a  coat 


1<IG.    1 


FIEST    AID    TO    INJUEED 


195 


Fig.  4.    Expiration 


or  his  arms  straight  up  over  his  head  as  in  Figure 
3.  Pull  steadily  and  firmly  in  that  position  while 
you  count  1,  2,  3.  This  causes  air  to  enter  the  lungs. 
Then  quickly  bring  his  arms  down  on  his  chest  and 
press  them  firmly  on  his  ribs  (Figure  4)  while  you 

again  count  1,  2,  3.  This  forces  the 
Respiration    air  out  of  the  lungs.     Then  quickly 

carry  his  arms  over  his  head  and  down 
again,  and  repeat  the  same  routine  fast  enough  to 
make  him  breathe  from  twelve  to  sixteen  times  a 
minute.  The  tendency  is  to  work  too  fast.  If  the 
work  is  done  properly  the  air  can  be  heard  distinctly 
as  it  passes  in  and  out  of  the  air  passages.  Some- 
times the  tongue  drops  back  in  the  throat,  stopping 
it  up  so  no  air  can  enter.    If  you  suspect  this,  have 


196 


CAMPING   FOE   BOYS 


FIKST    AID    TO    INJUEED  197 

an  assistant  grasp  the  tongue  with  a  handkerchief 
and  keep  it  pulled  forward. 

It  will  make  it  much  easier  if  you  have  another 
person  push  on  the  ribs  for  you  when  you  relax  the 
arms,  as  shown  in  Figure  5.  Have  him  place  the 
hands  as  shown  in  the  figure  with 
Don't  Give  Up  the  thumbs  toward  the  medium  line 
in  front,  the  fingers  farther  away, 
the  palms  just  below  the  breasts;  this  will  make 
the  boy's  nipples  come  just  midway  between  the 
ends  of  the  thumbs  and  the  middle  joint  of  the  fore- 
finger. Press  firmly  downward  and  inward  toward 
the  backbone. 

Continue  these  motions  about  fifteen  times  per 
minute.  Keep  this  up  until  the  boy  begins  to 
breathe,  himself.  When  done  properly,  the  work  is 
hard  for  the  operator,  and  he  should  be  relieved  by 
some  one  else  as  soon  as  he  gets  tired. 

As  soon  as  the  boy  begins  to  breathe  himself — 
hut  not  before — his  limbs  should  be  well  rubbed 
toward  the  heart.  This  will 
Warmth  and  Quiet  help  to  restore  the  circulation. 
He  should  afterward  be  put  to 
bed,  well  covered  with  warm  blankets,  hot  stones 
being  placed  at  his  feet,  and  warm  drinks  adminis- 
tered.    Fresh  air  and  quiet  will  do  the  rest. 

''Boys'  Drill  Regulation,"  published  by  the  Na- 
tional First  Aid  Association  of  America,  and 
''Boys'  Life  Brigade  Manual  of  Drill,"  published 
by  the  Boys'  Life  Brigade,  London,  Eng- 
Books  land,  are  two  small  books  containing  a 
number   of   practical  drills  which   may  be 


198 


CAMPING    FOE    BOYS 


used  in  training  the  boys  in  camp  for  emergency 
work. 

Every   camp  for  boys,   no  matter  how   small  or 

how  large,  should  plan  for  instruction 

Instruction     in  First  Aid.     This  may  be   done  by 

the  camp  physician,  the  director,  the 

physical    director,    or    some    physician    invited    to 

spend  several  days  in  the  camp. 

The  illustration  on  page  174  shows  how  one  hun- 
dred boys  were  trained  in  Camp  Becket.  The  ''lit- 
ter'' drill  was  especially  attractive  to  the  boys. 
The  boys  were  sent  out  in  the  woods  in  brigades  of 
five  each,  one  of  whom  was  the  leader. 
Drills  Only  a  small  hatchet  was  taken  by  each 
squad.  One  of  the  boys  was  supposed  to 
have  broken  his  leg.     An  improvised  ''litter,"  or 


FIEST    AID    TO    INJUEED  199 

stretcher,  was  made  of  saplings  or  boughs,  strapped 
together  with  handkerchiefs  and  belts,  so  that  in 
ten  minutes  after  they  left  the  camp  the  first  squad 
returned  with  the  boy  on  the  litter  and  in  a  fairly 
comfortable  condition. 

A  course  of  health  talks  given  in  popular  form 
by  those  who  are  well  versed  upon 
Health  TaJks  the  subject,  cannot  help  but  be  in- 
structive and  productive  of  a 
greater  ambition  on  the  part  of  the  boy  to  take 
good  care  of  his  body.  The  following  list  of  sub- 
jects is  suggestive : 

The  Human  Body  and  How  to  Keep  It  in  Health 

1  The  Skeleton. 

2  The  Muscular  System. 

3  The  Vascular  System. 

4  The  Nervous  System. 

5  The  Digestive  System. 

.    6     The  Lungs,  Skin  and  Kidneys. 

Personal  Hygiene 

1  The  Eye,  its  use  and  abuse. 

2  How  to  care  for  the  Teeth. 

3  Breathing  and  pure  air. 

4  Microbes  and  keeping  clean. 

7  The  health  of  the  Skin. 

8  Some  facts  about  the  Nose. 

9  Our  Lungs. 

10  Eating. 

11  Alcohol. 

12  Tobacco  and  the  Human  Body. 

13  The  Use  and  Care  of  Finger  Nails. 

14  Cause  of  Colds. 

The    American    Red    Cross    Society,    715    Union 
Trust  Bldg.,  Washington,  D.  C,  issues  a  series  of 


200  CAMPING  FOR  BOYS 

five  handsomely  lithographed  wall  charts  mounted 
on  linen  and  heavy  rollers.  These  charts  are  num- 
bered as  follows  and  may  be  purchased  for  $2.50 
for  the  set. 

Chart  I.  The   Skeleton;  Chart  II.   The  Muscles; 
Chart     III.  Scheme     of     Systematic      Circulation; 
Chart  IV.  Fracture  and  Dislocation;  Chart  V.  Ar-- 
teries  and  Points  of  Pressure  for  Controlling  Hem- 
orrhage. 

These  charts  will  make  the  talks  doubly  attrac- 
tive. Honor  points  are  given  boys  for  essays  writ- 
ten upon  the  Health  Talks.  Some  camps  found  that 
boys  were  desirous  of  taking  examinations  in  First 
Aid.  In  one  camp  twenty-three  boys  won  the  Cer- 
tificates of  the  American  Red  Cross  Society.  For 
information  write  to  the  Educational  Department  of 
the  International  Committee,  Young  Men's  Chris- 
tian Association,  124  East  28th  Street,  New  York, 
or  the  American  Red  Cross.  (See  address,  page 
199.) 


CHAPTER  XVI 
PERSONAL  HYGIENE 

EATING  —  TEETH  —  HANDS—  EYES—  EAES  —  NOSE  — 
HAIR— FEET  —  INTERNAL  ORGANS  —  BATHING  — 
SLEEP— CLOTHING 

Very  little  thought  is  given  by  the  boy  to  what  he 
cats,  as  long  as  it  suits  his  taste,  and  there  is  an 
ample  supply.  The  causes  of  most  skin  diseases  are 
largely  traceable  to  diet.  Chew  the  food  slowly. 
Don't  **bolt''  food.    Your  stomach  is  not  like  that 

of  a  dog.  Food  must  be  thoroughly  mas- 
Eating    ticated  and  moistened  with  saliva.     Hasty 

chewing  and  swallowing  of  food  makes 
masses  which  tend  to  sour  and  become  poison.  This 
often  accounts  for  the  belching  of  gas,  sense  of 
burning  and  pain,  and  other  forms  of  distress  after 
eating.  Drink  before  or  after  meals.  Don't  over- 
eat. Conversation  aids  digestion.  Eating  between 
meals  is  detrimental  to  good  digestion.  Regular 
meal  hours  should  prevail.  After  dinner  is  the  best 
time  to  eat  candy  or  sweets. 

If  the  tooth  brush  gets  lost  make  one  out  of  a 
dry    stick,   about    six   inches    long,    which    can   be 

201 


202  CAMPING    FOE    BOYS 


Cfti^r    r#<-»K  nrvtk. 

frayed  out  at  the  ends  like  the  illustration.  A 
clean  mouth  is  as  important  as  a  clean 
The  Teeth  body.  The  teeth  should  be  cleaned 
twice  a  day,  morning  and  evening. 
Insist  upon  the  bringing  of  a  tooth  brush  to  camp. 
Impress  upon  the  boys  that  time  spent  upon  teeth 
cleansing  will  prevent  hours  of  agony  upon  a  den- 
tist chair.  Cleansing  the  teeth  of  sticky  deposits 
by  running  fine  threads  between  them,  in  addition 
to  the  use  of  a  brush  and  a  simple  powder,  prevents 
deposits  from  becoming  the  starting  point  of  decay. 

Care  of  hands  and  nails  is  much  neglected  in 
camp.  Nails  should  be  properly  trimmed  and  the 
** mourning''  removed  from  underneath  the  nails. 
The  habit  of  biting  the  finger  nails  is  dangerous. 
Finger  nails  should  be  cut  once  a  week  with  sharp 
scissors  or  ''clip.''  If  the  nails  be 
The  Hajids  neglected  and  a  scratch  received  from 
the  infected  fingers  the  system  may  be 
inoculated  with  disease.  The  cleansing  of  the  hands 
after  using  the  lavatory  needs  special  emphasis,  for 
in  no  place  do  more  germs  collect  and  spread.  Boys 
should  not  be  permitted  to  use  each  other's  towels, 
combs,  brushes,  or  soap:  A  towel  may  carry  germs 
from  one  boy  to  another. 

Never  strain  the  eyes.  When  reading,  always 
let  the  light  come  over  the  shoulder  and  upon  the 
page,  the  eyes  being  in  the  shadow.     Do  not  read 


PEESONAL   HYGIENE  203 

with  the  sunlight  streaming  across  the  page.  When 
writing  have  the  light  come  from  the 
The  Eyes  left  side.  Do  not  rub  the  eyes  with  the 
hands.  Headaches  and  nervousness  are 
due  largely  to  defective  vision.  ^^Work,  play,  rest 
and  sleep,  muscular  exercise,  wise  feeding,  and  reg- 
ular removal  of  the  waste — these  and  all  other  hy- 
gienic habits  help  to  keep  the  eyes  sound  and 
strong. ' ' — Sedgewick. 

It  is  dangerous  to  put  a  pointed  pencil  or  any- 
thing sharpened  into  the  ear.  ^ ^Boxing''  the  ear, 
shouting  in  the  ear,  exploding  a  paper 
The  Eax  bag,  may  split  the  drum  and  cause  deaf- 
ness. The  best  way  to  remove  excess 
wax  from  the  ear  is  to  use  a  soft,  damp  cloth  over 
the  end  of  the  finger.  Ear-wax  is  a  protection 
against  insects  getting  in  from  the  outside. 

Keep  the  nose  free  from  obstructions,  and  avoid 
the  use  of  dirty  handkerchiefs.  Always  breathe 
through  the  nose  and  not  through  the 
The  Nose  mouth.  Boys  who  observe  this  rule  will 
not  get  thirsty  while  on  a  hike  or  get 
out  of  breath  so  easily.  They  don't  breathe  in  all 
sorts  of  microbes  or  seeds  of  disease,  and  they  don't 
snore  at  night. 

In  washing  the  hair  avoid  using  soap  more  than 
once  a  week,  as  it  removes  the  natural  oil  of  the 
hair.  Frequent  combing  and  brushing 
The  Hair  adds  to  the  lustre,  and  the  head  gets  a 
beneficial  form  of  massage.  Wear  no 
hat  at  camp,  except  to  protect  from  sun  rays  or 
rain. 


204  CAMPIlSra    FOR    BOYS 

Footwear  is  a  matter  of  importance.  Shoes  should 
never  be  worn  too  tight.  They  not  only  hinder  free 
movements,  but  also  hinder  the  blood  circulation, 
and  cause  coldness  and  numbness  of  the  extremi- 
ties. Sore  feet,  because  of  ill-fitting  shoes,  are  a 
detriment  to  happy  camp  life.  Have  good,  well- 
fitting,  roomy  shoes,  and  fairly  stout  ones.  Keep 
the  feet  dry.  If  they  are  allowed  to  get  wet,  the 
skin  is  softened  and  very  soon  gets  blistered  and 
rubbed  raw. 


Figure  1  shows  a  perfectly  shaped  foot.  This  is 
the  natural  shape,  and  if  the  boy  is  al- 
The  Feet  lowed  to  go  barefooted  or  wear  sandals, 
his  foot  will  assume  this  shape.  Figure 
2  shows  the  distorted  shape  brought  about  by 
cramped  shoes.  The  best  thing  to  wear  is  thick 
moccasins  of  moose  hide. 

Constipation  is  a  frequent  camp  complaint,  and 
is  usually  the  result  of  change  in  diet  and  drinking 
water.  The  habit  of  having  a  daily  movement  of 
the  bowels  is  of  great  importance 
Internal  Organs  to  a  boy's  health.  The  retention 
of  these  waste  products  within 
the   body    for    a   longer   period   tends   to   produce 


PEESONAL    HYGIENE  205 

poisonous  impurities  of  the  blood,  a  muddy-looking 
skin,  headaches,  piles,  and  many  other  evils.  Eat 
plenty  of  fruit,  prunes,  and  graham  bread.  Drink 
plenty  of  water.     Take  plenty  of  exercise. 

One  bath  a  day  in  fresh  water  is  all  that  is  nec- 
essary. Boys  go  into  the  water  too  often  and  re- 
main too  long.  This  accounts  for  the  rundown  ap- 
pearance of  some  boys.  The  body  gives  off  heat 
every  minute  it  is  in  cool  water,  and  also 
Bathing  when  exposed  wet  to  the  breezes,  and  heat 
is  life.  All  boys  should  be  encouraged  to 
take  a  dip  before  breakfast  with  a  rapid  rubdown. 
Then  a  good  swim  in  the  warm  part  of  the  day. 
Usually  about  11 :30  A.  M.  is  a  good  time  for  the 
swim.  If  a  swim  is  taken  after  supper,  be  careful 
to  dress  warm  afterward. 

Normal  boys  need  nine  or  ten  hours'  sleep.  Sleep 
is  a  time  for  physical  growth.  Have  the  tent  open 
back  and  front  at  night  to  insure  plenty  of 
Sleep  fresh  air.  There  must  be  a  complete  change 
of  clothing  on  retiring.  Flannel  clothing 
should  be  worn  at  night.  Sleep  alone.  Nine  o'clock 
or  nine-thirty,  at  latest,  should  find  every  boy  in 
bed. 

Wear  clean  clothing,  particularly  underwear. 
Frequently  a  rash  appearing  on  the  body  is  a  re- 
sult of  wearing  dirty  shirts.  The  wearing  of  belts 
tends  to  constrict  the  abdomen,  thus  hindering  the 
natural  action  of  the  intestines,  which  is  essential 
to  good  digestion.  Hernia  (ruptures)  may  result 
from  wearing  tightly  drawn  belts.  To 
Clothing  dress  the  body  too  warm  lessens  the 
power  to  resist  cold  when  there  happens 


206  CAMPING    FOR    BOYS 

to  be  a  change  in  the  atmosphere.  Put  on  extra 
clothing  at  sundown,  without  waiting  to  begin  to 
feel  cold.  During  eating  of  meals  it  is  well  to  have 
the  legs  and  arms  covered  when  it  is  at  all  cool. 
The  cooling  of  large  surfaces  of  the  body  while  eat- 
ing, even  if  it  is  not  noticed,  retards  digestion,  and 
taxes  the  vitality.  Many  a  boy  gets  a  cold  by  neg- 
lecting to  take  this  precaution. 

GENERAL   HINTS 

Two  flannel  shirts  are  better  than  two  overcoats. 

Don't  wring  out  flannels  or  woolens.  Wash  in 
cold  water,  very  soapy,  and  then  hang  them  up 
dripping  wet,  and  they  will  not  shrink. 

If  you  keep  your  head  from  getting  hot,  and  keep 
your  feet  dry,  there  will  be  little  danger  of  sickness. 

If  your  head  gets  too  hot,  put  green  leaves  inside 
your  hat. 

If  your  throat  is  parched  and  you  can  get  no 
water,  put  a  pebble  in  your  mouth.  This  will  start 
the  saliva  and  quench  the  thirst. 

HEALTH   MAXIMS   AND   QUOTATIONS 

**Keep  thyself  pure." 
'^Health  is  wealth.'' 
*'A  sound  mind  in  a  sound  body." 
^^  Fresh  air  and  sunshine  are  necessary  to  good 
health." 

''Cleanliness  is  the  best  guard  against  disease." 
*'A  clean  mouth  is  as  important  as  a  clean  body." 
** Virtue  never  dwelt  long  with  filth." 


PERSONAL    HYGIENE  207 

*  ^  Temperance,  exercise,  and  repose 
Slam  the  door  on  the  doctor's  nose." 

— Longfellow. 
* '  Cleanliness  is  next  to  Godliness. ' ' 
^^  Health   and   cheerfulness  naturally  beget   each 
other. ' ' — Addison. 

^*Nor  love,  nor  honor,  wealth  nor  power. 
Can  give  the  heart  a  cheerful  hour. 
When  health  is  lost.   Be  truly  wise. 
With  health,  all  taste  of  pleasure  flies." 

—Gay. 
**  Health  is  a  second  blessing  that  we  mortals  are 
capable  of:  a  blessing  that  money  cannot  buy." — 
Walton. 

''There  are  three  wicks,  you  know,  to  the  lamp 
of  a  man's  life:  brain,  blood,  and  breath.  Press 
the  brain  a  little,  its  light  goes  out,  followed  by 
both  the  others.  Stop  the  heart  a  minute,  and  out 
go  all  three  of  the  wicks.  Choke  the  air  out  of  the 
lungs,  and  presently  the  fluid  ceases  to  supply  the 
other  centres  of  flame,  and  all  is  soon  stagnation, 
cold,  and  darkness." — 0.  W.  Holmes. 


I 


pq 


208 


CHAPTER  XVII 

ATHLETICS,  CAMPUS  GAMES,  AQUATICS  AND 
WATER    SPORTS 

PUEPOSE  OF  GAMES— BASEBALL  LEAGUE— GEOUP 
CLASSIFICATION— WHAT  TO  AVOID— ATHLETIC 
EVENTS— AW  AEDS— MAKING  ATHLETIC  APPA- 
EAT  US— CAMPUS  GAMES— CIECLE  JUMPING— 
WOLF— EOVEE  ALL  COME  OVEE— INDIAN  AND 
WHITE  MAN— GEEMAN  BOWLING— TETHEE  BALL 
—  VOLLEY  BALL  —  AQUATIC  SPOETS  —  WATEE 
GAMES— WATEE  BASKET  BALL— WATEE  BASE- 
BALL—OLD CLOTHES  EACE— TILTING— CANOE 
TAG— WHALE  HUNT— MAKING  A  ^^SHOOT-THE- 
CHUTE  ^ '— AECHEEY— THE  TAEGET— THE  BOW- 
MAKING  A  BOW— MAKING  AEEOWS— ESSENTIAL 
POINTS  IN  AECHEEY— BIBLIOGEAPHY 

If  I  can  teach  these  boys  to  study  and  play  together,  freely 
and  with  fairness  to  one  another,  I  shall  make  them  fit  to  live 
and  work  together  in  society. — Henry  van  ByTce. 

The  spirit  of  camping  is  too  frequently  destroyed 
by  over-emphasis  upon  competitive  games.  Play  is 
necessary  for  the  growing  boy  and  play  that  en- 
gages many  participants  has  the  most  value.  Amer- 
ica to-day  is  suffering  from  highly  specialized,  semi- 

209 


210  CAMPING    FOE    BOYS 

professional  athletics  and  games.  *'When  athletics 
degenerate  into  a  mere  spec- 
Purpose  of  Games  tacle,  then  is  the  stability  of 
the  nation  weakened.  Greece 
led  the  world,  while  the  youth  of  that  great  c.oun- 
try  deemed  it  an  honor  to  struggle  for  the  laurel 
leaf,  and  gymnasiums  were  everywhere  and  uni- 
versally used  and  the  people  saw  little  good  in  an 
education  that  neglected  the  body.  It  is  a  signifi- 
cant fact  that  the  degeneracy  of  Greece  was  syn- 
chronous with  the  degrading  of  athletics  into  mere 
professional  contests.  What  had  been  the  athletics 
of  the  people  became  a  spectacle  for  the  people."^ 

Do  not  allow  the  athletics  and  games  of  the  camp 
to  become  a  mere  spectacle  for  the  campers.  Some- 
thing should  be  planned  for  every  boy  and  every 
boy  encouraged  to  participate  in  the  program. 
Nothing  has  yet  taken  the  place  of  the  good  old 
American  game  of  baseball.  Di- 
BasebaJl  League  vide  the  camp  boys  into  teams. 
Have  a  league  playing  a  series  of 
games.  The  teams  may  be  named  after  the  differ- 
ent colleges  or  prominent  cities  or  as  one  camp 
named  the  league,  the  *^Food  League''  after  popu- 
lar camp  dishes,  such  as:  '^Prunes,"  *^ Beans," 
' '  Soup, "  ^  ^  Hash, "  ^  ^  Mush, "  ^  ^  Chipped  Beef. "  It  is 
needless  to  state  that  the  boys  in  the  league  not 
only  had  a  lot  of  fun,  but  the  camp  paper  contained 
very  amusing  accounts  of  the  games  played. 

Arrange  a  schedule  of  games  and  keep  accurate 
records  of  all  games  played  either  in  the  **Camp 

1  Emmett  D.  Angell  in  "  Play,"  p.  19. 


ATHLETICS  AND  WATER  SPORTS      211 

Log''  or  camp  paper.  A  dinner  given  to  the  win- 
ning team  adds  to  the  excitement  of  the  league's 
existence.  Do  not  neglect  the  younger  boys;  have 
two  *' Midget"  teams  engage  in  a  series  for  best 
two  out  of  three  games.  Occasionally  a  game  be- 
tween the  leaders  and  older  boys  is  the  exciting 
game  of  the  season,  especially  if  the  leaders  are  de- 
feated. 

The  same  rule  of  participation  should  govern  the 
athletics  of  the  camp.  Inter-tent  games  help  to  de- 
velop group  loyalty,  cooperation,  fair  play,  and 
courtesy  to  opponents  so  desirable. 

In  some  camps  the  boys  are  divided  into  two 
groups,  those  under  five  feet  in  height  and  those 
over  five  feet.  Events  are  planned  for  these  two 
groups.  The  system  of  grouping  suggested  by  the 
School  Athletic  League,  is  that  of  grouping  the 
boys  according  to  physiological  rather  than  chrono- 
logical age,  as  follows: 

Pre-pubescent  boys  under  90  pounds. 
Groups     Pubescent    boys    or    juniors,    90    to    110 
pounds. 

Post-pubescent  or  intermediates,  110  to  130 
pounds. 

Seniors,  above  130  pounds. 

The  boys  are  weighed  in  competing  costume. 
This  system  is  looked  upon  as  being  fair  and  prac- 
tical. 

The  following  should  be  avoided — Marathon  runs, 
sustained  effort  in  and  under  water  and  competi- 
tive long-distance  running.  The  longest  sprint  race 
should  be,  for  boys,  50  yards,  for  juniors,  75  yards. 


212  CAMPING    FOE    BOYS 

No  adolescent  who  is  not  past  the  pubescent  stage 
should  run  sprint  races  longer 
What  to  Avoid  than  100  yards.  Cross-country 
running  is  beneficial  when  taken 
at  a  slow  pace  and  without  competition.  Every  boy 
should  be  examined  for  heart  weakness  before  en- 
tering the  strenuous  games. 

The  above  is  the  opinion  of  physical  directors 
from  twenty-one  different  States  and  may  be  con- 
sidered authoritative.  This  same  opinion  prevails 
among  most  of  the  experienced  camp  leaders  and 
workers  among  boys. 

The  athletics  usually  planned  for  camp  are:  50- 
yard  dash  for  boys ;  75-yard  dash  for  juniors ;  100- 
yard  dash  for  seniors ;  running  high  jump ; 
Events     running   broad   jump;   pole   vault;   8   and 
12-pound    shot-put;    baseball    throw    and 
relay  race. 

Ribbon  awards  presented  to  the  winners  at  a  spe- 
cial meeting  of  the  campers  aid  consider- 
Awards     ably  in  fostering  the  true  spirit  of  clean 
athletics  and  wholesome  sport  and  are  ap- 
preciated by  the  winners  as  souvenirs  of  the  good- 
natured  contest. 

Camps  possessing  a  stereopticon  should  secure 
the  set  of  slides  and  lecture  accompanying  from  the 
Moral  Education  League  of  Baltimore,  Md.,  entitled 
^'The  True  Sportsman."  Rental  terms  are  five  dol- 
lars a  week  and  expressage. 

A  perpetual  cup  for  all-round  proficiency,  upon 
which  is  engraved  the  name  of  each  year's  winner, 
is  a  good  way  of  recording  the  annual  athletic  meet. 


ATHLETICS  AND  WATER  SPORTS       213 

A  shield  with  the  names  of  the  winners  of  the  sea- 
son's events  painted  or  burned  upon  it  and  hung 
up  in  the  camp  lodge  helps  to  retain  the  interest  of 
the  winner  in  the  camp  after  he  has  become  a 
^* grown-up"  or  alumnus. 


•^ 


-rs^» 


1        [ 

Takc-otf 


!b>j9^^^^K^5?^^^a\  ^-^ 


CROiS  SECTION  HF  TAKC-UFP 


^^ 


jl«9<^ar« 


Vj    |^rac« 


^    10-  -> 


(hoI 


Holt  ^"5% 


If 


yumpinc   SVanoaros 


Boys  who  like  to  make   things   may  be  put  to 

work  making  various  pieces  of  athletic  apparatus. 

A  Take-Off  may  be  made  of  a  plank  or  board,  8 

inches  wide  and  36  inches  long,  sunk 

Apparatus    flush  with  the  earth.     The  outer  edge 


214  CAMPING    FOE    BOYS 

of  this  plank  is  considered  the  scratch  line.  Remove 
the  earth  to  a  depth  of  three  inches  and  width  of 
twelve  inches. 

To  make  a  pair  of  jumping  standards,  first  saw 
out  the  bottom  blocks,  each  being  10  x  10  inches 
and  2  inches  thick.  In  the  center  of  each  block 
chisel  out  a  hole  2x2  inches  and  about  1  inch  in 
depth.  Into  these  holes  fit  the  ends  of  the  upright 
pieces,  which  should  be  5  feet  long  and  2  inches 
square.  Before  securing  the  upright  pieces,  bore 
holes  an  inch  apart,  into  which  may  be  inserted  a 
piece  of  heavy  wire  or  large  wire  nail  to  hold  up 
the  cross  piece  or  jumping  stick.  Be  sure  to 
space  the  holes  alike  on  both  uprights,  so  the  cross- 
piece  will  set  level  when  the  standard  is  in  use. 
Four  5-inch  braces  are  fastened  in  at  the  lower  part 
of  the  upright.  Study  the  diagram  arid  you  will 
succeed  in  making  a  pretty  good  pair  of  standards. 

After  supper  is  usually  a  period  in  the  camp  life 

rather      difficult      of     occupation. 

Campus  Games     ''Campus  Games"  appeal  to  most 

boys.     These   games   are   designed 

especially  for  the  after-supper  hour,  although  they 

may  be  played  at  any  time. 

Stand  the  boys  in  a  circle  with  all  hands  clasped. 
One  of  the  crowd  lies  down  in  the  center  with  a 
rope  as  long  as  one-half  the  diameter  of  the  circle. 
To  the  end  of  the  rope  is  tied  a  small  weight  like  a 
sand  bag.  He  whirls  the  weight 
Circle  Jumping  around  with  the  full  length  of 
rope  revolving  with  increasing 
rapidity.     As  it  approaches  the  players,  they  hop 


ATHLETICS  AND  WATER  SPORTS       215 

up  and  let  it  pass  under  their  feet.  The  one  whose 
foot  is  touched  is  out  of  the  game  and  the  boy  who 
keeps  out  of  the  way  of  the  rope  the  longest  is  the 
winner. 

Here  is  a  Japanese  game  full  of  fun  and  action. 
Place  a  dozen  or  more  boys  in  line,  and  have  each 
fellow  place  his  hands  firmly  on  the  shoulders  of 
the  boy  in  front  of  him.  Choose  one  of  the  fellows 
for  the  ^^Wolf.''  The  first  boy  at  the  head  of  the 
line  is  called  the  ''Head''  of  the  Serpent,  and  the 
last  fellow  is  the  ''Tail.''  The  "AVolf "  stands  near 
the  head  of  the  Serpent  until  a  signal  is  given. 
Then  he  tries  to  catch  the  "Tail"  without 
Wolf  touching  any  other  part  of  the  snake.  The 
boys  who  form  the  body  of  the  Serpent  pro- 
tect the  "Tail"  by  wreathing  about  in  all  sorts  of 
twists  to  prevent  the  "Wolf"  from  catching  the 
"Tail."  This  must  be  done  without  breaking  the 
line.  When  the  "Tail"  is  caught,  the  "Wolf"  be- 
comes the  "Head,"  and  the  "Tail"  becomes  the 
"Wolf."  The  last  boy  in  line  is  the  "Tail."  The 
game  can  be  continued  until  every  boy  has  been  the 
"Wolf." 

A  line  is  marked  dividing  the  campus.  All  the 
boys  gather  on  one  side.  One  boy  in  the  center  en- 
deavors to  have  them  step  over  the  line  by  calling 
out,  "Rover,  Rover,  all  come  over!" 
Rover,  All  At  the  word  "over"  everybody  is  ex- 
Come  Over  pected  to  run  and  cross  the  line,  while 
the  center  man  endeavors  to  catch  one. 
The  one  caught  must  help  him  catch  the  others. 
If  any  one  runs  over  before  the  center  man  calls 


216 


ATHLETICS  AND  WATER  SPORTS       217 

**over/'  he  has  to  go  to  the  aid  of  the  catcher.  When 
all  are  caught  the  game  begins  again. 

The  game  of  ^^ Indian  and  White  Man"  is  inter- 
esting. A  circle  is  drawn  on  the  campus.  It  is  sup- 
posed that  the  white  people  are  travelling  over  the 
prairie,  and  at  night  time  they  prepare  to  camp. 
The  circle  represents  their  camp.  The  Whites  lie 
down  to  sleep  and  sentries  are  posted.  The  Indians 
discover  the  camp  and  endeavor  to 
Indian  and  capture  the  Whites.  Then  comes  the 
White  Man  battle  royal.  Every  Indian  captured 
in  the  white  man's  circle  counts  one, 
and  every  white  man  captured  by  the  Indians  out- 
side the  circle  counts  one  for  their  side.  The  game 
continues  until  all  of  either  side  are  captured.  The 
players  are  divided  into  two  groups.  The  Indians 
are  concealed  in  the  bushes  or  some  place  unseen  by 
the  Whites  and  they  make  the  attack. 

Such  games  as  ''Three  Deep,"  ''Bull  in  the 
Ring,"  "Tag  Game,"  "Leap  Frog,"  will  be  found 
to  interest  the  boys  during  the  after-supper  period. 

The  following  are  campus  games  requiring  ap- 
paratus : 

Plant  in  the  ground  two  posts,  leaving  at  least 
15  feet  above  ground.  Spike  a  10-foot  piece  across 
the  top  (see  page  218).  An  ordinary  ball  used  in 
bowling  is  used  by  plugging  shut  the  holes  and  in- 
serting a  screw  eye  in  one  of  the  plugged  holes. 
Tie  tightly  to  this  screw  eye  a 
German  Bowling  strong  piece  of  rope.  A  good- 
sized  screw  eye  is  fastened  in  the 
cross  piece  of  the  frame,  and  to  this  tie  the  ball. 


218 


CAMPING    FOR    BOYS 


Nine  bowling  pins  are  used.  The  score  is  the  same 
as  bowling.  The  pins  are  knocked  off  by  the  return 
of  the  ball,  as  shown  in  the  diagram. 


Cam^u*   3owi.im<; 


The  upright  pole  should  be  standing  ten  feet  out 
of  the  ground  and  firmly  imbedded  in  the  earth  so 
as  not  to  vibrate.    The  pole  should  be  7I/2  inches  in 


TeTMER 


& 


circumference  at  the  ground  and  tapering  toward 
the  upper  end.  Paint  a  black  or  white  2-inch  band 
around  the  pole  6  feet  above  the  ground.     Draw  a 


ATHLETICS  AND  WATER  SPORTS      219 

circle  about  the  pole  on  the  ground  having  a  3-foot 

radius.  A  20-foot  line  must  bisect  the 
Tether  Ball     circle.     Use   a  tennis   ball  having   a 

netted  or  tightly  fitting  linen  cover. 
The  ball  is  fastened  to  a  string  with  a  ring  and 
suspended  from  the  top  of  the  pole  by  a  piece  of 
heavy  braided  fish  line.  The  cord  should  allow  the 
ball  to  hang  7%  feet.  Tennis  racquets  are  used. 
The  two  players  stand  at  point  marked  with  an  X 
in  the  diagram.  In  the  toss-up  for  courts  the  loser 
is  the  server.  The  ball  may  be  struck  in  any  man- 
ner with  the  racquet,  the  endeavor  being  to  wind 
the  string  upon  the  pole  above  the  painted  band. 

Stretch  a  tennis  net  across  the  campus  and  mark 
a  court  fifty  feet  long,  to  be  divided  equally  by  the 

net.  The  play  consists  in  keeping  in 
Volley  Ball    motion  the  ball  over  the  net  from  one 

side  to  the  other,  until  one  fails  to 
return  it,  which  counts  as  an  out.  The  ball  used  is 
similar  to  a  football,  only  smaller.  The  game  con- 
sists of  twenty-one  points. 

Many  of  the  camps  have  tennis  courts  and  hold 
tournaments.  This  game  is  so  universal  and  fa- 
miliar that  no  description  will  be  made. 

AQUATIC    SPORTS   AND   WATER    GAMES 

Aquatic  sports  may  be  arranged  so  that  active  in- 
terest will  be  taken  by  all  the  boys,  or  they  may  be 
simply  an  exhibition  of  the  swimming  abilities  of 
several  boys.  The  former  is  decidedly  preferable. 
Events  should  be  arranged  for  the  small  as  well  as 


M 


p 


Eh 


220 


ATHLETICS  AND  WATER  SPORTS      221 

the  large  boys.  The  program  of  events  shoul-d  in- 
clude a  short  dash,  swimming  under  water,  diving 
for  form,  fancy  swimming  and  special  stunts,  rib- 
bon awards  or  inexpensive  cups  to  be  given  the  win- 
ners. The  Life  Saving  Corps  will  have  an  oppor- 
tunity to  give  an  exhibition  of  their  skill  and  alert- 
ness, as  well  as  patrol  the  swimming  beach.  Good 
reliable  fellows  should  be  appointed  to  watch  each 
swimmer  when  in  the  water.  Run  no  chances  at 
any  time  that  boys  are  in  the  water. 

The  following  water  games  have  been  suggested 
by  A.  B.  Wegener.  1.  Three-legged  swimming.  2. 
Tug  of  War.  3.  Bobbing  for  Corks.  4.  Plunging 
through  hoops  for  height  or  distance.  5.  Diving 
for  objects.  6.  Egg  Race ;  holding  the  egg  in  a 
spoon  either  in  the  mouth  or  hand.  7.  Tag  games. 
8.  Potato  race;  using  corks  instead  of  potatoes.  9. 
Candle  race;  candles  are  lighted  and  must  be  kept 
lighted.  10.  Various  land  games  may  be  adapted 
for  water  use,  such  as  ball  passing  (using  a  water 
polo  ball),  relay  race,  etc. 

Two  peach  baskets,  or  rope  baskets,  or  two  iron 
rings  are  hung  upon  poles  five  feet  above  the  water 
and  forty  feet  apart.  The  game  is  played  similarly 
to  basket  ball,  except  that  the 
Water  Basket  Ball  players  are  allowed  to  ad- 
vance with  the  ball.  Tackling 
and  ducking  are  fouls  and  penalized  by  allowing  a 
free  throw  for  goal  from  a  point  fifteen  feet  away. 
There  is  no  out  of  bounds,  and  a  basket  may  be 
thrown  from  any  place  in  the  water.  A  field  goal 
counts  two  points,  and  a  goal  from  a  foul  one  point. 


222  CAMPING    FOR    BOYS 

The  outfit  required  is  a  tennis  ball,  a  broom  stick 
and  four  rafts — one  large  and  three  small.  The 
batsman  and  catcher  stand  on  the  big  raft.  On  a 
small  raft,  ten  yards  away,  stands 
Water  Baseball  the  pitcher  and  the  other  two 
rafts  are  placed  at  easy  swim- 
ming distance  for  bases.  In  striking,  everything 
counts — bunt,  swat  or  foul  tip.  The  moment  bat 
and  ball  come  in  contact  the  batsman  starts  for 
first  base.  There  are  five  men  on  a  side.  Lots  of 
fun.  Avoid  remaining  in  fresh  water  too  long  as 
it  has  a  tendency  to  weaken  vitality. 

The  contestants  are  dressed  in  a  full  suit  of  old 
clothes.  At  the  word  **go" 
Old  Clothes  Race  they  dive  into  the  water  and 
swim  to  a  float  placed  at  a  cer- 
tain distance  away,  undress  and  return.  This  is  a 
very  funny  race. 

Two  boats  manned  by  four  boys  each.  One  boy 
is  the  spearman  and  is  armed  with  a  light  pole 
about  eight  or  ten  feet  long,  having  a  soft  pad  of 
rags,  or  better  yet,  of  water-proof  canvas  duck  to 
keep  it  from  getting  wet  and  soggy.  If  a  flat-bot- 
tom boat  is  used,  the  spearman  stands  on 
Tilting  one  of  the  end  seats.  A  quarter-deck  or 
raised  platform  should  be  built  on  an  or- 
dinary boat  or  canoe.  The  battle  is  fought  in 
rounds  and  by  points.  If  you  put  your  opponent 
back  into  the  boat  with  one  foot  it  counts  you  5 ; 
two  feet,  10.  If  he  loses  his  spear  you  count  5  (ex- 
cept when  he  is  put  overboard).  If  you  put  him 
down  on  one  knee  on  the  *^ fighting  deck,''  you  count 


ATHLETICS  AND  WATER  SPORTS      223 

5 ;  two  knees,  10.  If  you  put  him  overboard  it 
counts  25.  One  hundred  points  is  a  round.  A  bat- 
tle is  for  one  or  more  rounds  as  agreed  upon.  It  is 
forbidden  to  strike  below  the  belt.  The  umpire 
may  dock  for  fouls. 

Any  number  of  canoes  or  boats  may  engage  in 

this  water  game.     A  rubber  football  is 

Canoe  Tag    used.     The   game  is  to  tag  the  other 

canoe  or  boat  by  throwing  this  into  it. 

The  rules  are  as  in  ordinary  cross  tag. 

The  *^ whale''  is  made  of  a  big  log  of  wood  with  a 
rough-shaped  head  and  tail  to  represent  a  whale. 
Two  boats  are  used,  each  manned  by  the  boys  of 
one  tent — the  leader  acting  as  captain,  a  boy  as 
bowman  or  harpooner,  the  others  as  oarsmen. 
Each  boat  belongs  to  a  different  harbor,  the  two 
harbors  being  some  distance  apart.  The  umpire 
takes  the  ^^ whale"  and  lets  it  loose 
Whale  Hunt  about  half-way  between  the  two  har- 
bors and  on  a  signal  the  two  boats 
race  out  to  see  who  can  get  to  the  *^ whale"  first. 
The  harpooner  who  first  arrives  within  range  of  the 
*^ whale"  drives  his  harpoon  into  it  and  the  boat 
promptly  turns  around  and  tows  the  ^' whale"  to 
its  harbor.  The  second  boat  pursues  and  when  it 
overtakes  the  other,  also  harpoons  the  ''whale," 
turns  around  and  endeavors  to  tow  the  ''whale"  to 
its  harbor.  In  this  way  the  two  boats  have  a  tug- 
of-war  and  eventually  the  better  boat  tows  the 
"whale"  and  possibly  the  opposing  boat  into  its 
harbor. 

A  "Shoot-the-Chute"  is  great  fun  and  one  should 


224 


CAMPING    FOE    BOYS 


.^lAO^AM    F-o«  'ChOTE* 


be  built  in  every  permanent  camp  and  **  Swimming 
Hole."  The  one  described  is  by  A.  D.  Murray  and 
has  stood  the  test  of  several  years  in  a  number  of 
eamps. 

The  plan  drawn  is  for  a  chute  40  feet  long,  3  feet 
wide  and  18  feet  high.  These  dimensions  can  be 
changed  in  length  and  height,  but  not  in  width. 
The  chute  is  built  of  %-inch  matched  pine  boards, 
to  the  same  width  as  sheet  zinc,  usually  3  feet;  the 
boards  being  firmly  cleated  together  on  the  under 
side  by  2  X  6-inch  cleats  5  feet  apart,  throughout 
the  length  of  the  chute.  Boards  should  be  screwed 
to  the  cleats  from  the  face  of  the  chute  with  1%- 
incli  screws,  the  heads  being  counter  sunk.  The 
several  lengths  of  zinc  are  soldered  into  one  piece, 
the  joints  being  on  the  under 
Shoot-the-Chute  side  (as  shingles  on  a  roof)  fast- 
ened to  the  boards  with  8-oz. 
tacks ;  set  in  from  the  edge  about  1  inch  and  about 


ATHLETICS  AND  WATER  SPORTS      225 

6  inches  apart.  The  side  strips  of  maple  (soft  wood 
will  not  do  on  account  of  the  danger  of  splintering)  2 
inches  wide  and  3  inches  high,  rounded  slightly  on 
upper  edge,  are  placed  directly  over  the  edge  of  the 
zinc  and  covering  the  tacks.  Screw  the  strips 
firmly  to  the  chute  with  2-inch  screws  from  the 
under  side.  These  ought  to  be  placed  not  more 
than  2  feet  apart.  Probably  each  will  have  two  or 
more  strips  in  making  a  piece  of  sufficient  length. 
If  so,  care  should  be  taken  to  have  the  pieces  joined 
on  a  bevel  with  a  slant  from  outer  edge  toward  bot- 
tom of  chute  so  as  to  leave  no  edge.  The  utmost 
care  should  be  used  to  have  a  perfectly  smooth  sur- 
face on  the  inside  of  the  chute.  A  pump  or  bucket 
is  needed  at  the  top  of  the  chute  to  wet  the  surface 
before  the  swimmer  starts  his  slide.  The  supports 
A,  B,  C,  should  be  firmly  braced  with  2  x  4-inch 
timber,  D,  and  lower  end  of  chute  should  extend 
over  the  pier  at  least  1  foot  and  not  nearer  the  sur- 
face of  the  water  than  3  feet  perpendicularly,  al- 
lowing the  swimmer  to  enter  the  water  as  in  a  dive. 
The  chute  can  be  fastened  to  the  supporting  braces 
through  timbers  E,  F,  into  maple  side  strips  with 
a  good  heavy  log  screw.  A  platform  3  feet  wide 
and  4  feet  long  near  the  top  of  chute,  and  set 
just  waist  deep  from  the  top  of  chute  will  make 
starting  easy. 

Richard  the  Lion-hearted,  of  England,  said  the 

five    essential   points   of   archery — stand- 
Archery     ing,     nocking,     drawing,     holding,     and 

loosing — ''honestly    represented    all    the 
principles  of  life.'' 


226  CAMPING    FOR    BOYS 

Archery  develops  the  muscles  in  all-round  fash- 
ion, particularly  those  of  the  shoulder,  arm  and 
wrist. 

A  target  can  be  made  of  a  burlap  sack,  or  oil 
cloth,  about  five  feet  square.  Stuff  this  with  hay  or 
straw.  It  may  be  flattened  by  a  few  quilting 
stitches  put  right  through  with  a  long  packing 
needle.  On  this  the  target  is  painted. 
The  Target  In  scoring,  the  centre  is  9,  the  next 
circle  7,  the  next  5,  the  next  3  and 
the  last  circle  1.  The  shortest  match  range  for  the 
target  is  forty  yards. 

The  bow  may  be  made  from  any  of  the  following 
woods — mulberry,  sassafras,  southern  cedar,  black 
locust,  black  walnut,  apple,  slippery  elm  or  hickory. 
In  making  a  bow,  select  wood  with  straight  grain. 
The  length  of  the  bow  should  be  about 
The  Bow  the  height  of  the  boy  using  it,  or  if  the 
boy  is  between  ten  and  fifteen  years  of 
age,  his  bow  should  not  be  less  than  four  feet  in 
length  and  not  more  than  five  feet.  When  buying 
a  bow  get  one  of  lancewood  backed  with  hickory. 

The  making  of  the  bow  and  arrow  is  described  by 
A.  Neeley  Hall,  as  follows :  '  *  Cut  your  piece  of  wood 
five  feet  long,  and,  after  placing  it  in  a  bench  vise 
to  hold  it  in  position,  shape  it  down  with  a  draw- 
knife  or  plane  until  it  is  one  inch  wide  by  one-half 
inch  thick  at  the  handle,  and  three- 
Making  a  Bow  quarters  inch  wide  by  one-quarter 
inch  thick  at  the  ends.  The  bow 
can  be  made  round  or  flat  on  the  face  toward  the 
archer.     Cut  a  notch  in  the  bow  two  inches  from 


ATHLETICS  AND  WATER  SPORTS       22? 


^UortdiFof*.  ©©V4- STRING 


»/flrH  OP  sow  S"' 


•^3^'x/v' 


^I'x)!- 


^S^gHw^ 


WlffCNAIL  WIXH 


7 


N- 


5tlP    KNOT 


each  end,  as  shown  in  the  illustration,  from 
which  to  attach  the  bow-string.  A  cord  with  as 
little  elasticity  as  possible  should  be  used  for  this. 
A   good  string   can   be   purchased  for  twenty-five 


228  CAMPING    FOR    BOYS 

cents.  With  a  home-made  bow-string,  a  loop  should 
be  made  in  one  end  and  bound  with  thread,  as 
shown  in  illustration,  p.  227.  Slip  the  loop  over  the 
upper  notch,  bend  the  bow  until  the  center  of  the 
string  is  about  five  inches  away  from  the  handle, 
and  attach  the  loose  end  to  the  lower  notch  by 
means  of  a  slip-knot  similar  to  that  shown  in  the 
drawing.  The  bow  should  then  be  sandpapered  un- 
til smooth,  and  thoroughly  oiled  with  linseed  oil. 
Glue  a  piece  of  velvet  about  three  inches  wide 
around  the  center  for  a  handle.'' 

Arrows  are  divided  into  three  parts:  the  head, 
sometimes  called  the  pile,  the  shaft  and  the  feath- 
ers. The  shaft  is  generally  made  of  hickory,  ash, 
elm  or  pine,  and  its  length  is  dependent  upon  that 
of  the  bow.  For  a  five-foot  bow,  make  the  length 
two  feet  and  the  width  and  thick- 
Making  Arrows  ness  about  one-half  inch.  For 
target  practice  a  wire  nail  driven 
into  the  end  of  the  pile,  as  shown  on  page  227, 
with  the  head  of  the  nail  filed  off  and  pointed, 
makes  an  excellent  head.  Feathering  is  the  next 
operation.  Turkey  and  goose  feathers  are  gen- 
erally used.  Strip  off  the  broader  side  of  the  vane 
of  three  feathers  and  glue  them  to  the  shaft  one 
inch  and  a  quarter  from  the  notch,  spacing  them 
equally  from  each  other.  One  feather  should  be 
placed  at  right  angles  to  the  notch.  This  is  known 
as  the  cock  feather  and  should  always  point  away 
from  the  bow  when  the  arrow  is  shot. 

The  rules  for  the  five  essential  points  are 
these : 


ATHLETICS  AND  WATER  SPORTS       229 

Standing:  In  taking  position  to  draw  the  bow, 
the  heels  must  be  seven  to  eight  inches  apart,  feet 
firm  on  the  ground,  yet  easy  and  springy,  not  rigid. 

Nocking:  This  is  manipulating  the  bow  string. 
Hold  the  string  with  two  fingers  and  the  arrow  be- 
tween the  first  and  second  fingers.  Grip  firmly, 
but  not  so  as  to  give  awkwardness  to  any  finger. 

Drawing:  In  drawing  stand  with  the  left  shoul- 
der toward  the  target,  turning  the  head 
Archery  only  from  the  neck  and  looking  over  the 
left  shoulder.  Then  raise  the  bow  with 
the  left  hand,  keeping  the  upper  end  inclined  one 
or  two  degrees  from  the  body.  With  the  right  hand 
draw  the  arrow  to  chin-level  and  below  the  ear. 

Holding :  Steady  the  aim  a  moment  and  keep  the 
point  of  aim  directly  in  view,  looking  along  the 
whole  length  of  the  arrow. 

Loosing:  In  letting  the  arrow  go,  do  not  jerk, 
but  loose  smoothly,  and  be  certain  your  bow  arm 
does  not  move  when  loosing.  To  get  a  clean,  sharp 
loose  is  more  than  half  way  to  hitting  the  target. 

BIBLIOGRAPHY 

Indoor  and  Outdoor  Games  {\^S) — A.  M.  Chesley.  American  Sports  PublishingiCo. 

An  Athletic  Primer,  Group  XII.,  No.  87 — J.  E.  Sullivan.  American  Sports 
Publishing  Co. 

Official  Handbook  Y.  M.  C.  A.  Athletic  League,  Group  XII.,  No.  302.  American 
Sports  Publishing  Co. 

Tether  Tennis,  Volley  Ball,  Etc.,  No.  188.    American  Sports  Publishing  Co. 

The  above  booklets  are  published  at  10  cents  each,  and  should  be  in  the 
hands  of  every  camp  leader,  also  the  latest  guides  in  Baseball  and  Tennis. 

At  Home  in  the  Water — George  H.  Corsan.  Association  Press,  75  cents.  Twenty 
pages  of  this  excellent  book  are  devoted  to  water  sports,  and  it  also  con- 
tains complete  rules  for  Water  Polo,  a  splendid  game  for  adults,  but  un- 
wise to  play  in  a  boys*  camp. 

The  Birch  Bark  Roll — Ernest  Thompson-Seton.  Doubleday,  Page  &  Co.,  25  cents. 

Two  Little  Savages — Ernest  Thompson-Seton.  Doubleday,  Page  &  Co.,  $1.75. 
These  books  give  valuable  hints  on  Archery,  which  is  peculiarly  adapted 
for  camp  life  and  sport.  -tw  -^ 

The  Witchery  of  Archery — Maurice  Thompson.  Charles  Scribner's  Sons,  $1.50. 
Fascinating  and  entertaining. 


o 


230 


CHAPTER  XVIII 
NATURE    STUDY 

THE  OUT-DOOR  INSTINCT— ANTIQUITY  OF  NATURE 
STUDY— THE  MODERN  IDEA— BOY  COLLECTORS- 
AROUSING  INTEREST  —  HERBARIUMS  —  HOME- 
MADE PRESS  —  EQUIPMENT  —  NEW  KIND  OF 
HUNTING— WALKS  AFIELD— NIGHT  SOUNDS— 
' '  FISHOLOGY '  ^—PURPOSEFUL  TRIPS— OUTDOOR 
TALKS  ON  NATURE— BIBLIOGRAPHY 

If  nature  is  to  be  a  resource  in  a  man's  life,  one's  relation 
to  her  must  not  be  too  exact  and  formal,  but  more  that  of  a 
lover  and  friend. — John  Burroughs 

*'The  boy  is  always  nearer  to  the  heart  of  nature 
than  the  grown  man.     He  has  a  passionate  love  of 
the  open  air  and   of  the  fields   and  woods;  he  is 
never  really  happy  indoors.     Na- 
Outdoor  Instinct    ture  has  planted  this  outdoor  in- 
stinct in  the  boy's  heart  for  the 
good  of  the  race."    Day  and  night  teach  him  their 
lessons.    The  boy  will  absorb  much  that  is  interest- 
ing and  ^Iso  much  that  will  be  of  real  value  in  giv- 
ing  him   a    broader   outlook   upon   life.      Camping 
gives  abundant  opportunity  for  the  study  of  nature. 
Nature    study    is    not    a    fad    of   modern    times. 
231 


232  CAMPING    FOE    BOYS 

Nearly  three  hundred  and  fifty  years  before  Christ, 
Alexander  the  Great  placed  at  the  disposal  of  his 
tutor,  Aristotle,  the  services  of  one  thousand  men 
throughout  Asia  and  Greece  with  instructions  to 
collect  and  report  details  concerning  the  life,  con- 
ditions and  habits  of  fishes,  birds,  beasts  and  in- 
sects. To  this  magnificent  equipment  of  assistants, 
Alexander  added  fifteen  thousand  dollars  in  gold 
for  books  and  laboratory  supplies. 

Prof.  L.  H.  Bailey  says,  *'The  modern  idea  of 
Nature  Study  is,  to  put  the  boy  in  a  sympathetic  at- 
titude toward  nature  for  the  purpose  of  increasing 
the  joy  of  living.  Nature  study  is  not  science.  It 
is  not  knowledge.  It  is  spirit.  It  is  concerned  with 
the  boy's  outlook  on  the  world.  .  .  .  This  Na- 
ture spirit  is  growing,  and  there  are  many  ways  of 
knowing  the  fields  and  woods.  A  new  literature 
has  been  born.  It  is  the  literature  of  the  out-of- 
doors.'' 

Boys  are  natural  born  collectors.  They  are  in- 
terrogation points,  full  of  curiosity,  like  the  ''man 
from  Missouri,"  they  want  to  know.  The  wise 
leader  will  say,  ''Let  us  find  out  some- 
Collectors  thing  about  this  tree,  or  plant,  or  bird, 
or  whatever  it  may  be,  and  together  we 
will  be  learners."  The  text-book  method  will  not 
work  in  a  boys'  camp.  "Go  find  me  a  flower"  is 
the  true  method,  and  let  us  see  what  it  is.  Nature 
study  books  and  leaflets  should  be  used  merely  as 
guides,  not  as  texts. 

Arouse  interest  by  encouraging  the  boys  to  make 
collections  of  leaves,  flowers,  etc.,  found  in  the  vi- 


NATtJEE    STUDY  233 

cinity  of  the  camp.  Leaves  and  flowers  may  be 
pressed  in  a  home-made  press 
Arousing  Interest  and  mounted  upon  heavy  paper 
or  card-board.  The  following 
suggestions  are  given  by  Dan  Beard  and  quoted  by 
permission  of  Charles  Scribner's  Sons  from  his 
book,  '^The  Field  and  Forest  Handy  Book.'' 


''The  illustration  shows  how  the  press  is  made. 
In  using  the  press,  first  place  the  plants  or  leaves, 
enclosed  in  their  wrappers  and  dryers  of  news- 
papers, on  the  bottom  board,  put  the  top  board 
over  them,  bring  the  hinged  lever  down  and  bind 
the  whole  together  with  a  stout  strap  put  around 
the  end  of  the  lever  and  the  handle  of 
Herbarium  the  bottom  board.  As  this  strap  is 
drawn  tight  the  lever  bends,  and  so 
keeps  a  constant  pressure  on  the  plants  and  leaves 
even  when  they  shrink  in  drying.  Dryers  should 
be  changed  at  least  every  day.  Mount  specimens 
on  separate  herbarium  sheets  of  standard  size  (li/^ 
X  161/2 ).  Each  specimen  should  be  mounted  with 
name  (common  and  botanical),  where  found,  date 
and  any  other  facts  of  interest.  This  label  is  usu- 
ally pasted  in  the  lower  right-hand  corner  of  the 
herbarium  sheet." 


234  CAMPING    FOR    BOYS 

If  the  camp  has  a  permanent  building,  these 
specimens  make  a  most  attractive  decoration  as 
well  as  help  to  recall  the  happy  days  of  'Hhe 
hunt."  The  material  equipment  for  nature  study 
should  consist  of  a  good  loose  leaf  note-book,  some- 
thing that  will  stand  the  out-door  wear.  Get  quad- 
rille ruled  sheets.  They  will  simplify 
Equipment  sketching  in  the  matter  of  proportion 
and  scale.  A  pocket  magnifying  glass 
will  serve  for  identification  of  the  specimens.  An  in- 
expensive combination  tweezer  and  magnifying 
glass  is  made  by  Asher  Kleinman,  250  Eighth  Ave- 
nue, New  York  (50  cents).  Best  of  all  is  a  high- 
power  microscope,  especially  where  the  camp  has  a 
permanent  building  with  suitable  room,  having  a 
good  light  and  table  facilities.  A  camera  will  help 
in  securing  permanent  records  of  trees,  ferns,  flow- 
ers, birds,  freaks  of  nature  and  scenes  other  than 
the  usual  camp  groups.  A  few  reliable  books  on 
nature  study  are  needed  to  complete  the  outfit. 

A  ''bird  hunt"  was  a  popular  sport  in  one  of. 
my  camps.  We  started  off  early  one  morning,  a 
group  of  boys,  each  ''loaded"  with  a  big  lunch- 
box  crammed  with  good  things,  a  note-book,  a  book 
on  bird-life,  and  a  "gun."  The  "gun"  we  used 
was  a  powerful  pair  of  field  glasses.  On  the  way 
we  counted  the  number  of  bird-homes  we  saw.  Just 
as  we  were  thinking  about  stopping  and 
Hunting  having  breakfast  we  heard  a  most  ec- 
static song.  Creeping  close  to  the  place 
where  the  sound  came  from,  we  discovered  the 
songster    to    be    a    song-sparrow.      Focussing    our 


NATUEE    STUDY  235 

^'gun"  upon  the  bird  we  made  note  of  its  coloring 
and  marking,  making  sure  that  if  we  heard  or  saw 
another  we  would  recognize  it  at  once.  While  we 
were  eating  our  breakfast,  there  was  a  dash  of 
white,  yellow,  and  grayish-brown,  a  whirring 
sound  and,  as  the  bird  lighted  upon  the  low  bushes 
nearby,  a  clear,  piercing  whistle  came  from  its 
throat.  Our  '^gun''  revealed  to  us  a  meadow  lark. 
By  this  time  the  boys  were  as  much  excited  over  the 
bird  hunt  as  over  a  game  of  ball. 

A  ^* flower  walk,''  observing  the  wild  flowers;  a 

*^fern  walk,"  discerning  the  delicate  tracery  of  the 

fern    in    its    cool    haunts;    a    ^^tree 

Walks  Afield    walk",  noting  the  different  trees — 

all  are  natural  ways  of  interesting 

boys  in  nature  study. 

G.  B.  Affleck  in  the  April,  1910,  number  of  Physi- 
cal Training  tells  his  experience  in  studying  na- 
ture with  several  groups  of  boys. 

^^The  night  sounds  surrounding  a  camp  in  north- 
ern Minnesota  were  a  puzzle  to  boys  and  to  the 
counsellor  of  the  tent  at  the  end  of  the  row.  This 
problem  continued  unsolved  for  more  than  a  week, 
despite  all  attempts  both  by  day  and  night.  Fi- 
nally, one  moist,  warm  night,  Ned,  after  stealthily 
approaching  the  sound,  satisfied  himself  of  its  lo- 
cation in  a  certain  tree  and  in  the  morning  was  re- 
warded by  the  discovery  of  the 
Night  Sounds  Hoad'  camped  on  a  branch  near  the 
source  whence  the  sound  had  is- 
sued. Replacing  the  frog  so  that  the  coarse  tuber- 
cles of  its  back  corresponded  to  the  bark,  Ned  en- 


236  CAMPING    FOR    BOYS 

joyed  a  merited  reward  at  the  expense  of  his  tent 
mates  who,  though  often  'hot,'  required  some  min- 
utes to  find  the  hidden  treasure.  Then  came  the 
wonder  of  the  stick  toes  and  fingers,  the  feeding 
with  flies,  and  the  result  was — a  new  pet  for  the 
tent.  In  the  next  letters  written  to  the  folks  this 
find  was  the  central  theme.  How  much  better  this 
discovery  and  the  examination  of  the  peculiar  col- 
ors and  structures,  also  the  conclusions,  based  upon 
observed  structure,  as  to  the  life  and  habits  of  the 
tree  frog  than  would  have  been  a  scientifically 
learned  discussion  of  the  family  Hylidae! 

*'In  a  camp  of  fifty  boys  the  writer  remembers 
three  who  had  special  delight  in  collecting  pebbles, 
and  they  made  several  all-day  trips  to  distant 
brooks  and  beaches  in  the  search  for  new  speci- 
mens. Another  group  became  so  fascinated  with 
the  study  of  the  food  of  fish  that  they  begged  the 
*  privilege'  of  cleaning  the  catch  of  each  returning 
party.  Proud  was  that  lad  who  incidentally  lo- 
cated the  heart  of  a  pickerel,  and  because  of  his 
school  knowledge  of  physiology  he  could  not  be  con- 
vinced that  the  fish  breathed  without  lungs  till  he 
had  spent  many  hours  in  the  vain  endeavor  to  lo- 
cate said  organs.  Then  he  knew  that  his  former 
idea  had  been  inadequate. 

**  Fortunately ,  nature  is  so  interrelated  in  her 
various  phases   that  an  attempt  at  exploration  in 

one    direction   soon   opens   other    fields, 
Fishology     until    with    the    growth    of    experience 

there  comes  a  corresponding  expansion 
of  interest.     Thus  the  lads,  searching  for  pebbles, 


NATUEE    STUDY  237 

were  perforce  attracted  by  the  plant  and  insect 
life  of  the  brook,  and  the  one  delving  into  the  mys- 
tery of  breathing  oxygen  without  lungs  developed 
a  new  interest  in  the  physics  of  fluids,  while  those 
who  located  the  tree  frog  enlarged  their  sphere  by 
the  knowledge  that  their  pet  rejected  some  of  the 
^ bugs'  offered  it. 

''The  leader,  commencing  thus  with  the  limited 
or  special  interest  of  each  group,  may  evolve  in  his 
own  mind  the  plan  which  most  naturally  will  lead 
the  boys  not  only  into  a  wider  field  of  concrete 
facts,  but  also  into  the  habit  of  seeing  relationships, 
of  drawing  conclusions  and  of  raising  questions  for 
further  investigation. 

*'A  group  of  boys  interested  in  a  study  of  fish 
may  well  be  organized  for  an  all-day  trip  to  the 
foot  of  the  rapids  or  the  bay  of  springs;  others 
with  geological  preferences  may  spend  a  night  on 
the  top  of  the  distant  hill  which  offers  outcroppings 
of  interest;  the  embryo  botanists  cannot  do  better 
than  to  take  a  bog  trot  for  the  rare  orchid,  anoma- 
lous pitcher  plant,  or  glistening  sun  dew;  lovers  of 
the  deep  shade  may  paddle  to  the  inlet  of  the  creek 
and  there  enjoy  a  side  trip  on  the  fragrant  carpet 
of  hemlock  and  pine  needles;  thus  it  will  be  found 
that  by  anticipating  the  probable  findings  in  which 
the  particular  group  is  interested  the  leader  gives 
a  point  and  purpose,  adding  not  only  to  the  enjoy- 
ment of  the  outing,  but  imparting,  in  addition, 
some  satisfactory  knowledge  of  the  vicinity.'' 

Longfellow  said  that  a  ''strong  evidence  of 
goodly  character  was  the  thoughtfulness  one  dis- 


238  CAMPING    FOE    BOYS 

played  in  caring  for  a  tree.''  One  of  the  best 
things  at  Camp  Becket  was  a  series  of  out-door 
talks  on  nature  given  by  Silas  H.  Berry.  Seated  on 
a  huge  rock,  he  told  the  boys  about  the  shaping 
and  clothing  of  the  earth,  foundation  stones,  moun- 
tains and  hills,  lakes,  ponds,  and  rivers,  the  begin- 
ning of  vegetable  life,  the  variation  and  place  of 
the  freak,  the  forest  and  its  place  in  the  world's 
progress,  the  alternation  of  the  forest  crop,  man  and 
his  neighbors.  Another  afternoon  the  boys  went 
into  the  woods  and  while  they  squatted  on  Na- 
ture's mattress  of  fragrant  pine  needles  (see  illus- 
tration, page  230),  he  told  about  leaves  and  their 
work,  cells  and  their  place,  roots  and  their  ar- 
rangement, tendrils  and  their  mechanism,  flowers 
and  their  devices,  seeds  and  their  travels.  The 
third  talk  was  upon  the  evolution  of  plant  life,  law 
and  logic  of  creation,  perpetuation  of  life  in  the 
lower  forms,  edible  and  poisonous  mushrooms,  and 
the  perpetuation  of  life  in  the  higher  forms.  The 
boys  had  a  different  conception  of  life  thereafter 
and  they  possessed  that  nature-love  which  always 
tends  toward  naturalness  and  simplicity  of  living. 
They  could  sing  with  feeling. 

I  love  thy  rocks  and  rills, 
Thy    woods    and    templed   hills. 

BIBLIOGRAPHY 

How  Nature  Study  Should  be  Taught — Edward  F.  Bigelow,  Ph.D.  Hinds,  Noble 
and  Eldridge,  $1.00.  A  book  of  inspiration.  Many  practical  suggestions 
are  given  for  arousing  interest  among  boys  in  Nature  Study. 

The  Nature  Study  Idea — Liberty  H.  Bailey.  Macmillan  Co.,  $1.25  net.  An 
interpretation  of  the  new  movement  to  put  the  boy  in  sympathy  with 
Nature. 


NATURE    STUDY 


239 


Field  and  Forest  Handy  Book — Dan  Beard.  Charles  Scribner's  Sons,  $2.00. 
Nothing  better  published  for  the  benefit  of  those  having  permanent  camps. 
It  should  be  placed  in  the  hands  of  every  boy. 

Outdoors,  Indoors,  and  Up  the  Chimney — Charles  Mcllvaine.  Sunday  School 
Times  Co.,  75  cents  net.  A  series  of  interesting  stories  about  common- 
place things.    Just  the  kind  of  information  to  give  a  boy  on  rainy  days. 

Dan  Beard's  Animal  Book.  Moffat,  Yard  &  Company,  $1.75  net.  Filled  with 
the  kind  of  incidents  about  animals  that  boys  delight  to  hear,  including 
the  famous  bear  stories.    Also  tells  about  the  Camp-fire  Club  of  Animals. 

How  to  Study  Birds — Herbert  K.  Job.  Outing  Publishing  Co.,  $L50  net. 
Takes  up  the  practical  side  of  bird  study.  Describes  the  outfit  necessary 
for  studying  the  birds  in  the  open.    A  valuable  book. 

Manual  of  Common  American  Insects — William  Beautenmuller.      25  cents. 

Manual  of  Common  Butterflies  and  Moths — William  Beautenmuller.  Funk  & 
Wagnalls  Co.,  25  cents.  Two  pocket  manuals  in  which  the  insects, 
butterflies  and  moths  are  reproduced  in  natural  colors  with  their  common 
and  scientific  names. 

Wilderness  Pets  at  Camp  BucksHaw — Edward  Breck.  Houghton,  Miffiin  Com- 
pany, $1.50  net.  True  tales  of  wilderness  pets  written  by  an  experienced 
woodsman.     Intensely  interesting. 

Young  Folks'  Nature  Field  Book — J.  Alden  Loring.  Dana,  Estes  &  Co.,  $1.00. 
Contains  a  seasonable  hint  for  every  day  in  the  year.  The  alternate  pages 
are  left  blank  for  notes  or  record  of  things  seen. 

*'How  to  Know  the  Wild  Flowers" — F.  T.  Parsons.  Charles  Scribner's  Sons, 
$2.00  net. 

"How  to  Know  the  Ferns" — F.  T.  Parsons.    Charles  Scribner's  Sons,  $1.50  net. 

*' Familiar  Trees  and  Their  Leaves" — F.  D.  Matthews.  Appleton  and  Com- 
pany, $1.75  net.    These  reliable  handbooks  written  in  popular  style. 

An  Out-of-Door  Diary — Marion  Miller.  Sturgis  and  Walton  Co.,  $1.25  net. 
Suitable  for  very  young  boys. 


Making  a  Walk  to  the  Beach — Camp  Wawayanda 


CHAPTER  XIX 
FORECASTING   THE    WEATHER 

WEATHEE  TABLE— CLOUDS— EAIN—CLEAE  WEATHEE 
WINDS— HOW  TO  TELL  DIEECTION  OF  WIND- 
SIGNALS  LOST  ON  A  CLOUDY  DAY— POINTS  OF 
COMPASS  —  HOME-MADE  WEATHEE  PEOPHET  ■— 
PLANT  BAEOMETEE— BIBLIOGRAPHY 

Sunshine  is  delicious. 
Eain  is  refreshing. 
Wind  braces  up. 
Snow  is  exhilarating. 
There  is  really  no  such  thing  as  bad  weather,  only  different 
kinds  of  good  weather. — Euslcin 


It  is  said  that  this  weather  table  by  Buzzaeott  is 
so  near  the  truth  as  seldom  or  never  to  be  found 
to  fail. 

FORECASTING   THE   WEATHER 


If  the  New  Moon,  First  Quarter, 
Full  Moon,  or  Last  Quarter, 
comes 
Between  midnight  and  2  o'clock 
"  2  and    4  morning 

4  "  6 
6  "  8 
8    "     10 


10 
12 
2 


8 
10 


12 

2  afternoon 
4 
6 
8 

10 

midnight 


In  Summer 
Fair 

Cold  and  showers 
Rain 

Wind  and  rain 
Changeable 

Frequent  showers 

Very  rainy 

Changeable 

Fair 

Fair  if  wind    N.W. 

Rainy  if  S.  or  S.  W. 

Fair 

240 


In  Winter 
Frost,  unless  wind  S.  W. 
Snow  and  stormy 
Rain 
Stormy 
Cold  rain  if  wind  W. 

Snow  if  E. 
Cold  and  high  wind 
Snow  or  rain 
Fair  and  mild 
Fair 
Fair  and  frosty  if  wind 

N.  or  N.  E. 
Rain  or  snow  if  S.  or 

S.W. 
Fair  and  frosty 


FOEECASTING   THE    WEATHEE         241 

Every  cloud  is  a  weather  sign. 
Low  clouds  swiftly  moving  indicate  coolness  and 
rain. 

Soft  clouds,  moderate  winds,  fine  weather. 
Clouds     Hard-edged  clouds,  wind. 

Rolled  or  ragged  clouds,  strong  wind. 
''Mackerel"  sky,  twelve  hours  dry. 
Look  out  for  rain  when 

The  tree  frog  cries. 

Fish  swim  near  the  surface. 

Walls  are  unusually  damp. 
P    .  Flies  are  troublesome  and  sting  sharply. 

*^       A  slack  rope  tightens. 

Smoke  beats  downward. 
Sun  is  red  in  the  morning. 
There  is  a  pale  yellow  sunset. 

Rain  with  East  wind  is  lengthy. 

A  sudden  shower  is  soon  over. 

A  slow  rain  lasts  long. 

Rain  before  seven,  clear  before  eleven. 

Sun  drawing  water,  sure  sign  of  rain. 

A  circle  round  the  moon  means  *' storm. '* 

'*When  the  grass  is  dry  at  night 
Look  for  rain  before  the  light ; 
When  the  grass  is  dry  at  morning  light 
Look  for  rain  before  the  night. ' ' 

"When  the  dew  is  on  the  grass 
Rain  will  never  come  to  pass. ' ' 

Fog  in  the  morning,  bright  sunny  day. 

Swallow  flying  high  means  clearing  weather. 

If  the  sun  goes  down  cloudy  Friday,  sure  of  a  clear  Sunday. 

Busy  spiders  mean  fine  weather. 


242  CAMPING    FOR    BOYS 


THE  WINDS 

East  wind  brings  rain. 

West  wind  brings  clear,  bright,  cool  weather. 
North  wind  brings  cold. 
South  wind  brings  heat. 

Birds  fly  high  when  the  barometer  is  high,  and  low  when  the 
barometer  is  low. 


The  way  to  find  which  way  the  wind  is  blowing, 
if  there  is  only  very  light  breeze,  is  to  throw  up 
little  bits  of  dry  grass,  or  to 
Direction  of  Wind  hold  up  a  handful  of  light 
dust  and  let  it  fall,  or  to  suck 
your  thumb  and  wet  it  all  round  and  let  the  wind 
blow  over  it,  and  the  cold  side  of  it  will  then  tell 
you  which  way  the  wind  is  blowing. 

The  U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture  Weather 
Bureau  publishes  a  '^Classification  of  clouds,"  in 
colors  which  may  be  had  for  the 
Weather  Bureau  asking.  If  you  are  near  one  of 
the  weather  signal  stations  daily 
bulletins  will  be  sent  to  camp  upon  request,  also 
the  weather  map. 

A  set  of  flag  signals  run  up  each  day  will  create 
interest.  The  flags  are  easily  made,  or  may  be 
purchased. 

Keep  a  daily  record  of  temperature.  A  boy  in 
charge  of  the  ** Weather  Bureau''  will  find  it  to  be 
full  of  interest,  as  well  as  to  offer  an  opportunity 
to  render  the  camp  a  real  service.  He  will  make  a 
weather  vane,  post  a  daily  bulletin  board,  keep  a 


FOEECASTIlSra   THE    WEATHEE         243 

record  of  temperature,  measure  velocity  of  wind 
and  rainfall. 

If  you  have  lost  your  bearings  and  it  is  a  cloudy 
day,  put  the  point  of  your  knife  blade  on  your 
thumb  nail,  and  turn  the  blade  around  until  the 
full  shadow  of  the  blade  is  on  the  nail.  This  will 
tell  you  where  the  sun  is,  and  decide  in  which  di- 
rection the  camp  is. 

Face  the  sun  in  the  morning,   spread  out   your 

arms  straight  from  body.     Be- 

Points  of  Compass     fore   you  is  the   east;   behind 

you  is  the  west;  to  your  right 

hand  is  the  south ;  to  the  left  hand  is  the  north. 

For  a  home-made  barometer  you  need  a  clear, 
clear  glass  bottle.  Take  one  drachm  each  of  cam- 
phor gum,  saltpetre  and  ammonia  salts,  and  dis- 
solve them  in  thirteen  drachms  of  pure  alcohol. 
Shake  till  dissolved.  Then  pour  in  bottle  and  cork 
tightly.  Hang  the  bottle  of  mixture  against  the 
wall  facing  north,  and  it  will  prove  a  perfect 
weather  prophet.  When  the  liquid  is  clear  it  prom- 
ises fair  weather.    When  it  is  muddy  or  cloudy  it  is 

a  sign  of  rain. 
A  Home-made  Weather  Prophet    AYhen  little  white 

flakes  settle  in 
the  bottom  it  means  that  the  weather  is  growing 
colder,  and  the  thicker  the  deposit  the  colder  it 
becomes.  Fine,  starry  flakes  foretell  a  storm,  and 
large  flakes  are  signs  of  snow.  When  the  liquid 
seems  full  of  little,  threadlike  forms  that  gradually 
rise  to  the  top,  it  means  wind  and  sudden  storm. 

The  dandelion  is  an  excellent  barometer,  one  of 


U,  S.  DEPARTMENT  OF  AGRICULTURE 
WEATHER  BUREAU, 


EXPLANATION  OF  FLAG  SIGNALS. 


No.f, 

White  Fltig, 

D 

Clear  or  Fair. 

No.  2. 

Blue  Flag. 
Bain  or  Snow^ 


No.  3. 

White  and, 
Blue  Flag. 


Local  Baint« 


No.  4. 

Black  Triam 
gular  Flag. 

Temperature. 

No.  5. 

White  Flag. 
Black  Center, 

I® 

CoW  Wave. 


Ko.  t,  alone,  indicates  fair  weatli- 
er,  stationary  temperature. 

Ko.2»alone,indicates  rain  or  snow, 
stationary  temperature. 

Ko.  3,  alone,  indicates  local  rain, 
stationary  temperature.^ 

Ko.  l,with  Ko.  4  above  It.indlcates 
fftir  weather,  warmer. . 

If  o.  1,  with  No.  4  below  it,  indicates 
fair  weather,  colder. 

Ko.2,with  Ko.4  above  it,  indicates 
warmer  weather,  rain  or  snow. 

Ko.  2, with  Ko.4  below  it, indicates 
colder  weather,  rain  or  snow. 

Ko.3,  with  Ko.  4  above  it, indicates 
warmer  weatherwith  local  rains. 

Ko.  3,  with  Ko.  4  below  it,  indicates 
colder  weather  with  local  rains. 

Ko.  l,with  Ko.&above  it,indicates 
fair  weather,  cold  wave. 

Ko.2,with  Ko.  6  above  it,  indicates 
wet  weatiier,  cold  wave. 

Forecasts  made  at  10  a.m.,  and 
displayed  between  12  and  1  p.m., 
forecast  the  weather  for  the  foir 
lowing  day  until  8  p.m. 

244 


FOEECASTIlSrG   THE    WEATHER         245 

the  commonest  and  most  reliable.  It  is  when  the 
blooms  have  seeded  and  are  in  the  fluffy,  feathery- 
condition  that  its  weather 
Plant  Barometers  prophet  facilities  come  to  the 
fore.  In  fine  weather  the  ball 
extends  to  the  full,  but  when  rain  approaches,  it 
shuts  like  an  umbrella.  If  the  weather  is  inclined 
to  be  showery  it  keeps  shut  all  the  time,  only  open- 
ing when  the  danger  from  the  wet  is  past. 

The  ordinary  clover  and  all  its  varieties,  includ- 
ing the  trefoil  and  the  shamrock,  are  barometers. 
When  rain  is  coming,  the  leaves  shut  together  like 
the  shells  of  an  oyster  and  do  not  open  again  until 
fine  weather  is  assured.  For  a  day  or  two  before 
rain  comes  their  stems  swell  to  an  appreciable  ex- 
tent and  stiffen  so  that  the  leaves  are  borne  more 
upright  than  usual.  This  stem  swelling  when  rain 
is  expected  is  a  feature  of  many  towering  grasses. 

The  fingers  of  which  the  leaves  of  the  horse  chest- 
nut are  made  up  keep  flat  and  fanlike  so  long  as 
fine  weather  is  likely  to  continue.  With  the  coming 
of  rain,  however,  they  droop,  as  if  to  offer  less  re- 
sistance to  the  weather.  The  scarlet  pimpernel, 
nicknamed  the  '^poor  man's  weather  glass,''  or 
wind  cope,  opens  its  flowers  only  to  fine  weather. 
As  soon  as  rain  is  in  the  air  it  shuts  up  and  re- 
mains closed  until  the  shower  or  storm  is  over. 

BIBLIOGRAPHY. 

Talks  About  the  Weather — Charles  Barnard.  Funk  &  Wagnalls  Co.,  75  cents. 
A  little  book  of  valuable  hints  and  suggestions  about  the  weather  and  the 
philosophy  of  temperature  and  rainfall  in  their  relation  to  living  things. 

Woodcraft — Jones  and  Woodward.  C.  Arthur  Pearson,  Ltd.,  35  cents.  Con- 
tains an  excellent  chapter  on  weather  lore  in  addition  to  a  mass  of  valuable 
information  on  woodcraft. 

Bulletins  of  the  U.  S.  Weather  Bureau,  Washington,  D.  C. 


246 


CHAPTER  XX 

RAINY  DAY  GAMES  AND  SUGGESTIONS 

DELIGHTS  OF  A  EAINY  DAY— ACCUMULATED  ENERGY 
—  HANDKERCHIEF  TUSSLE  —  POTATO  JOUST  — 
TERRIER  FIGHT— CIRCLE  BALL— LEG  WRESTLE- 
HAND  WRESTLING— ROOSTER  FIGHT— SHOE  AND 
SWEATER  RACE— PEANUT  RELAY  RACE— INTER- 
ESTING TESTS— BIBLIOGRAPHY 

We  knew  it  would   rain   for  the   poplars  showed 
The  white  of  their  leaves,  and  amber  grain 
Shrunk  in  the  wind  and  the  lightning  now 
Is  tangled  in  tremulous  skeins  of  rain. — Aldrich 

Rainy  days  break  the  monotony  of  continuous 
sunshiny  days.  There  is  nothing  that  is  so  fasci- 
nating to  a  boy  in  carap  as  listening  to  the  patter 
of  the  rain  drops  upon  the  roof  of  his  canvas  house, 
especially  at  night,  if  he  is  snug  and  warm  in  his 
blankets  and  the  tent  is  waterproof.  A  rainy  day 
is  the  kind  of  a  day  when  the  chess  and  checker  en- 
thusiasts get  together.  Games  are  rescued  from  the 
bottom  of  the  trunk  or  box.  Ponchos  and  rubber 
boots  are  now  in  popular  favor.  Thunder  and 
lightning  but  add  to  the  boys'  enjoyment.  What 
indescribable  excitement  there  is  in  the  shivers  and 
shudders  caused  by  an  extra  flash  of  lightning  or 
a  double  fortissimo  roll  of  thunder!     There  is  also 

247 


248  CAMPING    FOE    BOYS 

the  delight  of  playing  in  the  puddles  of  water  and 
wearing  a  bathing  suit  and  enjoying  a  real  shower 
bath. 

To  some  boys  it  is  repair  day,  rips  are  sewed  up, 
buttons  sewed  on  clothing,  and  for  the  initiated, 
the  darning  of  socks.  In  camps  with  permanent 
buildings  a  big  log  fire  roars  in  the  fireplace,  the 
boys  sprawl  on  the  floor  with  their  faces  toward 
the  fire,  and  while  the  rain  plays  a  tattoo  upon  the 
roof  some  one  reads  aloud  an  interesting  story,  such 
as  *' Treasure  Island,"  '*The  Shadowless  Man,*' 
*'The  Bishop's  Shadow,''  or  the  chapters  on  ''The 
Beneficent  Rain"  and  ''When  the  Dew  Falls,"  from 
Jean  M.  Thompson's  book,  "Water  Wonders."  It 
all  depends  upon  one's  viewpoint  whether  rainy 
days  are  delightful  or  disagreeable. 

Boys  are  barometers.  Restlessness  is  usually  a 
sign  of  an  approaching  storm.  The  wise  leader 
senses  the  situation  and  begins  preparing  his  plans. 
If  the  rain  is  from  the  east  and  comes  drizzling 
down,  better  plan  a  several  day  program,  for  after 
the  excitement  of  the  first  few  hours'  rain,  the  boys 
begin  to  loll  around,  lie  on  the  cots,  or  hang  around 
the  kitchen  and  develop  a  disease 
Surplus  Energy  known  as  "  Grouchitis. "  During 
the  first  stages  of  the  disease  the 
boys  are  inactive  and  accumulate  an  over-supply  of 
energy,  which  must  find  an  outlet.  Here  is  where 
the  leader  plays  an  important  part  in  handling  the 
case;  he  provides  an  outlet  for  the  expenditure  of 
this  surplus  energy  by  planning  games  demanding 
use  of  muscle  and  the  expenditure  of  energy  and 


EAINY   DAY    GAMES  249 

noise.    The  big  mess  tent,  or  dining  hall,  is  cleared 
and  romping  games  are  organized. 

The  games  suggested  are  adapted  for  rainy  days 
and  selected  from  a  catalogue  of  several  hundred 
games. 

RAINY   DAY   GAMES 

Few  sports  are  better  calculated  than  a  potato 
joust  to  amuse  boys  on  rainy  days.  It  has  all  the 
joys  of  a  combat,  and  yet,  try  as  he  will,  there  is 
no  possibility  for  any  boy  to  become  rough. 

In  the  potato  joust  each  warrior  is  armed  with  a 
fork,  on  the  end  of  which  is  a  potato.  The  com- 
batants take  their  position  in  the  center  of  the  play- 
room, facing  each  other.  They  should  be  separated 
by  not  less  than  three  feet.  Each  must  lift  a  leg 
from  the  floor  (see  illustration,  next  page).  The 
fighters  may  use  their  own  discretion  as  to  which 
leg  shall  be  lifted  from  the  floor  and  may  hold  it 
up  with  either  hand  they  prefer.  A  small  cushion 
placed  under  the  knee  will  add  materially  to  the 
comfort  of  the  contestants. 

The  battle  is  decided  by  one  of  the  warriors 
knocking  the  potato  from  his  opponent's  fork.  Top- 
pling over  three  times  is  also  counted  as  defeat.  If 
one  of  the  knights  is  obliged  to  let  go  of  his  foot 
in  order  to  keep  his  balance  it  is 
Potato  Joust  counted  as  a  fall.  Every  time  the 
battle  is  interrupted  in  this  way, 
either  of  the  contestants  is  at  liberty  to  change  the 
foot  he  is  resting  upon.  If  one  of  the  warriors  falls 
against  the  other  and  upsets  him,  it  is  counted 
against  the  one  who  is  responsible  for  the  tumble. 


250  CAMPIISra    FOE    BOYS 

You  are  not  likely  to  realize  on  your  first  intro- 
duction to  a  potato  joust  the  amount  of  skill  and 
practice  required  to  really  become  expert  in  hand- 
ling the  fork.  A  slight  turn  of  the  wrist,  a  quick 
push  and  the  practised  knight  will  defeat  the  nov- 
ice so  deftly,  so  easily  that  you  are  amazed. 

Move  your  fork  as  little  as  possible ;  long  sweep- 
ing strokes  are  more  likely  to  throw  off  your  own 
potato  than  to  interfere  with  that  of  your  opponent. 

The  most  dangerous  stroke  is  one  from  under- 
neath; always  maneuver  to  keep  your  potato  below 
that  of  your  antagonist. 


Study  the  illustration  and  see  if  you  can  dis- 
cover a  way  for  the  boys  to  get  apart.  To  make  it 
really  exciting,  a  number  of  couples  should  be  set 
going  at  once,  and  a  ** second"  on  ice  cream  offered 

to  the  pair  who  get  apart 
A  Handkerchief  Tussle    first.      To    separate,    the 

boys  have  only  to  push 
the  center  of  one  of  the  handkerchiefs  under  the 
loop  made  by  the  other  handkerchief  when  it  was 
tied  about  the  wrist,  and  then  carry  the  loop  over 
the  hand. 


RAINY   DAY   GAMES  251 

Rough-house  is  the  expression  used  by  the  boy  of 
to-day  when  he  is  describing  a  general  scuffle,  and 
he  always  smacks  his  lips  over  the  word.  But 
rough-house  has  its  disadvantages,  as  many  sprains 
and  bruises  can  testify,  and  if  the  same  amount  of 
fun  may  be  had  from  less  trying  amusement,  an 
amusement,  say,  which  is  quite  as  energetic  and 
quite  as  exciting,  the  boy  of  to-day  will  certainly 
adopt  it  in  preference  to  rough-house. 


A  terrier  fight  is  exciting,  and  it  is  funny — it  is 
also  energetic — and  victory  depends  quite  as  much 
upon  the  skill  of  the  fighter  as  upon  his  strength. 
Furthermore  a  terrier  fight  is  not  brutal.  No  boy 
will  hurt  himself  while  engaged  in  this  sport.     Two 

boys  are  placed  facing  each 
A  Terrier  Fight     other  in  the  center  of  the  room, 

hands  clasped  beneath  the  knees 
and  a  stick  just  under  the  elbows,  as  shown.  Each 
contestant  endeavors  to  push  the  other  over ;  but  as 
it  requires  considerable  attention  to  keep  the  bal- 
ance at  all  when  in  this  position,  the  attack  is  no 
easy  matter. 

To  give  way  suddenly  is  a  maneuver  almost  sure 


252  CAMPING    FOE    BOYS 

to  upset  your  adversary,  but  unfortunately  it  is 
very  apt  to  upset  you  at  the  same  time  and  only 
after  considerable  practice  will  you  be  able  to  over- 
come a  man  in  this  way.  The  pivot,  a  sudden  swing 
to  the  right  or  left  is  safer,  though  not  quite  as 
effective.  Always  remember  that  the  best  terrier 
fighter  invariably  makes  his  opponent  throw  him- 
self. Give  way  at  some  unexpected  point,  and  unless 
he  is  a  skilful  man,  he  is  sure  to  go  over.  Never 
try  a  hard  push  except  in  the  last  extremity  when 
everything  else  has  failed. 

A  terrier  fight  consists  of  three  one-minute 
rounds,  with  thirty  seconds'  rest  between  each 
round.  The  one  scoring  the  largest  number  of  falls 
during  the  time  set  is  accounted  the  winner. 

A  large  circle  of  players  throw  a  lawn  tennis  ball 
at  one  in  the  center.  The  object  of  the  play  in 
the  center  is  to  remain  *'in"  as  long  as  possible 
without  being  hit.  If  he  catches  the 
Circle  Ball  ball  in  his  hands  it  does  not  count  as 
a  hit.  Whoever  hits  him  with  the  ball 
takes  his  place.  The  player  who  remains  ''in'' 
longest  wins. 

Lie  down  on  the  back,  side  by  side,  by  twos, 
the  feet  of  each  boy  of  a  two  being  beside  the 
other  boy's  head.  At  the  word 
Leg  Wrestle  ''Go!"  each  brings  the  leg  nearest 
his  opponent  at  right  angles  with  his 
body  and  then  lowers  it.  This  may  be  done  twice 
or  three  times,  but  the  last  time  the  leg  is  raised 
he  should  catch  his  opponent's  and  endeavor  to  roll 
him  over,  which  is  a  defeat. 


RAINY    DAY    GAMES  253 

Take  hold  of  each  other's  right  or  left  hand  and 
spread  the  feet  so  as  to  get  a  good  base.  At  the 
word  ''Go!"  each  one  endeavors  to  force  his  op- 
ponent to  lose  his  balance,  so  as  to  move  one  of  his 
feet.  This  constitutes  a  throw. 
Hand  Wrestling  The  opponent's  arm  is  forced 
quickly  down  or  backward  and 
then  drawn  out  to  the  side  directly  away  from  him, 
thus  making  him  lose  his  balance.  The  one  moving 
his  foot  or  touching  his  hand  or  any  part  of  his 
body  to  the  floor,  so  as  to  get  a  better  base,  is 
thrown.  The  throw  must  be  made  with  the  hand. 
It  is  thus  not  rulable  to  push  with  the  head,  shoul- 
der or  elbow. 

The  combatants  are  arranged  facing  each  other 
in  two  front,  open  ranks.  The  first  two  ''oppo- 
sites''  at  either  or  both  ends,  or  if  the  floor  is  large 
enough  all  the  opposites,  may  combat  at  the  same 
time.  The  boys  should  fold  their  arms  forward, 
and  hop  toward  each  other  on  one  leg.  The  but- 
ting is  done  with  the  shoulder  and 
Raoster  Fight  upper  arm,  and  never  with  the  el- 
bow, and  the  arm  must  remain 
folded  throughout  the  combat.  When  the  two  ad- 
versaries meet,  each  attempts  to  push  the  other  over, 
or  make  him  touch  to  the  floor  the  foot  that  is 
raised.  When  all  have  fought,  the  winners  arrange 
themselves  in  two  opposing  ranks  and  renew  the 
combat.  This  is  done,  until  but  one  remains,  and 
he  is  declared  the  victor. 

The  sweaters  are  placed  at  the  opposite  ends  of 
the   room.     The   boys   start   with   their  shoes    (or 


254  CAMPING    FOE    BOYS 

sneakers)  on  (laces  out). 
Shoe  and  Sweater  Race     A   line   is   drawn   in   the 

middle  of  the  room;  here 
the  contestants  sit  down  and  pull  off  their  shoes  (or 
sneakers),  run  to  the  sweaters  and  put  them  on. 
On  the  return  trip  they  put  their  shoes  on  and 
finish  with  both  shoes  and  sweaters  on. 

Boys  are  lined  up  in  two  columns,  as  in  ordinary 
relay  races.  For  each  column  two  chairs  are  placed 
a  convenient  distance  apart,  facing  one  another, 
with  a  knife  and  a  bowl  half  full  of  peanuts  on 
one,  and  an  empty  bowl  on  the  other.  At  the 
proper  word  of  command  the  first  boy  on  each  side 

takes  the  knife,  picks  up  a 
Peanut  Relay  Race     peanut    with    it,    and    carries 

the  peanut  on  the  knife  to  the 
farther  bowl;  upon  his  return  the  second  boy  does 
the  same  and  so  on.  The  second  boy  cannot  leave 
until  the  first  has  deposited  his  peanut  in  the  empty 
bowl,  and  has  returned  with  the  knife.  Peanuts 
dropped  must  be  picked  up  with  the  knife.  Fingers 
must  not  be  used  either  in  putting  the  peanut  on 
the  knife  or  holding  it  there.  The  side,  every  mem- 
ber of  which  first  makes  the  round,  wins. 

A   FEW   INTERESTING   TESTS 

You  can't  stand  for  five  minutes  without  moving, 
if  you  are  blindfolded. 

You  can't  stand  at  the  side  of  a  room  with  both 
of  your  feet  touching  the  wainscoting  lengthwise. 

You   can't   get  out  of   a  chair   without   bending 


EAINY   DAY   GAMES  255 

your  body  forward  or  putting  your  feet  under  it, 
that  is,  if  you  are  sitting  squarely  on  the  chair  and 
not  on  the  edge  of  it. 

You  can't  crush  an  egg  when  placed  lengthwise 
between  your  hands,  that  is,  if  the  egg  is  sound 
and  has  the  ordinary  shell  of  a  hen's  egg. 

You  can't  break  a  match  if  the  match  is  laid 
across  the  nail  of  the  middle  finger  of  either  hand 
and  pressed  upon  by  the  first  and  third  fingers  of 
that  hand,  despite  its  seeming  so  easy  at  first 
sight. 

BIBLIOGRAPHY 

Social  Activities  for  Men  and  Boys — A.  M.  Chesley.    Association  Press,  $1.00. 

295  ideas,  games,  socials  and  helpful  suggestions.     A  gold  mine  for  one 

dollar. 
Games  for  Everybody — May  C.  Hofman.    Dodge  Publishing  Co.,  50  cents.    203 

pages  of  rare  fun. 
Education  by  Play  and  Games — G.  E.  Johnson.    Ginn  and  Company,  90  cents. 

A  discussion  of  the  meaning  of  play.     Contains  also  a  number  of  good 

games,  graded  according  to  ages  or  periods  of  child  life. 
Play — Emmett  D.  Angell.     Little,  Brown  and  Company,  $1.50  net.     A  very 
ii       practical  book,  containing  instruction  for  planning  more  than  one  hundred 

games,  including  eight  games  in  the  water. 


^^S^^H^^^H 

ft^ 


Q 
O 


PQ 


e 
§ 
« 

s 


256 


CHAPTER  XXI 
EDUCATIONAL    ACTIVITIES 

RECEEATIVE  AND  CONSTEUCTIVE  EDUCATION— 
WHITTLERS^  CLUB— PYROGRAPHY— BOAT  BUILD- 
ING —  PLAYS  —  LANTERN  TALKS  —  LIBRARY 
—TUTORING— PHOTOGRAPHY  —  AGRICULTURE- 
FORESTRY  —  SCOUTCRAFT  —  CAMP  PAPER  — 
RECORD  OF  PERSONAL  ACHIEVEMENT— KITE 
MAKING  AND  FLYING— MODEL  AEROPLANE- 
PARACHUTE  IDEA  —  BOX  FURNITURE  —  CAMP 
CLOCK— HOW  TO  MAKE  A  MOCCASIN— HOW  TO 
MAKE  A  ^ TROUGH  AND  READY ^^  HAMMOCK— A 
HOME-MADE  TOBOGGAN— HANDY  FUNNEL— INK 
FOR  SCOUTING  GAMES— BIBLIOGRAPHY. 

'Tis  education  forms  the  common  mind; 

Just  as  the  twig  is  bent  the  tree's  inclined. — Pope 

A  boy  is  better  unborn  than  untaught. — Gascoigne 

Camping  should  not  be  merely  a  time  of  loafing 
or  *^ having  fun.''  The  boy  who  has  returned  from 
a  camp,  having  learned  some  definite  thing,  whether 
it  be  different  from  the  school  curriculum  or  sup- 
plementary to  his  school  work,  has  accomplished 
something  and  his  outing  has  been  of  use  to  him. 
All  play  and  no  work  makes  Jack  a  dull  boy,  as 
well  as  ''all  work  and  no  play."  Recreative  and 
constructive  education  forms  a  combination  which 

257 


258  CAMPING    FOR    BOYS 

appeals  strongly  to  a  boy.  He  would  call  it,  *' do- 
ing things,"  and  in  the  doing  would  have  fun  ga- 
lore. 

In  addition  to  nature  study,  woodcraft,  first-aid 
instruction  and  similar  types  of  educational  activi- 
ties in  vogue  in  boy's  camps,  there  are  many  other 
forms  of  educational  activities  which  boys  can  en- 
gage in  during  the  camping  season. 

A  **Whittlers'  Club,"  organized  to  meet  one 
hour  several  mornings  a  week,  proved  attractive  to 
a  group  of  boys  in  one  camp.  Under  the  leader- 
ship of  a  man  who  understood  ^^Sloyd"  work  the 
boys  were  taught  how  to  handle  a  knife,  and  it  is 
surprising  how  few  boys  really  know  how  to  handle 
this  useful  article  found  in  every  boy's  pocket. 
They  were  also  taught  to  know 
Whittlers'  Club  the  different  kinds  of  wood,  bark, 
grain,  and  method  of  cutting  and 
sawing  wood  for  building  and  furniture  purposes, 
etc.  A  popular  model  was  a  paper  knife  made  of 
wild  cherry.  The  bark  was  permitted  to  remain  on 
the  handle,  while  the  other  end  was  whittled  evenly 
and  smoothly  for  cutting  leaves  of  books  or  maga- 
zines. With  the  aid  of  a  pyrography  set  the 
name  of  the  camp  and  that  of  the  owner  of  the  knife 
was  burned  on  the  handle. 

Carved  paddles,  war  clubs,  hiking  sticks,  etc., 
were  used  to  display  the  artistic  ability  of  the 
boys  who  brought  to  camp  pyrography  sets.  The 
camp  name,  date  of  hikes,  miles  trav- 
Pyrography  elled,  and  other  interesting  informa- 
tion was  burned  on  these  souvenirs. 


EDUCATIONAL   ACTIVITIES  259 

Shields  containing  the  athletic  records  and  names 
of  honor  boys  were  made  and  hung  upon  the  walls 
of  the  permanent  building. 


Boat  Building  at  Camp  Durrell 

In  one  large  camp  an  experienced  boatman  was 
engaged,  and  under  his  direction  three  large  dories 
were  built  by  the  boys.  Plans  were  carefully 
worked  out,  lumber  purchased,  and  details  of  boat 
construction  explicitly  explained.  It  took  three 
weeks  to  build  the  boats,  but  no  boats  of  the  fleet 
were  used  and  appreciated  as  much 
Boat  Building  by  the  boys  as  these  which  repre- 
sented so  much  of  their  own  labor 
and  time.  (See  illustration.)  Working  plans  and 
''knocked  down"  material  for  building  boats  may 


260 


EDUCATIONAL   ACTIVITIES  261 

be  purchased  from  a  number  of  firms.  Building  a 
boat  during  the  winter  by  boys  who  are  contemplat- 
ing going  camping,  adds  to  the  anticipation  of  the 
delightful  summer  time. 

'^The  Player's  Scene/'  from  ''Midsummer  Night's 
Dream, ' '  has  been  given  several  times  outdoors  with 
great  success  in  the  camps  conducted  by  the  writer. 
The  boys  were  coached  by  a  graduate  of  a  School 
of  Oratory,  costumes  were  made  by  the  boys  out  of 
all  sorts  of  material,  make-up  was  bought  from  a 
theatrical  supply  house  and  the  scenery  supplied  by 
nature.  Footlights  were  lanterns  set  in 
Plays  front  of  reflectors  made  from  old  tomato 
cans.  The  path  leading  to  the  natural  am- 
phitheatre was  lighted  by  Japanese  lanterns  and 
the  guests  were  seated  on  the  ground.  In  the  words 
of  Hamlet,  ''The  Play's  the  Thing,"  and  boys  and 
visitors  are  always  enthusiastic  over  the  presenta- 
tion, while  the  players  get  a  new  conception  of 
Shakespeare's  plays  and  writings.  "Hiawatha" 
was  given  with  equal  enthusiasm  and  success. 

Since  the  invention  of  the  inexpensive  Reflecto- 
scope,  illustrated  talks  in  camp  are  now  possible. 
Travel  talks,  using  postal  cards  from  different  parts 
of  the  world,  postals  telling  the  "Story  of  the 
Flag,"  "State  Seals  and  their  Mottoes,"  etc.,  are 
now  published  in  series,  and  will 
Lantern  Talks  be  found  to  be  very  interesting  and 
instructive.  A  number  of  the  large 
camps  have  stereopticons.  Lantern  slides  with  ac- 
companying lecture  may  be  rented  at  reasonable 
rates,  such  as  "The  True  Sportsman,"  and  "Per- 


262 


CAMPIN^G    FOR    BOYS 


sonal  and  National  Thrift/'  sent  out  by  the  Moral- 
Education  League,  Baltimore,  Md.,  for  the  East. 
Any  first-class  firm  dealing  in  lantern  slides  can 
furnish  a  number  of  valuable  lectures  with  slides. 
A  sheet  hung  between  two  trees  on  a  dark  night 
makes  an  excellent  screen  on  which  to  show  pic- 
tures. 

Every  camp  should  have  a  library  or  at  least  a 
small  collection  of  good  books.  In  most  cases 
arrangements  can  be  made  with  a  near-by  library 
or  with  the  State  Library  for  the  loan  of  books  for 
a  certain  period  of  time.  Camps  having  permanent 
buildings  should  *^grow"  a  library.  The  excellent 
library  of  1,200  books  in  the  camp  of  the  writer  was 


Jrrsfg  Vo^b'  (Hamp 

at  tii9 

fating  Men's  « 

<Sl|riBtian  ABfiariatiottB 

Nrd  Jrrwg 


TUs  ^i  must  not  h  taitn  /rem 
the  campus 


^nanttb  bq 


given  by  the  boys  (see  illustration).  Gummed  book 
labels   were    sent   to    each   boy   with   the 

Library  suggestion  that  he  paste  them  in  books 
which  he  could  bring  to  camp  to  present 


EDUCATIONAL   ACTIVITIES  263 

to  the  library.  Some  boys  would  bring  as  many  as 
ten  books  from  the  home  library,  all  good,  readable 
books.  The  books  are  catalogued  and  a  loan  sys- 
tem established,  under  the  ''Department  of  Educa- 
tion,'' and  the  following  rules  govern  the  library 
and  use  of  books : 

1.  Library  open  for  one-half  hour  after   dinner 

daily  except  on  Sunday,  when  it  will  be  open 
for  one-half  hour  after  breakfast. 

2.  Books  can  be  kept  out  three  days.     If  kept 

overtime  a  charge  of  two  (2)  cents  per  day 
is  made.  Books  may  be  renewed  if  returned 
on  day  due,  otherwise  the  usual  charge  will 
be  made. 

3.  From  9  o'clock  A.  M.  to  12  o'clock  M.,  and 

from  2  o'clock  P.  M.,  books  may  be  taken 
away  to  read  in  the  room,  but  must  not  be 
taken  outside  the  building  under  any  condi- 
tion. Violation  of  this  rule  will  deprive  the 
violator  of  the  use  of  the  books  for  three 
days. 

4.  Please  bring  small  change  to  pay  fines. 

The  following  announcement  is  sent  by 
Tutoring    the  writer  to  parents  and  boys  concern- 
ing tutoring  in  camp : 

SPECIAL  ANNOUNCEMENT  OF  TUTORING. 

Provides  Opportunity  For 

(1)  Those  who,  on  account  of  illness  or  other  unavoidable 
circumstances,  have  fallen  behind  their  grade  and  wish  to  catch 
up  by  summer  study. 


264  CAMPING    FOR    BOYS 

(2)  Those  who,  on  account  of  poor  work  or  failure  in  ex- 
amination, cannot  be  promoted  unless  they  do  special  work  dur- 
ing the  vacation  time. 

(3)  Those  who  have  not  fully  mastered  a  given  subject 
and  desire  to  review  and  strengthen  themselves  in  the  subject. 

(4)  Those  who  wish  to  use  their  summer  in  order  to  earn 
an  extra  promotion. 

Instruction 

Many  of  our  camp  leaders  are  college  men  and  have  the 
requisite  scholarship  to  conduct  the  academic  feature  of  the 
camp.  The  instruction  is  very  largely  individual  and  is  given 
in  the  morning  and  does  not  interfere  with  the  recreation  life. 
The  combination  of  study  and  recreation  makes  tutoring  at- 
tractive and  stimulating. 
Subjects 

Any  subject  in  the  grammar  or  high  school  curriculum. 
Time 

Two  or  three  periods  per  week  will  be  given  to  each  subject. 
Cost 

One  dollar  per  week  will  be  charged  for  each  subject. 

An  accurate  record  is  kept  of  every  boy  being 
tutored,  on  a  card  (see  illustration),  and  a  duplicate 
sent  to  his  parent  at  the  close  of  the  season. 

To  stimulate  interest  in  photography,  a  contest 
is  held  during  the  latter  part  of  the  camping  season 
for  a  cup,  to  be  awarded  to  the  boy  securing  the 
best  collection  of  photographs  of  camp  life.  The 
award  is  determined  upon:  first,  se- 
Photography  lection  of  subjects,  and,  second,  exe- 
cution of  detail.  Ribbon  awards  are 
given  for  the  best  individual  photograph  in  these 
three  classes:  (a)  portraits,  (b)  groups,  (c)  land- 
scapes.    The  regulations  governing  the  contest  are 

1.  Exposure,  developing,  and  printing  must  be 
the  work  of  the  exhibitor. 


EDUCATIONAL    ACTIVITIES 


265 


Name 

Address 

Grade  of  school  now  attending  . , 
To  be  tutored  in  what  subjects.. 

Reasons  for  this  tutoring ..., 

Length  of  time  in  camp , 

Remarks 


MARKS   ATTAINED   EACH    WEEK   (iN    PERCENTAGE) 

SUBJECTS 

1 

2 

3               4 

5 

C 

7 

8 

» 

AVERA.:r. 

^ ^ ' 1 

2.  Mounted  or  unmounted  photographs  may  be 

submitted. 

3.  All  photographs  must  be  handed  in  before  12 

o'clock  noon  (date  inserted). 


266  CAMPING    FOR    BOYS 

For  camps  having  good  dark  rooms,  the  follow- 
ing rules  may  be  suggestive: 

1.  Key  to  the  dark  room  must  be  returned  to  the 

office    immediately    after    using    room    and 
locking  same. 

2.  If  films-  are  drying,  inform  the  office  of  same, 

so  that  the  next  user  may  be  notified  and 
care  taken  not  to  disturb  the  films. 

3.  Room  must  be  kept  clean: 

(a)  Do    not    wipe    shelves    with    the    hand 

towels. 

(b)  Hang  hand  towels  on  nail  provided. 

(c)  Leave  buckets  and  trays  in  clean  con- 

dition. 

(d)  Put   paper,    empty   tubes,   etc.,   in    box 

provided  for  same  and  not  upon  the 
floor. 

4.  Use  only  the  buckets  provided,  and  not  those 

used  for  kitchen  or  camp  purposes. 

5.  Use  only  your  own  property  and  that  provided 

by  the  camp,  and  never  touch  the  property 
or  films  or  plates  of  others. 
Every  large  camp  has  its  official  organ  or  camp 
paper.     An  editorial  board  is  appointed,   and  the 
doings  of  the  camp  recorded  in  a  permanent  man- 
ner through    the   weekly   issue   or   reading   of  the 
paper.    Various  names  are  given  the  paper,  such  as 
^^The  Camp  Log,''  ^^ Dudley  Doings,'' 
Gamp  Paper     ''Seen    and    Heard,"    ''Wawayanda 
Whirlwind,"  ''The  Maskwa,"  "The 
Wyanoka  Log,"  "Kinoe  Kamper."     Some  of  these 
papers   are  printed  and  others  are  mimeographed 


EDUCATIONAL   ACTIVITIES  267 

and  sold  to  the  campers  at  five  cents  a  copy.  Most 
of  them,  however,  are  written  in  a  book  and  read  at 
the  camp  fire. 

Where  a  camp  is  located  so  as  to  be  near  a  farm, 
opportunity  should  be  given  city  boys  to  study  soil, 
rotation  of  crops,  gardening,  etc.  In  cooperation 
with  the  Department  of  Agriculture  and  under  the 
leadership  of  a  student  of  an  Agricultural  College, 
an  experiment  in  raising  vegetables  may  be  tried  in 
long-term  camps.  A  plot  of  ground  may  be  plowed 
and  harrowed,  and  sub-divided  into  as  many  plots 
as  there  are  tents,  each  tent  to  be  given  a  plot  and 
each  boy  in  the  tent  his  *'own  row  to 
Agriculture  hoe,''  the  boy  to  make  his  own  choice 
of  seed,  keep  a  diary  of  temperature, 
sunshine,  rainfall,  when  the  first  blade  appeared; 
make  an  elementary  analysis  of  soil,  use  of  fertilizer 
and  other  interesting  data.  Prepare  for  an  exhibit 
of  vegetables.  Whatever  the  boys  raise  may 
be  cooked  and  eaten  at  their  table.  Free  agricul- 
tural bulletins  will  be  sent  upon  application  to  the 
United  States  Department  of  Agriculture,  Washing- 
ton, D.  C.  Farmers'  Bulletin  385  tells  about  Boys' 
Agricultural  Clubs. 

The  subject  of  forestry  is  akin  to  camping.  Much 
valuable  instruction  may  be  given  boys  regarding 
the  forests  of  the  locality  in  which  the  camp  is  lo- 
cated, kind  of  land,  character  and  use  of  woods, 
how  utilized — conservatively   or  destructively — for 

saw  timber,  or  other  purposes,  protection 
Forestry    of    forests,    forest    fires,    etc.      Send    to 

United    States    Department    of   Agricul- 


268  CAMPING    FOE    BOYS 

ture,  Washington,  D.  C,  for  Forest  Service  Circular 
130,  *' Forestry  in  the  Public  Schools;''  Farmers' 
Bulletin  173,  *'A  Primer  of  Forestry,"  Part  I; 
Farmers'  Bulletin  358,  *'A  Primer  of  Forestry," 
Part  II. 

The  Handbook  of  the  Boy  Scouts  of  America  is 
full  of  information  regarding  knot  ty- 
Scoutcraft  ing,  signalling,  tracking,  use  of  com- 
pass, direction  and  time  calculator, 
etc.,  which  every  boy  should  know.  Scoutcraft 
would  furnish  recreational  education  for  scores  of 
boys. 

Boys  like  to  carry  home  some  permanent  record 
of  personal  achievements  while  at  camp,  autographs 
of  fellow  campers,  etc.  A  rather  unique  record  is 
used  by  the  boys  at  Camp  Waway- 
Record  Books  anda.  The  illustration  shows  the 
card  which  was  used.  ^'A  Vaca- 
tion Diary,"  in  the  form  of  vest  pocket  memoran- 
dum book,  bound  in  linen,  is  published  by  Charles 
R.  Scott,  State  Y.  M.  C.  A.  Conunittee,  Newark, 
N.  J.     Price,  10  cents. 

Scientific  kite  flying  is  one  of  the  best  things  a  boy 
can  indulge  in.  Hiye-Sho-To,  a  Japanese,  gives 
this  interesting  information  about  kites. 

**To  all  Japanese  the  kite  is  symbolic  of  worthy, 
soaring  ambitions,  such  as  the  work  upward  to  suc- 
cess in  school,  or  in  trade,  and  so  on.  When  a  child 
is  born,  little  kites  are  sent  up  by  modest  house- 
holds to  announce  the  arrival.  Kites  are  also  flown 
to  celebrate  birthdays.  To  lose  a  kite  is  consid- 
ered an  omen  of  ill-luck. 


EDUCATIONAL    ACTIVITIES  269 


TACK    THIS    IN    VOUR   CAMP    BOX 

JERSEY    BOYS'    CAMP 

L^Ke    WAWAVANDA 


TENT  LEADER  .- 


ARRIVED  IN  CAMP,  JULY... 


TRAMPeO 


JWLY... 
JULY.™ 
lULY— 


ATHUrriC  CONTEST , POINTS.     SWIMMING  CONTetT..- 

UNITED  STATES  VOLUNTEER  LIFE  SAVING  EXAMINATION..... 

TMINOS    I    DID    TO    IMPROVe    TMe    CAMP 


''For  the  control  of  a  box  kite,  I  prefer  the  light- 
est steel  wire  to  a  cord.  This  wire  is  about  the 
thickness  of  an  ordinary  pin,  with  a  tensile  strength 
at  the  point  of  breaking  of  quite  three  hundred 
pounds.  In  handling  a  kite  with  such  a  wire- 
ground  connection,  a  boy  should  always  have  rough 
gloves  on  his  hands,  that  the  wire  may  not  cut  them. 

''Having  a  kite  of  this  kind,  or  even  two  and  three, 
so  that  on  a  single  wire  he  can  keep  sending  them 
higher  and  higher  into  the  atmosphere,  a  boy  can 
begin  what  we  were  wont  to  call  in  Yeddo  our  '  kite 
education.'  First,  he  can  make  himself  his  own 
weather  prophet.  Self -registering  thermom- 
Kites  eters  are  no  longer  very  expensive.  He  can 
wire  one  of  these  to  his  kite,  and,  by  know- 
ing  the  length  of  wire   he   has  in  hand   and  the 


270 


CAMPING    FOR    BOYS 


amount  he  pays  out  while  the  kite  is  up,  ascertain 
just  what  the  air  temperature  is  200  feet,  500  feet, 
1,000  feet,  3,000  feet  above  him. 


''There  are  wing  gauges  of  cheap  construction, 
moisture  gauges  which  will  note  the  coming  of  rain, 
small  cameras  that  will  automatically  take  pictures 
while  the  kite  is  in  the  air,  that  may  be  attached  to 
these  kites,  and  from  the  work  of  which  valuable 
information  may  be  obtained." 

The  following  instruction  for  making  a  box  kite 
was  given  in  "The  American  Boy,''  April,  1909. 

''Any  boy  can  make  a  box  kite.  The  material  used 
may  be  any  tough,  light  wood,  such  as  spruce,  cy- 
press, bass-wood,  or  cedar.  Cut  four  pieces  42 
inches  in  length,  and  sixteen  pieces  18  inches  in 
length.  The  cuts  show  clearly  how  they  are  to  be 
put  together.  Use  glue  and  small  brads  at  every 
point.  The  bridle  cord  is  fastened  6  inches  from 
each  end  of  the  box.  This  is  best  done  before  the 
cloth  is  put  on  the  kite.     Light  cheese  cloth  may 


EDUCATIONAL   ACTIVITIES  271 

be  used,  and  should  be  secured  with  glue  and  small 
brads  at  the  last  lap.  When  the  cloth  is  in  place 
paint  it  with  thin  varnish  or  glue  to  fill  up  the 
meshes  and  stretch  it. 

**The  reason  why  box  kites  made  by  boys  have  a 
tendency  to  lie  down  flat  on  the  ground  is  that  they 
are  not  proportioned  correctly.  The  proportions 
given  here  are  correct.  The  painting,  decorating, 
and  tinting  are  matters  of  personal  taste  and  skill.'' 

The  principle  of  kite  flying  is  simple.  Air  is  a 
fluid  like  water,  but  on  account  of  the  many  changes 
of  temperature,  to  which  it  is  subjected,  it  con- 
stantly changes  its  density  and  is  found  to  consist 
of  layers  or  strata.  These  layers  are  not  all  flat 
and  parallel,  but  take  every  variety  of  shape  as 
the  clouds  do.  In  flying  a  kite  you  simply  pull  it 
up  one  of  those  layers  just  as  you  would  pull  a  sled 
or  wagon  up  a  hill.    Always  run  facing  the  wind. 

Aeroplane  season  is  now  a  calendar  event  in  the 
boy's  life.  Many  boys  are  engaged  in  building  these 
fascinating  little  ships  of  the  air.  ^'The  Boy's  Book 
of  Model  Aeroplanes,"  by  Francis  A.  Collins,  Cen- 
tury Co.  ($1.20  net),  gives  complete  di- 
Aeroplanes  rections  how  to  build  these  marvellous 
new  toys.  Form  a  club  and  conduct 
an  ** Aviation"  meet  during  the  season.  Spon  and 
Chamberlain,  123  North  Liberty  Street,  New  York 
City,  sell  a  complete  full-sized  set  of  drawings  for 
building  three  model  aeroplanes.    Price,  50  cents. 

The  parachute,  in  its  various  forms,  has  always 
been  a  favorite  with  boys.  The  idea  is  to  make  an 
umbrella-shaped   contraption   out   of   tissue   paper 


272 


CAMPING    FOE    BOYS 


and  a  stick,  so  that  when  it  descends  from  any 
considerable  height  it  will  open  out  and  float  slowly 
to   the   ground.     This  part  is   easy  enough.     The 


0 

Fic* 


/\   PARACHufiL  TOEA 


trouble  has  always  been  to  get  it  up  in  the  air  high 
enough  to  repay  one  for  his  efforts  in  making  it. 
The  idea  that  a  common  sling  shot  had 
Parachutes  propelling  power  sufficient  for  this  pur- 
pose led  to  experiments  which  proved 
that  the  idea  was  a  happy  one.  The  combination  of 
sling  shot  and  parachute  makes  a  very  fascinating 
outdoor  amusement  device.  Every  time  you  shoot 
it  into  the  air  you  try  to  make  it  go  higher  than  last 
time. 

To  make  the  parachute,  get  a  tough  stick  about 


EDUCATIONAL    ACTIVITIES  273 

two  feet  long  and  whittle  it  to  a  shape  similar  to 
Fig.  2.  The  bottom  must  be  heavy  enough  to  fall 
first  so  that  the  parachute  will  fall  in  the  right  di- 
rection to  be  opened  out.  You  can  weight  the  end 
by  tying  a  piece  of  lead  or  a  spool  on  it.  Cut  your 
tissue  paper  to  a  shape  shown  in  Fig.  2  and  place  a 
thread  through  every  scallop.  If  the  paper  tears 
right  through,  a  good  plan  is  to  reinforce  the  edges 
of  the  circle  by  pasting  a  strip  of  tough  paper  or 
muslin  all  around.  A  parachute  made  of  silk  or  any 
fine  mesh  cloth  will  be  much  more  lasting,  but  not 
quite  so  buoyant. 

The  sling  shot  is  made  with  a  rubber  band,  some 
string,  and  a  forked  stick.  The  greater  its  pro- 
pelling power,  the  more  successful  will  the  toy  be. 

Instead  of  using  for  firewood  the  boxes  in  which 
groceries,  etc.,  are  shipped  to  camp,  have  the  boys 
make  useful  camp  furniture  from 
Box  Furniture  them.  Get  the  book,  ''Box  Furni- 
ture,'' by  Louise  Brighani:  The 
Century  Co. ;  price,  $1.50.  It  tells  what  to  do  with 
boxes,  and  how  to  make  all  sorts  of  convenient  fur- 
niture. 

Mark  the  ground  around  the  camp  flag  pole  with 
white  stones  or  stones  whitewashed,  like  a  sun  dial. 
The  sun's  rays  will  cast  the  shadow  of  the  pole  so 
that  the  time  of  day  may  be  accurately  ascertained. 
(See  illustration.)  In  the  handbook  of  the  Boy 
Scouts  of  America  is  the  following  description  for 
making  a  Sun  dial  or  Hunter's  Clock:  ''To  make  a 
sun  dial  prepare  a  smooth  board  about  15  inches 
across,  with  a  circle  divided  into  24  equal  parts,  and 


274  CAMPING    FOR    BOYS 

a  temporarily  hinged  pointer,  whose 
Camp  Clock     upper  edge   is  in  the  middle  of  the 

dial.  Place  on  some  dead  level  solid 
post  or  stump  in  the  open.  At  night  fix  the  dial  so 
that  the  12-o 'clock  line  points  exactly  to  North,  as 
determined  by  the  North  or  Pole  Star.  Then,  using 
two  temporary  sighting  sticks  of  exactly  the  same 
height  (so  as  to  permit  sighting  clear  above  the 
edge  of  the  board),  set  the  pointer  exactly  pointing 
to  the  Pole  Star,  that  is,  the  same  angle  as  the  lati- 
tude of  the  place,  and  fix  it  there  immovably.  Then 
remove  the  two  sighting  sticks.'' 

Some  Quotations  to  Burn  or  Paint  on  the  Sun  Dial. 
**My  face  marks  the  sunny  hours, 
What  can  you  say  of  yours.'' 

''Grow  old  along  with  me, 
The  best  is  yet  to  be." 

Translation  of   motto  on  Cathedral   Sun  dial,   St.   Augustine. 
**The  hours  pass  and  we  are  held  accountable.'' 

The  illustration  on  the  opposite  page  shows  how  to 
locate  the  North  or  Pole  Star. 

F.  0.  Van  Ness  gives  the  following  directions  for 
making  a  pair  of  moccasins: 

Fig.  1.  Place  foot  on  leather  or  canvas  and  draw 


J7 


fl«l  f'^^  Fic^ 


EDUCATIONAL    ACTIVITIES 


275 


.^" 


Camp    Clock 


^  ''-^■'"GnAr    \ 
"*-..    JilPPCK    it 


XOCATJNONolTMSTAn. 


Sun  1>IAL  OR  Hunter'^  Clock 


outline  of  foot.     Turn  same  and  make  pattern  for 
other  foot. 

Fig.  2.  Distance  GB  equals  length  of  foot  plus 
one  inch;  distance  AC  equals  width  across  instep 
plus  one-half  inch ;  cut  DF  halfway  between  B  and 
G;  cut  EG  halfway  between  A  and  C.  Cut  piece 
reverse  of  this  for  other  moccasin.  Place  B  of  Fig. 
2  to  B  of  Fig.  1,  and  sew  overhand  with  wax  cord 
the  edges  from  B  to  A  and  B  to  C,  bringing  A  and 


276 


CAMPING    FOR    BOYS 


C  of  Fig.  2  together  at  A  of  Fig.  1.    Sew  AG  to  CG. 

Fig.  3  is  the  tongue  and  DF  of  Fig.  3  is  sewed  to 
DF  of  Fig.  2.  Cut  pairs  of  half-inch  slits  a,  b,  c,  d 
in  Fig.  2,  and  run  lace  through. 

For  the  afternoon  ^* siesta"  make  a  ** rough-and- 
ready"  hammock,  by  taking  apart  a  flour  barrel  or 
sugar  barrel,  and  in  the  end  of  each  stave  bore  a 
three-quarter  inch  hole  with  a 
Hammock-Making  heated  poker,  or  bit  and  auger. 
Then  lace  thin  rope  (clothes 
line  is  good)  through  the  holes.  This  can  be  ac- 
complished easily  by  noting   method  of  lacing  in 


I^OUCH  »M»  KkAVV    HAMMTOrK 


The  stay-blocks  **B"  should  be   12 
Figure  **C"  shows  hammock  ready 


figure  *'A." 
inches  long, 
for  use. 

Get  a  cheese  box.  Knock  in  the  end  very  care- 
fully, so  as  not  to  split  it,  pull  out  all  the  nails  and 
lay  it  flat,  and  you  have  a  piece  of  very  thin  board 
about  41^  feet  long  and  11  inches  wide.    Next  take 


EDUCATIONAL   ACTIVITIES 


277 


a  piece  of  inch  plank  of  same  width  as  the  cheese 
box,  and  three  feet  in  length,  and  to  this  fasten  the 

unrolled  cheese  box  by  using  small 
A  Toboggan    lath   nails,   letting  one   end  curl   up 

over  the  plank.  To  the  edge  of  this 
protruding  piece  of  cheese  box  tack  a  narrow  strip 
of  wood.    Tie  a  heavy  cord  to  its  ends,  run  the  cord 


f40Mt:   MAOETOOOC&AW. 


through  the  two  hooks  screwed  into  the  planks  and 
draw  down  the  end  until  it  is  curved  just  right. 
The  illustration  shows  how  it  is  made. 


A  UMtn't  rwMMr4. 


A  funnel  may  be  made  by  taking  an  ordinary  en- 
velope and  cutting  off  the  part  shown  in  dotted  lines 


278  CAMPING    FOE    BOYS 

as  in  the  illustration.     Then   clip  a  little  off  the 
point,  open  out,  and  you  have  an  excellent  funnel. 
Dip  a  pen  in  an  onion  and  press  until  the  juice 
comes;  then,  with  plenty   of  juice    on 
Onion  Ink    the  pen,  write  your  message.     To  read 
it  warm  it  over  the  fire,  when  the  writ- 
ing will  stand  out  clearly. 

BIBLIOGRAPHY 

List  op  Books  on  Handcraft  and  Construction: 
Field  and  Forest  Handy  Book — D.  C.  Beard.     Charles  Scribner'a  Sons,  $2.00. 
Jack  of  All  Trades — D.  C.  Beard.    Charles  Scribner's  Sons,  $2.00. 
The  Boy  Pioneers — D.  C.  Beard.    Charles  Scribner's  Sons,  $2.00  net. 
The  Boy  Craftsman — A.  Neely  Hall.    Lothrop,  Lee  &  Shepard  Co.,  $2.00. 
Woodworking  for  Beginners— -C.  G.  Wheeler.    Putnam  and  Company,  $2.50. 
Amateur  Mechanics,  Nos.  1  and  2.     Popular  Mechanics.     25  cents  each. 
How  to  Build  a  Biplane  Glider — A.  P.  Morgan.    Spon  &  Chamberlain,  50  cents 

net. 
Problems  in  Furniture  Making — Fred  D.  Crawshaw.    Manual  Arts  Press,  $1.20. 
Box  Furniture — Louise  Brigham.     Century  Co.,  $1.60  net. 
The  Boys'  Book  of  Model  Aeroplanes — Francis  A.  Collins.    Century  Co.,  $1.20 

net.    Postage  extra. 


CHAPTER   XXII 

HONOR    EMBLEMS    AND    AWARDS 

NON-COIVIPETITIVE  AWAEDS  —  DUDLEY  PLAN  — 
^^THE  ORDER  OF  THE  ADIRONDACK  CAMP 
EAGLE '  ^—^ '  ORDER  OF  THE  PHANTOM  SQUARE '^ 
—FLAG  OF  HONOR— ^^  GREEN  RAG'^  SOCIETY— 
DURRELL  AND  BECKET  PLAN— PROFICIENCY 
CUP— HALL    OF   FAME 

Honour   is   purchased   by   the    deeds   we   do; 

*     *      *     honour   is   not  won, 
Until  some  honourable  deed  be  done. — Marlowe 


Achievement  and  cooperation  based  upon  altru- 
ism, should  be  the  underlying  principles  in  deter- 
mining the  giving  of  emblems  and  awards.  To  give 
every  boy  an  opportunity  to  do  his  best  to  measure 
up  to  the  camp  standard,  is  the  thing  desired  in  the 

awarding  of  emblems. 
Non-Competitive  Awards    Non-competitive    tests 

are  being  recognized  as 
the  best  lever  of  uplift  and  the  most  effective  spur 

279 


280  CAMPING    FOE    BOYS 

in  arousing  the  latent  ability  of  boys.  The  desire 
to  down  the  other  fellow  is  the  reason  for  much  of 
the  prevailing  demoralization  of  athletics  and  com- 
petitive games.  Prizes  should  not  be  confused  with 
*' honors."  An  honor  emblem  should  be  represen- 
tative of  the  best  gift  the  camp  can  bestow  and  the 
recipient  should  be  made  to  feel  its  worth.  The 
emblem  cannot  be  bought,  it  must  be  won. 

Camp  Dudley  has  the  distinction  of  introducing 
the  honor  system  in  boys'  camps.  Boys  pass  tests 
which  include  rowing,  swimming,  athletics,  moun- 
tain climbing,  nature  study,  carpen- 
Dudley  Plan  ter  work,  manual  labor,  participa- 
tion in  entertainments,  ^* unknown'' 
point  (unknown  to  the  camp,  given  secretly  to  the 
boy)  and  securing  the  approval  of  the  leaders,  in 
order  to  win  the  **C  D."  After  winning  this  em- 
blem, the  boys  try  to  win  the  camp  pennant,  the 
tests  for  which  are  graded  higher. 

''The  Order  of  the  Adirondack  Camp  Eagle"  is 
established  at  Camp  Adirondack  for  boys  who  qual- 
ify in  the  following  tests:  ''Obedience  is  required 
to  the  few  camp  rules;  promptness  is  required  at 
the  regular  bugle  calls — ^reveille,  assembly  for  ex- 
ercise, mess  call,  and  tattoo  and  taps — and  erect 
posture  is  required  at  meals.  In  addition  to  this 
there  is  a  'general  personal'  standard 
Camp  Eagle  (embracing  neatness  at  meals  and 
courtesy,  etc.).  Boys  coming  up  to 
the  standard  are  initiated  into  the  order  and  receive 
the  emblem — the  bronze  eagle  button.  Boys  who 
reach  an  especially  high  standard  receive  the  silver 


HONOE    EMBLEMS    AND    AWAEDS      281 

eagle.  Boys  reaching  this  higher  degree  may  com- 
pete for  the  golden  eagle,  the  highest  camp  honor. 
To  obtain  this  it  is  necessary  for  a  boy  to  swim  a 
hundred  yards,  do  the  high  dive  (about  12  feet),  be 
able  to  row  well  and  paddle  a  canoe  skilfully,  rec- 
ognize and  name  twenty-five  trees,  and  pass  a  prac- 
tical examination  in  other  nature  work  and  in  prac- 
tical camping  and  woodcraft,  and  answer  questions 
in  physical  training  and  care  of  the  body  along  lines 
covered  in  camp-fire  talks.'' 

''The  Order  of  the  Phantom  Square"  was  or- 
ganized at  the  Wisconsin  State  Boys'  Camp  for 
boys  who  succeed  in  qualifying  in  the  tests  named 
below : 


ORDER   OF   THE   PHANTOM 
SQUARE 


Phantom  Square  Honor  Emblem 

Bronze,  Silver  and  Gold  Pins  are  awarded  as  follows: 

Bronze 60  points,  15  in  each  division. 

Silver 80  points,  20  in  each  division. 

Gold 100  points,  25  in  each  division. 

PHYSICAL.     30  Points  Possible. 

*  1.  Run  50  or  100  yards  in  given  time  (A  class,  100  yards  in  12 

seconds;  B,  100  in  13  seconds;   C,  50  -yards  in  7  1-5  sec- 
onds)  1  point. 

*  2.  Run  440  yards  in  given  time  (A,  1  minute  13  seconds;   B, 

1  minute  25  seconds;  C,  1  minute  34  seconds) 1  point. 

*  3.  Make  running  broad  jump  given  distance  (A,  14  feet;   B, 

13  feet;  C,  11  feet) 1  point. 

*  4.  Make  running  high  jump  given  height  (A,  4  feet;    B,  3  feet 

10  inches;  C,  3  feet  6  inches) 1  point. 

*  5.  Put  8  lb.  shot  given  distance  (A,  30  feet;    B,  25  feet;    C, 

20  feet) 1  point. 

*  6.  Swim  25  yards  in  given  time  (A,  19  seconds;    B,  22  seconds; 

C,  25  seconds) 1  point. 

*  7.  Swim  25  yards  on  back 1  point. 


282  CAMPING    FOE    BOYS 

*  8.  Swim  100  yards 1  point. 

*  9.  Make  a  dive  in  acceptable  form 1  point. 

*10.  Row  one  mile  in  given  time  (A,  4  minutes  20  seconds;   B, 

4  minutes  25  seconds;  C,  5  minutes  10  seconds) 1  point. 

*11.  Pass  practical  test  in  life-saving  with  grade,  70-79,  80-89, 

90-100 3  to  5  points. 

tl2.  Take  morning  calisthenic  drill,  8,  11  or  14  times 1  to  3  points. 

tl3.  Take  early  morning  plunge  into  lake,  8,  11  or  14  times  ...    1  to  3  points. 

*14.  Walk  ten  miles  continuously  in  one  day 2  points. 

tl5.  Cleanliness  and  proper  eating 1  to  5  points. 

SOCIAL.     30  Points  Possible. 

*16.  Teach  other  boys  in  aquatics,  athletics  or  mental  tests 1  to  5  points. 

♦17.  Perform  other  good  turns  to  individuals 1  to  5  points. 

tl8.  Congeniality  with  camp  mates 1  to  4  points. 

tl9.  Neatness  in  care  of  personal  property,  tent  and  table 1  to  5  points. 

t20.  Promptness  in  responding  to  bugle  calls,  signals  and  camp 

duties 1  to  3  points. 

♦21.  Participating  acceptably  in  evening  entertainments 1  to  5  points. 

*22.  Participating  acceptably  in  camp  orchestra  or  glee  club. .  .  3  points. 

MENTAL.     30  Points  Possible. 
♦23.  Pass  written  test  in  life-saving  examination  with  grade  of 

70-79,  80-89,  or  90-100 3  to  5  points. 

♦24.  Name  and  describe  different  kinds  of  trees  and  birds 1  to  5  points. 

*25.  Name  and  point  out  star  groups 1  to  3  points. 

*26.  Answer  questions  on  camp-fire  talks 1  to  4  points. 

*27.  Read  and  orally  answer  questions  on  "Youth  to  Manhood"  1  to  5  points. 

*28.  Read  and  tell  story  of  other  acceptable  books 1  to  3  points. 

*29.  Compose  an  acceptable  song  or  yell  for  camp 5  points. 

MORAL.     30  Points  Possible. 

*30.  Daily  Bible  reading  with  written  answers  to  questions ....  1  to  5  points. 

t31.  Reverence  at  Religious  exercises * 1  to  3  points. 

t32.   Attendance  at  Church  on  Sundays  during  camp 3  points. 

t33.  Cheerful  and  faithful  performance  of  camp  duties 1  to  5  points. 

t34.  Extra  volunteer  service  at  camp 1  to  5  points. 

t35.  Self-control 1  to  4  points. 

t36.  General  conduct  and  disposition lto5  points. 

Tests  marked  thus  (*)  are  judged  by  certain  leaders  delegated  for  the  pur- 
pose. 

Tests  marked  thus  (f)  are  judged  by  all  tent  leaders  for  boys  in  their  tents. 

A  Class  consists  of  boys  16  to  17  years  old. 

B  Class  consists  of  boys  14  to  15  years  old. 

C  Class  consists  of  boys  12  to  13  years  old. 

After  a  candidate  has  won  the  requisite  number  of  points  for  the  first  degree, 
a  unanimous  vote  of  all  leaders  in  council  assembled,  is  necessary,  after  which, 
a  solemn  ceremony  of  initiation  is  conducted. 

The  Honor  Emblem  is  given  to  all  who  win  a 
total  of  at  least  thirty  points  covering  all  the  tests. 

Camp  Couchiching  spirit  is  developed  through  the 
*'Flag  of  Honor,"  which  is  awarded  each  day  to 


HONOR   EMBLEMS    AND    AWARDS      283 

the  tent  scoring  the  highest  number  of  points,  as 
follows:  Every  boy  up  and  in  line 
Flag  of  Honor  at  3  minutes  after  7,  scores  5 
points  for  his  tent;  the  morning 
dip,  5  points;  tent  inspection,  100  points  for  per- 
fect; winning  in  athletic  and  aquatic  meet,  25 
points;  second,  20;  third,  15;  fourth,  10;  and  fifth, 
5.  On  a  winning  baseball  team,  5  points  and  ama- 
teur stunt,  10  points. 

Camp  Eberhart  has  the  following  elaborate  plan: 
The  camp  emblem  itself  represents  the  first  degree 
and  the  camper  must  be  in  camp  for  one  full  week 
before  he  can  wear  it.  The  emblem  is  a  brown  tri- 
angle with  a  large  E  placed  upon  it  with  a  green 
background.  A  green  bar  is  added  for  each  year 
spent  in  camp.  The  second, 
Green  Rag  Society  third  and  fourth  degrees  are 
indicated  by  a  small  green 
star,  to  be  placed  at  the  points  of  the  triangle,  be- 
ginning at  the  lowest  point,  then  the  upper  left, 
then  the  upper  right.  The  second  degree  will  be 
awarded  by  the  first  star,  the  third  degree  by  the 
second  star,  also  entitling  the  winner  to  member- 
ship in  the  *' Brown  Rag''  Society.  The  fourth  de- 
gree will  be  awarded  by  the  third  star  and  the  win- 
ner be  entitled  to  membership  in  the  ** Green  Rag'' 
Society. 

Membership  in  the  *^ Green  Rag"  Society  is  the 
highest  honor  the  camp  can  bestow.  The  following 
are  the  requirements  for  the  higher  degrees. 


284  CAMPING    FOE    BOYS 

REQUIREMENTS   FOR   THE   SECOND    DEGREE. 

1.  To  catch  a  one-pound  fish  from  Corey  Lake. 

2.  To  catch  a  one-pound  fish  from  any  other  lake  while  at  camp, 

3.  To  row  a  boat  (passing  the  rowing  test). 

4.  To  be  able  to  swim  50  yards. 

5.  To  be  able  to  walk  one  mile  in  1 1  minutes. 

6.  To  be  able  to  run  100  yards  in  14  seconds. 

7.  To  be  able  to  start  three  consecutive  fires  with  three  consecutive 
matches  in  the  woods,  with  fuel  found  in  the  woods;  one  of  the  fires 
to  be  built  in  a  damp  place.  If  one  fire  fails,  the  entire  test  must  be 
repeated. 

8.  To  bring  in  mounted  five  different  butterflies. 

9.  To  bring  in  mounted  five  different  moths. 

10.  To  bring  in  mounted  five  different  beetles. 

11.  To  collect  and  press  25  different  wild  flowers. 

12.  To  jump  6  feet  in  standing  broad  jump. 

REQUIREMENTS  FOR  THE  THIRD  DEGREE. 

1.  To  be  able  to  start  a  fire  with  a  fire  drill,  the  fuel  and  material  used 
to  be  found  in  the  woods. 

2.  To  be  able  to  tell  the  correct  time  by  the  sun  at  least  twice  a  day. 
Sun  time. 

3.  To  be  able  to  swim  200  yards. 

4.  To  be  able  to  row  a  boat  one  mile  in  ten  minutes. 

6.  To  measure  the  correct  height  of  a  tree  without  climbing  it. 

6.  To  be  able  to  tie  and  untie  eight  different  standard  knots. 

7.  To  catch  a  two-pound  fish. 

8.  To  be  able  to  know  and  name  fifteen  different  trees  in  the  woods. 

9.  To  be  able  to  perform  on  a  stunt  night  acceptably. 

10.  To  be  able  to  know  and  name  25  different  birds  as  seen  around  the 
camp. 

11.  To  lead  in  the  Evening  Devotions  at  least  twice. 

12.  To  run  100  yards  in  13  seconds. 

REQUIREMENTS   FOR   THE   FOURTH   DEGREE. 

1.  To  catch  a  three-pound  fish. 

2.  To  be  able  to  run  100  yards  in  11  seconds. 

3.  To  be  able  to  run  100  yards  in  12  seconds. 

4.  To  conduct  Evening  Devotions. 

5.  To  teach  one  boy  how  to  swim  (test  one  hundred  feet). 

6.  To  influence  one  boy  into  the  Christian  life. 

7.  To  know  and  to  name  25  different  trees  as  found  in  the  woods. 

8.  To  be  able  to  make  twelve  standard  knots  in  a  rope. 

9.  To  conquer  one  bad  habit  while  at  camp. 

10.  To  accomplish  at  least  one  definite  piece  of  service  as  prescribed  by 
the  camp. 

11.  To  become  a  member  of  the  camp  council. 

12.  To  be  able  to  jump  16  feet  in  the  running  broad  jump. 


The  tests  in  Camps  Durrell  and  Becket  are  based 
upon  Baden-Poweirs  book,  ''Scouting  for  Boys," 
and  have  proven  very  suecessfuL  They  are  as  fol- 
lows ; 


HOJSTOE    EMBLEMS    AND    AWAEDS      285 
HONOR   PLAN 

DISCIPLINE. 

1.  Doing  camp  duty  promptly,  efficiently  and  cheerfully.     (5  points 

2.  Participating  promptly  in  preparing  tents,  baggage  and  beds  for  in- 
spection.     (4  points.) 

3.  Loyalty  to  captain  in  all  games.      (5  points.) 

OBSERVATION. 

1.  Observe  the  ways  of  birds,  animals  and  people  and  jot  down  a  sketch 
of  them  in  a  note-book.      (3  points.) 

2.  Take  a  walk  and  upon  return  to  the  camp  write  upon  the  following 
six  Subjects. 

(a)  Nature  of  by-ways  of  paths. 

(6)  Different  kinds  of  trees  you  noticed. 

(c)  People  you  met. 

(d)  Peculiar  smells  of  plants. 

(e)  Kind  of  fences  you  saw. 

(/)    Sounds  you  heard.      (3  points.) 

3.  Observe  sanitary  and  hygienic  disorder  and  correct  the  same.  (5 
points.) 

4.  After  the  reading  aloud  of  a  story  write  an  account  of  it.     (3  points.) 

WOODCRAFT. 

1.  Observe  the  tracks  of  birds  and  animals  and  distinguish  them.  (2 
points.) 

2.  Identify  fifteen  birds,  or  fifteen  trees,  or  fifteen  flowers,  or  fifteen  min- 
erals.    (2  points.) 

3.  Tie  a  square  knot,  a  weaver's  knot,  a  slip  knot,  a  flemish  coop,  a  bow- 
line, a  half,  timber  clove,  boom  hitches,  stevedore  and  wall  end  knots, 
blackwall  and  catspaw  turn  and  hitch  hook  hitches.     (2  points.) 

4.  Make  a  "star"  fire  and  cook  a  meal  upon  it  for  the  boys  of  your  tent. 
(3  points.) 

5.  Find  the  south  at  any  time  of  day  by  the  sun  with  the  aid  of  a  watch. 
f-  (1  point.) 

6.  Estimate  the  distance  across  water.     (1  point.) 

7.  Judge  the  time  of  day  by  the  sun.     (1  point.) 

8.  Read  the  signs  of  the  weather  by  the  sun,  wind  and  clouds.    (2  points.) 

9.  Make  something  useful  for  the  camp.     (5  points.) 

HEALTH. 

1.  Promptness,  erect  carriage  and  earnestness  in  setting  up  drill.  (3 
points.) 

2.  Gain  made  in  physical  development  during  the  time  in  camp.  (2 
points.) 

3.  Essay  upon  the  camp-fire  talks  on  "Personal  Hygiene."     (3  points.) 

4.  Care  of  tent,  clothing  and  baggage,  in  dry  and  wet  weather.    (3  points.) 

5.  Cleanliness  of  person.      (3  points). 

6.  Proper  eating  at  meals.      (5  points.) 

7.  Win  first  place  in  the  athletic  or  aquatic  events.     (2  points.) 

CHIVALRY.  (Among  the  laws  of  the  Knights  was  this:  "Chivalry  requireth 
that  youth  should  be  trained  to  perform  the  most  laborious  and  hum- 
ble offices  with  cheerfulness  and  grace:  and  to  do  good  unto  others.") 

1.  Do  a  good  turn  to  somebody  every  day.     (3  points.) 

2.  Control  tongue  and  temper.      (5  points.) 

3.  Participate  in  some  entertainment.      (2  points.) 

4.  Secure  the  approval  of  the  leaders.      (2  points.) 

5.  Promptness  in  attending  Chapel  services.     (2  points.) 


286  CAMPING    FOR    BOYS 

SAVING    LIFE. 

1.  Be  able  to  swim  fifty  yards  and  return  without  stopping.     (1  point.) 

2.  Pass  the  examinations  in  Life  Saving  and  First  Aid  Work  by  written 
and  demonstration  work.     (5  points.) 

3.  Row  from  wharf  to  a  given  point  and  back  in  a  given  time.    (1  point.) 

PATRIOTISM. 

1.  Respect  for  the  United  States  flag  at  raising  and  colors.     (5  points.) 

2.  Memorize  "America"  and  "Star  Spangled  Banner."     (1  point.) 

3.  Write  an  essay  explaining  the  plan  of  governing  your  own  town  and 
city.      (2  points.) 

4.  Write  in  your  own  words  what  you  think  citizenship  means.    (2  points.) 

5.  Describe  upon  paper  some  historic  spot  or  building  neaj-  your  home 
and  its  connection  with  the  making  of  America.     (1  point.) 

Note. — Each  boy  must  win  90  points  out  of  a  possible  100  to  secure  the 
honor  emblem.  Leaders  will  be  appointed  to  take  charge  of  the  different  tests, 
to  whom  the  boys  will  report  when  they  qualify  in  the  tests  and  receive  their 
points.  The  final  decision  in  the  giving  of  the  honor  emblem  is  made  at  a  full 
meeting  of  the  Camp  Council. 

The  honor  emblem  consists  of  a  white  ** swastika'* 

cross   with   garnet  felt   D   for  Durrell  and  B   for 

Becket.    Boys  who  fail  to  secure  the  emblem  in  one 

season  are  credited   with  points  which  hold  good 

the  next  season.     The  Honor  Pennant  is  awarded 

only   to  those   who  render   special  service   to  the 

camp. 

L  i 

1  i 


m 


Honof  Cavtp  Leader 

The  camp  emblem  is  a  garnet  solid  triangle  with 
the  initial  of  the  camp  in  white  felt  upon  it.  A 
white  bar  placed  above  the  triangle  represents  the 
attendance,  one  bar  is  given  for  each  year.  The 
Senior  leader's  emblem  is  a  white  felt  disc  with  a 
garnet  felt  triangle,  and  the  Junior  leader's  em- 
blem, a  garnet  felt  disc  with  a  wyte  felt  triangle. 


HOJ^OR    EMBLEMS    AND    AWAEDS      287 

Campers  will  find  enough  suggestions  in  these 
outlines  to  develop  systems  of  their  own  which  will 
help  in  the  all-round  development  of  the  boy. 

Some  camps  prefer  the  awarding  of  what  may  be 
called  *' proficiency  cups.'*  At  Camp  Kineo  a  silver 
cup  is  awarded  to  the  boy  in  each  division  who  is 
the  best  all-round  fellow,  con- 
Camp  Kineo  Cup  sidering  manly  qualities,  loyalty 
to  camp,  deportment,  behavior 
under  all  conditions,  skill  in  athletics,  aquatics,  ten- 
nis, baseball,  and  all  other  sports,  self-control,  tem- 
perament, popularity  with  boys  and  good  standing 
with  councilors.  The  judges  are  the  Director  and 
Camp  Council,  whose  decision  counts  for  60  per  cent 
toward  the  final  award,  the  boys  not  competing  de- 
ciding the  other  40  per  cent  toward  the  final  award. 

At  Camp  Wildmere  there  is  a  ''Hall  of  Fame.'' 
Votes  are  taken  for  the  most  respected  leader  and 
the  most  respected  boy;  the  most  popular  leader 
and  boy;  the  boy  who  has  done  the  .most  for  the 
camp  and  the  boys ;  the  most  courte- 
Hall  of  Fame  ous  boy,  neatest  boy,  best-built  boy, 
brightest  boy,  favorite  in  games; 
neatest  in  tent;  best  all-round  camper;  boy  who 
talks  least  about  himself;  the  one  with  the  best 
table  manners;  the  quietest  boy,  most  generous  boy, 
handsomest  boy,  best-natured  boy  and  the  camp 
humorist. 


288 


CHAPTER   XXIII 
PACKING   UP 

THE     LAST     NIGHT— PACKING     UP— INSTEUCTIONS 
TO   LEADEKS— THE   LAST   WOED 

Farewell,  wild  hearth  where  many  logs  have  burned; 

Among  your   stones  the   fireweed  may   grow. 
The  brant   are  flown,  the   maple-leaves  have  turned, 

The  goldenrod  is  brown — and  we  must  go. 

— Arthur  Guiterman 

The  last  night  in  a  boys'  camp  should  be  the  best 
of  all  the  nights.  It  is  usually  a  night  of  remi- 
niscence. Around  the  camp  fire  or  log  fire  in  the 
''Lodge,"  all  the  campers  gather  and  rehearse  the 

good  times  of  the  days  that  have 
The  Last  Night    passed  all  too  quickly — those  days 

of  close  intimacy  of  tent  life, 
where  boys  of  different  tastes,  temperaments  and 
dispositions  were  thrown  together,  where  life's 
great  lessons  of  give  and  take  were  learned  and 
where  character  was  put  to  the  test!  Friendships 
have  been  formed  which  will  last  through  life.  The 
same  group  of  fellows  will  never  come  together 
again.  The  director,  perhaps  as  no  other  person, 
realizes  the  importance  of  making  this  night  one  of 
permanent  impression,  and  his  ''good-by"  talk  to 

289 


290  CAMPING    FOR    BOYS 

the  fellows  will  reiterate  the  ''why"  of  camping 
and  emphasize  the  taking  home  of  the  spirit  of  good 
which  has  prevailed  and  the  making  it  count  for 
the  best  things  in  home,  school,  factory  and  church 
life  of  those  boys  who  enjoyed  the  benefits  of  the 
camp. 

All  the  favorite  songs  of  the  camp  are  sung,  the 
leaders  make  ''speeches,"  and  the  boys  have  an 
opportunity  of  telling  what  camp  life  has  done 
for  them.  As  the  fire  dies  down  the  bugler  off  in 
the  distance  plays  "God  Be  With  You  Till  We  Meet 
Again";  silence — and  then  "taps." 

There  is  just  as  much  need  of  system  and  care 

in  breaking  camp  and  packing  up,  as 

Packing  Up     in  opening  camp.     Chas.  R.  Scott  at 

Camp    Wawayanda    issues    to    each 

leader  the  following  letter  of   instructions,  which 

may  be  of  help  to  those  in  charge  of  large  camps. 

LETTER  OF  INSTRUCTION  TO  LEADERS 

Dear  Friend — ^Will  you  kindly  help  me  break  camp  by  carry- 
ing out  the  following  instructions: 

1.  Have  all  your  boys  return  all  books  to  the  librarian 
not  later  than  Thursday  morning,  and  tools  to  the  shop  by 
the  same  time. 

2.  Encourage  your  helpers  to  loosen  the  side  walls  of  tent 
early  Friday  morning,  if  clear,  and  fasten  guy  ropes  so  that 
canvas  will  dry  if  damp. 

3.  Take  out  all  the  pegs  which  fasten  the  side  walls,  clean 
off  dirt  and  place  in  boxes  at  boat  house. 

4.  Take  down  the  board  in  your  tent,  take  out  all  nails, 
straighten  them  and  place  in  proper  boxes  in  shop.  Then 
take  board  to  the  boat  house.  Leave  the  rope  over  the  ridge 
pole   untied. 


PACKING   UP  291 

5.  Take  out  all  nails  and  screws  in  the  upright  poles  of 
your  tent  and   bunks,   and  place  in  boxes  in  shop. 

6.  Empty  the  oil  and  clean  lantern  and  return  to  the  boat 
house.  Take  bunks  to  the  lodge  and  let  us  know  the  condi- 
tion   of    each. 

7.  See  that  all  paper  and  old  things  in  and  around  the 
tent  are  picked  up  and  placed  on  the  fire  for  that  purpose. 

8.  After  Bible  study  we  will  take  down  all  tents.  We 
should  like  you  to  delegate  one  fellow  to  each  upright  pole, 
one  to  each  of  the  four  corner  guy  ropes,  and  then  follow 
instructions   as   the  bugle  blows. 

9.  Take  all  rope  on  the  trees  to  headquarters. 

10.  Kindly  answer  the  following  questions  regarding  your 
tent: 

a.     Are   all  the  poles  properly   marked   with   tent   number! 


b.  Does  tent  leak?     .     If  so,  where? 

c.  Is  the  ridge  pole  in  good  condition? 


d.     Does  front  and  rear  of  tent  close  securely? 
Does  it  need  new  fasteners  for  tying  up? 


Anything  else  you  have  noticed  during  the  time  you  have 
been  in  the  tent;  please  make  a  memorandum  of  same  on  back 
of   this   sheet. 

11.  Eeturn  camp  keys,  if  you  have  them,  to  headquarters 
before   leaving. 

We  would  be  pleased  to  have  you  write  on  the  back  of  this 
sheet  any  suggestions  you  have  for  the  improvement  of  camp 
for   next    season. 

Thanking  you  personally  for  your  help  and  trusting  to  have 
your  cooperation  and  that  of  your  boys  until  the  close  of 
camp,   I   remain, 

Sincerely  yours, 

The  day  before  camp  breaks,  each  boy  should 
pack  his  trunk  or  box  neatly,  leaving 

Last  Words  at  the  top  the  things  needed  to  make 
the  homeward  journey,  with  room  for 

his  blankets.     If  the  packing  is  left  until  the  last 


292  CAMPING    FOR    BOYS 

day,    confusion   will   result    and   temper   be    sorely 
tried. 

Permanent  buildings  should  be  securely  safe- 
guarded against  the  severity  of  the  winter  and  the 
breaking  in  of  thieves.  All  kitchen  utensils  should 
be  thoroughly  cleaned  and  dried.  If  they  are  put 
away  moist  rust  will  eat  holes.  Give  the  stove  a  good 
coat  of  old  grease  and  cover  with  burlap  or  old 
canvas.  Hang  the  tents  in  bags  where  the  squirrels 
and  rats  cannot  get  at  them.  When  camp  is  closed 
it  should  be  in  such  condition  that  it  would  require 
but  a  few  hours  to  reopen  and  make  ready  for  the 
next  outing. 


INDEX 


PAGE 

Advance  Party 40 

Aeroplanes 271 

Agriculture 267 

Aquatic  Sports 219,  221 

Archery 208,  225-29 

Athletic  Events  and  Awards .. .      212 

Athletic  Grouping 211 

Bacon 148,  149 

Bandages 175,  176 

Bank 20 

Barometer,  Homemade 243 

Barometers,  Plant 245 

Baseball  League 210 

Baseball,  Water 222 

Basket  Ball,  Water 221 

Beds 48-51,139 

Bible  Study 21,  83,  89-98 

Bites  and  Stings 168 

Blanket  Roll 63 

Bleeding 168,  169 

Boats  and  Boat  Building 19,  259 

Books,  Rainy  Day 248 

Bow  and  Arrows 226,  228 

Box  Furniture 273 

Box  Trunk 62 

Broken  Bones 177-180 

Bruises  and  Burns 169 

Buildings 53 

Camp,  Plan  of 39,  40 

Cleaning 78 

Location  of 27 

Camp  Fire 124 

Camping,  Arguments  for S-12 

Canoe  Tag 223 

Chapel 101 

Character  Building 10 

Check  List 59,  60 

Chills 170 

Choking 170 

Circle  Jumping 214 

Clothing 205,  206 

Clouds 241 

Cocoa 151 

Coffee 151 

Colds 170 

Commissary  Blank 113 

Cooks 112 

Council , 20,  67 

Cramps. 191 

Cups,  Drinking 34 

Cuts 170 

Departments 68 

Digestion,  Time  of 109 

Director 13 

Dirt 25 

Discipline 71-73 


PAQB 

Dish  Washing 118,  119,  153 

Dislocation 175, 176 

Drains 31 

Dramas,  Outdoor 256,  260,  261 

Drowning,  Rescue  from 192 

Eggs 150,151 

Egg  Test 119 

Earache 171 

Evening  Program , 83 

Eyes ..171,203 

Fainting 180 

Feet 171,  172,  204 

Field  Glasses 234 

Fireplace 147 

First  Aid 175,  198 

Fish  (Receipts) 149,  150 

Fish,  Study  of 236 

Flag  Raising  and  Striking 77,  82 

Food  Charts 105-108 

Food,  How  to  Buy 108 

Forestry 267,  268 

Frog's  Legs 150 

Funnel 277 

Games  and  Stunts,  Indoor  .  ,253-255 

Games,  Outdoor 214 

Games,  Their  Purpose 210 

Garbage 30 

German  Bowling 217,  218,  222 

Grace  at  Meals 120 

Green  Rag  Society 283,  284 

Griddle  Cakes 148 

Grocery  List Ill,  112 

Hall  of  Fame 287 

Hamniocks 276 

Hands 202 

Hand  Wrestling 253 

Handy  Devices 144, 145 

Hanger 143 

Headache 172 

Health  Board 35 

Health  Charts 200 

Health  Maxims 206,  207 

Health  Talks 199 

Herbarium 233 

Hiccough 272 

Honor  Awards 279-281 

Honor  Cup 287 

Honor  Flag 282,  283 

Honor  Plan 285,  286 

Hospital  Tent 158 

"How   Men  Found  the  Great 

Spirit" 126 

Indian  and  White  Man 217 

Ink,  Onion 278 

Inspection 79-82 

Internal  Organs 204 


293 


294 


INDEX 


PAGE 

Jumping  Standards 213 

Kites 268-271 

Lamps 141,  142 

Lantern  Talks 261 

Leaders  or  Counsellors 14 

Blanks  for 15 

Letter  to 289 

Opportunities  of 21 

Pay  of 15 

Suggestions  to 17 

Lean-to 138 

Library 246,  262,  263 

Life  Saving 79,  184-187,  190,  221 

Map  Reading 136 

Matches,  Lighting 125 

Measuring  Device 40,  41 

Medical  Stores 166,  167 

Mending  Pots 120 

Menu  (for  hike) 151,  152 

Menus 114,  116 

Moccasins 274-276 

Morning  Hymn 121 

Mottoes 12 

Music 101 

Nature  Study 232 

Nature  Study  Equipment 234 

Nature  Study  Walks 235 

Nature  Talks 238 

Nose 203 

Novel  Bonfire 99 

Old  Clothes  Race 222 

Order  of  Day 19 

Organization  Chart 68 

Packing  Up 289 

Packs  137 

Pain  and  Pain  Chart '...'.'.'.'.  i60-163 

Paper  (Camp  Journal) 266 

Parachute 272,  273 

Peanut  Relay  Race 254 

Phantom  Square 281,  282 

Photography 141,  264-266 

Physical  Record  Blanks 156 

Physical  Types,  Average 157 

Poison  Ivy 172 

Potatoes 149 

Pulse 159 

Pyrography 259 

Ration  List 152, 153 

Records 268,  269 

Resuscitation 194-197 

Roast  Corn 126 

Rooster  Fight 254 

Rough-house 11 

Rover,  All  Come  over 215 

Rusty  Nail 172 

Scoutcraft 268 

Scout  Law 12 

Self  Government 67 

Serving 117 

Shipping 63,  64 


PAGE 

Shoes 137 

Shoot  the  Chutes 224,  225 

Sleep 205 

Sore  Throat 173 

Soup 119 

Sports 20,  81 

Sprains 173 

Stories 101, 125 

Story,  A  Good  Example  of ...  .      126 

Stretcher 181 

Stunned 181 

Steward 112 

Stomachache 173 

Sun  Dial  and  Camp  Clock .  .  273-275 

Sun  Glass 148 

Sunday 88 

Sunday  Talks 99 

Sunstroke 173 

Surgical  Supplies 165 

Surveying 53-57 

Swamps 26 

Swimming  and  Bathing 

18,  80,  183,  205 

Table  and  Kitchen  Ware 51,  52 

Table  Etiquette 120 

Tables  and  Seats 52,  53 

Take-off 213 

Talks,  to  Individuals 73 

To  groups,  evening 83 

To  groups,  Sunday 99 

Taps 84 

Tattoo , 83 

Teeth 164, 174,  202 

Tents,  Arrangement  of 27 

Tents  and  Tepees 42-48 

Tether  Ball 218,219 

Thatching 139 

Thermometer,  Clinical 160 

Tilting 222 

Toboggans 276,  277 

Toilets 27-29 

Tongue 160 

Tutoring 79,  263-265 

Tramper's  Advice 135 

Typhoid 164 

Volley  Ball 219 

Vreeland  Press 233 

Waste  Barrels 31, 32 

Water  Supply 27,  32,  33 

Weather  Bureau 242 

Weather  Forecast 240 

Weather  Signals,  U.  S.  Bureau.     244 
Weights  and  Measures,  Table.      110 

Whale  Hunt 223 

Whistle  Signal 70 

Whittler's  Club 258 

Wigwag  Code  and  Rules.  .  .  .188, 189 

Winds 242 

Wolf 215 

Work,  Assignment  of 19,  79 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  LIBR 
BERKELEY 

Return  to  desk  from  which  borrowed 
This  book  is  DUE  on  the  last  date  stamper 

^-t5 


HJlay57K\C 

RECD  l-^ 
APR  30  1957 


MAY  25  ^970  8  9 

r  ^snttNQ)  TO 

MAY  8    1970 

lOAM  OirAltrM0<r 

LD  21-95ri^-ll,'50(2877sl6)476 


<i^      6*-^.-^^ 


^B  160(3 


260687 


,'jiy-^/  ,»  .V--~v/4(<  r^<.-K  J- ^^'MK 


